Home

Channel Vision 6106 Camera Accessories User Manual

1. Audio player or audio media operation Audio data from various audio devices or media can be played depending on the equipment installed in the vehicle gt Switch on COMAND APS and select the audio player or medium see the separate operating instructions gt Press or CP on the steering wheel to select the Audio menu iiO Track 1 CD changer display example Current CD for CD DVD changer Current track 28 When current channel 2 has been stored the memory position will also be displayed 29 Only if no station list is received Menus and submenus ee Pay On board computer and displays or Menus and submenus hel On board computer and displays gt To select the next previous track briefly press the 4 or 7 button gt To select a track from the track list rapid scrolling press and briefly hold the 4 or 7 button The current track will not be displayed in audio AUX mode Auxiliary audio mode external audio source connected Video DVD operation gt Switch on COMAND APS and select video DVD see the separate operating instructions gt Press or CEI on the steering wheel to select the Audio menu N DVD changer display example Current DVD for DVD changer Current scene gt Press the 4 or scene
2. If you wish to confirm the restart gt Press the button The Run Flat Indicator Restarted message appears in the multifunction display After a teach in period the tire pressure loss warning system will monitor the set tire pressures of all four tires If you wish to cancel the restart gt Press the button or gt Wait until the Restart Run Flat Indicator Yes Cancel message disappears The tire pressure values stored at the last restart will continue to be monitored Tire pressure monitoring system USA only Important safety information The tire pressure monitoring system consists of sensors installed in the vehicle wheels that monitor the air pressure in all four tires The tire pressure monitoring system warns you when the pressure in one or more tires decreases It only works when the corresponding sensors are installed on all the wheels The tire pressure monitor informs you via a yellow warning lamp in the instrument cluster about pressure loss or if the system is malfunctioning Whether the warning lamp flashes or lights up indicates whether a tire pressure is too low or the tire pressure monitor is malfunctioning e If the warning lamp is lit up constantly one or more of your tires are significantly underinflated The tire pressure monitor is not malfunctioning e If the warning lamp flashes for 60 seconds and is then lit constantly
3. If the vehicle has been parked for longer than 20 minutes and subsequently you have not driven faster than 15 mph 25 km h the Tire pressure displayed after driving for a few minutes message is shown After a teach in process the tire pressure monitor automatically detects new wheels or new sensors As long as it is not possible to allocate tire pressure values to individual wheel positions the Tire Pressure Monitor Active message appears instead of the tire pressure display The tire pressures are already being monitored Ifa spare wheel is installed the system may continue to show the tire pressure of the wheel that has been removed for a few minutes If this occurs note that the value displayed for the position where the emergency spare wheel spare wheel is installed is not the same as the current tire pressure for the spare wheel TPMS warning messages If the TPMS detects a significant pressure loss on one or more tires a warning message is shown in the multifunction display In addition a warning tone sounds and the tire pressure warning lamp lights up in the instrument cluster Each tire in which a significant pressure loss has been detected is highlighted with a red triangle Restarting the tire pressure monitoring system A Warning It is the driver s responsibility to set the tire inflation pressure to the recommended cold tire inflation pressure Underinflated tires affect the abil
4. Defrosting the windshield You can use this function to defrost the windshield or to defrost the inside of the windshield and the side windows You should only select the defrosting function until the windshield is clear again gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock gt To activate press the The indicator lamp inthe up The climate control system switches to the following functions button button lights e cooling with air dehumidification on e high airflow e high temperature2 e air distribution to the windshield and front side windows e air recirculation mode off gt To deactivate press the button The indicator lamp in the amp button goes out The previously selected settings come into effect again The cooling with air Operating the control systems bet dehumidification function remains on Air The rear window heating has a high current recirculation mode remains deactivated draw You should therefore switch it off as or soon as the windowis clear as it only switches gt Press the OFF button off automatically after several minutes If the battery voltage is too low the rear a window heating may switch off gt Press the auto button gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock gt Press the amp button The indicator lamp inthe amp butto
5. General notes ADS is continuously electronically controlled It adapts the damping characteristics to the current operating and driving situation Damping is controlled separately for each wheel This increases driving safety and tire comfort This depends on e your driving style e the road surface conditions e the ADS setting e the vehicle level setting Your selection remains stored even if you remove the key from the ignition lock Driving systems ee need for extreme care The responsibility during parking and other critical maneuvers always remains with the driver A Warning Make sure no persons or animals are in or near the area in which you are parking maneuvering Otherwise they could be injured E d lt e i i PARKTRONIC is an electronic parking aid with ultrasonic sensors It indicates visually and audibly the distance between your vehicle and an object PARKTRONIC is activated automatically when you Vehicles without the extended Off Road Pro engineering package 00 E a ke o0 m e switch on the ignition e shift the transmission to position D R or N e release the parking brake PARKTRONIC is deactivated at speeds above 11 mph 18 km h It is reactivated at lower x N fe 7 y K Vehicles with the extended Off Road Pro speeds engineering package PARKTRONIC monitors the area around your You can choose between th
6. E Cargo compartment Opening and closing ES Automatic opening and closing from the outside Important safety guidelines Z Warning Make sure the tailgate is closed when the engine is running and while driving Among other dangers deadly carbon monoxide CO gases may enter vehicle interior resulting in unconsciousness and death H The tailgate swings upwards and to the rear when opened Therefore make sure that there is sufficient clearance above and behind the tailgate For the tailgate to be opened fully there must be a minimum clearance from floor to ceiling of 7 40 ft 2 25 m Opening You can open the tailgate automatically with the SmartKey or the handle in the tailgate gt Press and hold the 5 button on the SmartKey until the tailgate opens or gt When the tailgate is unlocked pull the handle and let it go again immediately Closing Z Warning Monitor the closing procedure carefully to make sure no one is in danger of being injured To prevent possible personal injury always keep hands and fingers away from the cargo compartment opening when closing the tailgate Be especially careful when small children are around To stop the closing procedure do one of the following e Press or pull the remote tailgate opening closing switch on the driver s door e Press the tailgate closing switch 5 For vehicles with the EASY PACK tailgate only e Press the KEYLESS GO
7. Redialing The on board computer saves the last names or numbers dialed in the redial memory gt Press or CEI on the steering wheel to select the Telephone menu gt Press the button to switch to the redial memory gt Press the amp or 52 button to select the desired name or number gt Press to start dialing Display messages a Display messages A Warning All categories of messages contain important information which should be taken note of and where a malfunction is indicated addressed as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Failure to repair the condition noted may cause damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty or result in property damage or personal injury Display messages appear in the multifunction display gt Press the or H CE 2 or lt 7 button on the steering wheel to select another display gt Press reset button R on the instrument cluster gt page 28 The display message is cleared The multifunction display shows high priority display messages in red You cannot hide display messages of the highest priority The multifunction display shows these messages continuously until the causes for the messages have been remedied Certain display messages are accompanied by an audible warning tone or a continuous tone
8. seeee 195 Trailer towing sscvses cocvess cxeve esses sores sees 197 Warning display s e 196 PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp only Canada eee 48 PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp only USA 0 0 00 eeeeeree eee 42 Pedals iiisaicaesiscdieaiiaiesieteiss 167 Permanent four wheel drive see 4MATIC Plastic trim cleaning instructions 304 Power supply trailer 0 212 Power washers ccccceceseeeeeees 301 Power windows see Side windows Pre emptive occupant safety system see PRE SAFE system PRE SAFE system Display message cceesereeeeeees 231 Operation ssccccecuieascascsneciesess 51 Product information c0 19 Pulling away Automatic transmission 149 Radar sensor system on board COMPUTED sysci2hecisesieeseseisase seseescsieneecs 224 Radiator cover ccecsseeceseteeeees 295 Radio Changing a station on board COMPUTE osiris iirin 219 see separate operating instructions Radio controlled equipment ASSOMDIY secsccacsssccaasssccarseecceegeestazes 292 Range on board computer 227 Rear bench seat Folding forwards back 006 267 Rear compartment Activating deactivating climate CONO eesse nies EES 137 Setting the air vents 143 144 Setting the temperature 139 Rear compartment seat see Rear seat Rear fog lamp display message
9. i c e oO oO oO O Overview of climate control systems Climate control Function Notes tips Sets the temperature Set the temperature to 72 F 22 C Sets the rear compartment climate control to automatic Directs the airflow through the rear air vents Directs the airflow through the footwell vents Switches rear compartment climate control on off Reduces the airflow P83 40 4286 31 For Canada only Function Notes tips Front control panel Sets the temperature left Set the temperature to 72 F 22 C Sets climate control to Activate climate control using the auto and 4 automatic buttons The indicator lamps in the auro and 4 buttons light up Directs the airflow through the defroster vents left Overview of climate control systems es J Function Defrosts the windshield Increases the airflow Switches the rear window heating on off Directs the airflow through the defroster vents right Operates the rear compartment climate control via the front control panel Sets the temperature right Switches climate control on off Directs the airflow to the footwells and side air vents right Directs the airflow through the center and side air vents right Switches cooling with air dehumidification on off Switches the residual
10. CA Trip computer menu Trip computer From start or From reset The valuesinthe From Start submenu refer to the start of your journey while those in the From Reset submenu refer to the last time you reset this submenu gt Press or CP on the steering wheel to select the trip computer menu 4 or lt 7 to select From Start Reset gt Press or Fro From Start Fo Mi Trip computer After start example Distance Time Average speed Average fuel consumption The From Start trip computer is reset automatically when e the ignition has been switched off for more than 4 hours e 999 hours have been exceeded e 9999 miles have been exceeded The From Reset trip computer is automatically reset if the trip exceeds 9999 hours or 99 999 miles You can select Km or Miles as the unit of measurement for distance gt page 221 Resetting values gt Press or CEI on the steering wheel to select the trip computer menu gt Press 4 or 7 to select the function that you wish to reset gt Press and hold the R reset button on the instrument cluster until the values have reverted to 0 Calling up the range gt Press or ZP on the steering wheel to select the trip computer menu gt Press 4 or to select Range The multifunction display shows the estimated range of the vehicle based on the cur
11. 30 Center console l e 31 Overhead control panel 33 Door control panel At a glance m a At a glance a Exterior view E xterior view De Ge eee Function Tailgate Vehicle tool kit Rear window heating Lights Fuel filler flap Exterior mirrors Roof carrier Sliding sunroof Defrosting the windshield Cleaning the windows Page 80 310 141 120 159 108 273 88 140 302 Function Windshield wipers Opening the hood Engine oil Coolant Towing away Tires and wheels Flat tire P00 00 4508 31 Page 125 294 295 297 327 334 311 Ol S16 jor jo e Function Combination switch Cruise control lever Instrument cluster Horn Steering wheel paddle shifters DIRECT SELECT lever PARKTRONIC warning display Overhead control panel Operates the automatic climate control system 159 152 195 33 130 e0000 A 8 Function Ignition lock Start Stop button Adjusts the steering wheel manually On board diagnostic socket Opens the hood Parking brake Releases the parking brake Light switch Adjusts the steering wheel electrically Steering wheel heating 105 294 165 165 114 105 106 Cockpit At a glance Ole S16 Function Speedometer Sets the instrument cluster lighting dimmer Reset button Sets the instrument cluster lighting brighter Page IOIO
12. gt Turn release knobs 8 90 in the direction of the arrow and remove stowage compartment gt To close insert stowage compartment and turn release knobs 8 in the opposite direction to the arrow until the slots on the release knobs are in a vertical position gt Insert side trim panel and turn release knob Q 90 in the opposite direction to the arrow Changing bulbs Right hand side trim panel ae gt To open insert a suitable object e g a coin into the slot of release knob Q on side trim panel 2 gt Turn release knob Q 90 in the direction of the arrow and remove side trim panel 2 gt Toclose insert side trim panel and turn release knob Q 90 in the opposite direction to the arrow Tail lamps with LEDs P82 10 5832 31 Rear fog lamp Backup lamp gt Switch off the lights gt Open the cargo compartment gt Open the side trim panel gt page 123 gt Turn the corresponding bulb holder counter clockwise and remove it gt Remove the bulb from the bulb holder gt Insert the new bulb into the bulb holder Lights and windshield wipers FA Changing bulbs Lights and windshield wipers E gt Insert the bulb holder and turn it clockwise gt Close the side trim panel gt page 123 License plate lamp gt gt Switch off the lights gt Open the tailgate gt Remove screws Q gt Remove the license plate lamp gt
13. c eee 138 Problems with the rear window Neato r sre are 141 Rear control panel sesse 133 136 REMMISCPANE o sacicesss lt a cosscacscvssssesteneess 369 Setting the air distribution Setting the airflow sssini Setting the air vents 0s00s000 Setting the temperature Setting the temperature rear COMPArtMEN ee eeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeees Switching the MONO function on O n e A E E Switching the rear window heating ON OFF wcvesecssvectevasscouvecesess Switching the residual heat TUNGLION On Off srneci Clock on board computer Gockpit erossa Combination switch 00 COMPASS oiiire Calling UD srar EE Consumption statistics on board COMpPULER ie iss eae 227 Convenience closing feature 87 Convenience opening feature 86 Coolant engine Checking the level Display message 0 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeees NOLES sce cessetscccestcassovsecctnspescveetcteess Temperature gauge ecce Cooling see Climate control Cornering light display message 237 Crash responsive emergency lighting sicie 119 Crossbar WmStallit Seenen 274 Setting the span width 276 Cross Dal iiieceiikiiee ik eee 273 Cruise Control ee eeeeeeteeeeees 179 Cruise control lever ss0 cesee 179 Display message eee 246 Cup holder ciciisiisieesssinissssi 277 Center Console sssrinin 277 Rear compartment seses 278 third row of seat
14. The yellow ABS warning lamp is lit while the engine is running bl On board computer and displays The yellow ABS warning lamp is lit while the engine is running The yellow ABS warning lamp is lit while the engine is running Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions A Risk of accident ABS Anti lock Brake System is deactivated due to a malfunction Therefore BAS Brake Assist ESP Electronic Stability Program EBD Electronic Brake force Distribution and PRE SAFE are also deactivated The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard for example gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop If the ABS control unit is faulty there is also a possibility that other systems such as the navigation system or the automatic transmission will not be available A Risk of accident The on board voltage is too low ABS has been deactivated due to undervoltage Therefore ESP BAS and PRE SAFE are also deactivated The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard for example gt Switch off consumers that are not required e g the rear window defroster or interior lighting ABS w
15. 7 button to select a Displaying navigation instructions In the Navigation menu the instructions from the navigation system appear in the multifunction display For more information see the separate operating instructions gt Switch on COMAND APS see the separate operating instructions gt Press or ZR on the steering wheel to select the Navigation menu Route guidance inactive The direction of travel appears in the multifunction display If the name of the street is part of the navigation system data this will also be displayed Heading NE MERCEDES DRIVE a Route guidance active The multifunction display shows navigation instructions for example MERCEDES DRIVE q Off road menu Depending on your vehicle s optional equipment you can set the following current settings to be shown in the Off road menu e level control gt page 189 e compass gt page 291 e differential locks gt page 207 Large buildings power cables or powerful transmission masts as well as metallic objects on or in the vehicle may interfere with the compass display gt Press or LR on the steering wheel to select the Offroad menu Menus and submenus eae gt Press the R reset button again The settings of most functions are restored to the factory settings or gt If you want to retain the settings do no
16. We recommend using Genuine Mercedes Benz Parts as well as conversion parts and accessories explicitly approved by us for your vehicle model We have tested these parts to determine their reliability safety and special suitability for Mercedes Benz vehicles We are unable to make an assessment for other products and therefore cannot be held responsible for them even if in individual cases an official approval or authorization by governmental or other agencies should exist Use of such parts and accessories could adversely affect the safety performance or reliability of your vehicle Please do not use them Mercedes Benz therefore recommends that you use genuine Mercedes Benz parts conversion parts and accessories that have been approved for the type of vehicle Genuine Mercedes Benz Parts and preapproved conversion parts and accessories are available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center In addition you will receive comprehensive information on permissible technical modifications and expert installations Operator s Manual Notes on the Operator s Manual This Operator s Manual contains a great deal of helpful information We urge you to read it carefully and familiarize yourself with the vehicle before driving For your own safety and longer service life of the vehicle we urge you to follow the instructions and warnings contained in this Operator s Manual Ignoring them could result in damage to the vehicle or personal
17. gt Insert guide rod into retainer Q in the direction of the arrow gt Slide guide rod forwards into retainer Q in the direction of the arrow Seat belt reel holder behind the front seats gt Insert belt hook into cargo tie down ring in the direction of the arrow gt Pull tensioning strap by the loose end in the direction of the arrow until the cargo net is tight gt After driving a short distance check the tension of the cargo net and retighten it if necessary Releasing the cargo net Seat belt reel holder behind the front seats gt Pull belt adjuster Q upwards in the direction of the arrow to reduce the tension on the tensioning strap gt Unhook belt hook 2 from cargo tie down ring Detaching and storing the cargo net gt Detach guide rod from bracket gt page 270 gt Press the red button on the upper and lower guide rods gt Fold the cargo net and roll it up gt Close the two Velcro fasteners on the cargo net holder EASY PACK load securing kit Components and stowage The EASY PACK load securing kit allows you to use your cargo compartment for a variety of purposes You can keep the EASY PACK load securing kit in the bag supplied and store it together with the telescopic rod under the trunk floor Loading rails Inserting the mounting elements into the loading rail Loading stowing and features You can slide mounting eleme
18. 53 Mixed with water or premixed washer fluid with antifreeze protection Fuel coolant lubricants etc Approved engine oils MB Power Steering Fluid or approved Dexron III ATF MB 325 0 Anticorrosion Antifreeze Gasoline engines premium grade unleaded gasoline at least 91 octane average value between 96 RON 86 MON Diesel engines ULTRA LOW SULFUR DIESEL FUEL ULSD maximum sulfur content 15 ppm AdBlue as per ISO 22241 Refrigerant R134a and special PAG lubricant never R 12 MB washer fluid concentrate gt page 370 Mixing ratio for screen wash gt page 370 a Technical data Service products and capacities E Technical data Fuel Important safety notes Z Warning Gasoline and diesel fuels are highly flammable and poisonous They burn violently and can cause serious injury Never allow sparks flames or smoking materials near gasoline or diesel fuel Turn off the engine before refueling Whenever you are around gasoline or diesel fuel avoid inhaling fumes and any skin or clothing contact Extinguish all smoking materials Direct skin contact with fuels and the inhalation of fuel vapors are damaging your health Premium grade unleaded gasoline H To ensure the longevity and full performance of the engine only premium grade unleaded gasoline must be used If premium grade unleaded gasoline is unavailable and regular gasoline is used observe the following preca
19. Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tires can adversely affect handling and ride comfort wear unevenly increase stopping distance and result in sudden deflation blowout because they are more likely to become punctured or damaged by road debris potholes etc Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar Overloading the tires can overheat them possibly causing a blowout Overloading the tires can also result in handling or steering problems or brake failure You will find a table of recommended tire pressures on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the B pillar on the driver s side gt page 344 You will find a table of tire pressures for various operating conditions on the inside of your vehicle s fuel filler flap To test tire pressure use a suitable pressure gauge The outer appearance of a tire does not permit any reliable conclusion about the tire pressure On vehicles installed with the electronic tire pressure monitor the tire pressure can be checked in the on board computer Z Warning Should the tire pressure drop repeatedly e check the tire for foreign bodies e check whether the wheel is losing air or the valve is leaking e make sure that only a valve cap approved by Mercedes Benz is installed on the tire valve tire pressure that is too low have a negative effect on vehicle safety
20. The Distronic cannot take street and traffic conditions into account Complex driving situations are not always fully recognized by the Distronic This could result in wrong or missing distance warnings If there is no vehicle in front DISTRONIC operates in the same way as cruise control in the speed range between 20 mph 30 km h and 120 mph 200 km h If there is a vehicle in front DISTRONIC operates in Driving and parking rA Driving systems Ea Driving and parking the speed range between 0 mph 0 km h and 120 mph 200 km h Do not use DISTRONIC while driving on roads with steep gradients A Warning DISTRONIC distance control is not a substitute for the driver s active involvement It does not react to pedestrians or stationary objects and cannot detect or predict the road s course and the movements of the vehicles in front DISTRONIC can only brake using 40 of the vehicle s maximum possible braking force The driver must always pay attention to road weather and traffic conditions He must steer brake and drive the vehicle so that he maintains control over it High frequency sources such as toll stations velocity measurement systems etc may cause DISTRONIC to malfunction A Warning The Distronic cannot take road and traffic conditions into account Only use the Distronic if the road weather and traffic conditions make it advisable to travel at a constant speed Z Warning Use of the D
21. The vehicle identification number VIN can be found in the following locations e on the vehicle identification plate gt page 363 e on the lower edge of the windshield gt page 364 In addition to being stamped on the vehicle P00 10 4521 31 gt Open the driver s door identification plate the vehicle identification You see vehicle identification plate number VIN is also stamped onto the vehicle body It is located under the right hand seat _ MFO BY MERCEDES BENZ U S INTL INC in the second row of seats ALL APPUCABLE FEDERAL MOTOR VEHCLE SAFETY STANDATOS NEFFECT ON TE DATE OF MANLEACTURE SHOA ABOYE Epen wirama ot 3456 OWM BONEN Aa Ol P00 01 3924 31 Example vehicle identification plate USA only Paint code number gt Fold carpet Q under the right hand seat 2 Technical data VIN forwards MERCEDES BENZ U S INTL IN You will see the vehicle identification La number VIN P00 01 3665 31 Example vehicle identification plate Canada only Paint code number VIN Lo Technical data including the certification of both federal and Californian emissions reference values Engine number stamped into the crankcase VIN on the lower edge of the windshield Service products and capacities Service products include the following e fuels e g gasoline diesel e additives for exhaust gas aftertreatment AdBlue e lubricants e g engine oil
22. To interrupt the opening procedure press or pull the door mounted remote tailgate switch When the SmartKey is not inserted in the starter switch vehicles with KEYLESS GO Make sure the vehicle s on board electronics have status 0 Press button on the SmartKey A Warning Maintain sight of the area around the rear of the vehicle while operating the tailgate with the door mounted remote tailgate switch Monitor the closing procedure carefully to make sure no one is in danger of being injured To interrupt the closing procedure press or pull the door mounted remote tailgate switch Z Warning To prevent possible personal injury always keep hands and fingers away from the cargo compartment opening when closing the tailgate Be especially careful when small children are around A Warning Make sure the tailgate is closed when the engine is running and while driving Among other dangers deadly carbon monoxide CO gases may enter vehicle interior resulting in unconsciousness and death Cargo compartment You can open close the tailgate from the driver s seat when the vehicle is stationary gt To open pull remote operating switch for the tailgate until the tailgate opens gt To close turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt Press remote operating switch for tailgate Q until the tailgate is closed bo D 2 O D bo Q O If the ta
23. gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop A Risk of accident ABS ESP and therefore also PRE SAFE are not available due to undervoltage BAS has also been deactivated The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard for example gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately A Risk of accident ABS ESP and therefore also PRE SAFE are not available due to a malfunction BAS has also been deactivated The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard for example gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately wo a a me me io o P gt Q z e me Sm 4 O FA Display messages e On board computer and displays Display messages BRAKE USA only Canada only 1 iS oO a Q ae g BS n Q 5 Q W for Z g9 D D gt E kd gt A m i gt lt QD o o jot fa O Release Parking Brake BRAKE e gt S Canada only Check Brake Fluid Level A Warning Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions A Risk of accident EBD Electronic Brake force Distribution A
24. Cleaning the rear view camera P54 00 2761 31 gt Use clear water and a soft cloth to clean camera lens 4 H Do not clean the camera lens and the area around the rear view camera with a power washer Cleaning the exhaust tail pipes Impurities combined with the effects of road grit and corrosive environmental factors may cause flash rust to form on the surface You can restore the original shine of the exhaust tail pipe by cleaning it regularly especially in winter and after washing H Do not clean the exhaust tail pipes with alkaline based cleaning agents such as wheel cleaner gt Clean the exhaust tail pipes with a chrome care product tested and approved by Mercedes Benz Interior care Maintenance and care Cleaning the display gt Before cleaning the display make sure that it is switched off and has cooled down gt Clean the display surface using a commercially available microfiber cloth and TFT LCD display cleaner gt Dry the display surface using a dry microfiber cloth H For cleaning do not use any of the following e alcohol based thinner or gasoline e abrasive cleaning agents e commercially available household cleaning agents These may damage the display surface Do not put pressure on the display surface when cleaning This could lead to irreparable damage to the display E Maintenance and care Cleaning the plastic trim Z Warning When cleaning the steering
25. Function Tachometer Fuel gauge Multifunction display Clock P54 32 8232 31 Page 214 Zullo 222 Warning and indicator lamps ClO 101010 Function Brakes USA only ESRA Distance warning lamp Turn signal Turn signal Diesel engine preglow SRS Low beam headlamps Engine diagnostics Canada only Engine diagnostics USA only Page 254 23 260 ily ily 148 258 ls 259 259 e0 00000 Function High beam headlamps Reserve fuel Seat belt Brakes Canada only Tire pressure monitor USA only ABS The lamp lights up briefly but has no function 4 On vehicles without DISTRONIC the lamp lights up briefly but has no function P54 32 8233 31 Page TIZ 259 255 254 260 256 At a glance a Multifunction steering wheel Multifunction steering wheel At a glance LJ Function Page Function Page Multifunction display DiS Sc COMAND APS see the Selects a menu scrolls separate operating back and forth Did instructions ort Switches off the Voice lt Bale l Control System see the Makes accepts or rejects separate operating ends a call 227 instructions Al Selects submenus in the Scrolls back and forth Settings menu 221 within a menu Ai Changes values Adjusts the volume we Switches on the Voice Control System see the separate operating instructions Cent
26. compatible child restraint systems are not installed correctly If the front passenger front air bag is deployed the child could be killed when it inflates in a crash This could lead to serious or fatal injury A child in a rear facing child restraint on the passenger seat will be seriously injured or even killed if the passenger front air bag inflates in a collision which could occur under some circumstances even with the air bag technology installed in your vehicle The only means to eliminate this risk completely is never to place a child ina rear facing child restraint in the front seat We therefore strongly recommend that you always place a child in a rear facing child restraint on the rear seat If you must install a rear facing child restraint on the front passenger seat because circumstances require you to do so make sure the 8 indicator lamp is illuminated indicating that the front passenger front air bag is deactivated Should the amp indicator lamp not illuminate or go out while the restraint is installed please check installation Periodically check the Zi pass air easa indicator lamp while driving to make sure that the Zi pass air saca indicator lamp is illuminated If the 3 Pass ar sacan indicator PASS AIR BAG aa PASS AIR BAG JAB lamp goes out or remains out do not transport a child on the passenger seat un
27. gt Press or Z on the steering wheel p Press or to select the to select the Settings menu Instrument Cluster submenu gt Press and hold the Q reset button on the amp Press A to select Display Unit instrument cluster for approximately three Speedometer Odometer seconds A gt Press the or button to select A prompt appears in the multifunction K iJ h tof tf display asking you to confirm by pressing z or 1 leS as the unit of measurement for the R reset button again rane gt Press the A or ZA button to select a different display 30 This function is not available in vehicles with the navigation module A Menus and submenus Oo On board computer and displays Selecting the unit of distance for the digital speedometer gt Press or ZP on the steering wheel to select the Settings menu gt Press 4 to call up the selection of submenus gt Press the or button to select the Instrument Cluster submenu gt Press the A button to display Display Unit Digital speedometer gt Press the or button to select Kmor Miles as the unit of measurement for distance gt Press the 2 or select a different display button to CA Selecting the language The Language function allows you to select the language for
28. gt Turnthe key to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt Turn switch Q on the combination switch to the corresponding position When the rear window wiper is switched on the icon appears in the instrument cluster Replacing the wiper blades Important safety notes A Warning For safety reasons switch off the windshield wipers and remove the key from the ignition lock before changing the wiper blades vehicles with KEYLESS GO make sure that the on board electronics are in state 0 Otherwise the wiper motor could be switched on suddenly and cause injury H To avoid damaging the wiper blades make sure that you touch only the wiper arm of the wiper H Never open the hood if a windshield wiper arm has been folded away from the windshield Never fold a windshield wiper arm without a wiper blade back onto the windshield Hold the windshield wiper arm firmly when you change the wiper blade If you release the windshield wiper arm without a wiper blade and it falls onto the windshield the windshield can be damaged by the force of the impact Mercedes Benz recommends that you have the wiper blades replaced by a qualified specialist workshop e g at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Replacing the windshield wiper blades Removing the wiper blades gt Remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock gt Fold the wiper arm away from the windshield Windshield wipers 127 Remove the key from the ignition
29. 229 Navigation Menu sesser 220 Off road MENU ssssssssriss irisse 220 Operating video DVD n se 220 Oper tiON ssisisssiississrsriiesi 215 Overview Of MENUS esseere 217 Selecting the language 4 222 Settings MENU cerisier 221 Standard display menu sssceesee 218 Telephone MeN sississscstissiiiiicses 227 Time Date submenu ceeee eens 222 Trip Computer MENU nsss 227 Vehicle submenu cccceeeeeeees 224 Opening and closing the side trim panels sorserien 123 Operating system see On board computer Outside temperature Calling up on board computer 218 Display eire er e ER 214 Overhead control panel OVEIVICW ssriiiiinscpsticsctinere orrea eurr 33 Override feature Rear side WINdOWS n se 64 E ee Paint code number 0 0008 363 Paintwork cleaning instructions 301 Panel Removing third row of seats 101 Panic alarm ccccceesesseeseeeeeeeees 64 P rking oisinn 165 Parking aid PARKTRONIG 205 xtvncvtoveerotdieccvnaes 195 Rear view camera cceeeeeeeeees 198 Parking brake e 166 Parking lamp display message 239 Parking position Exterior mirror on the front passenger SIDE n scscriccirinesis 109 PARKTRONIC ceccsceceseeeeeeeeeees 195 Activating deactivating 0 197 Maltin GtiOM rssiscasssesecscossestssseyetasecaes 198 Problem ccccsessievsarisviranesscsancssastecass 198 Range of the sensors
30. 239 Rear seat ACUUSUING ss stsciecetesse tecsscadeeseabecesaestis 100 Rear view camera FUNCtION NOTES cceseeeeeeeeeseeees 198 Rear view camera cleaning instructions i i 5 52c c05c40vececssteeescnes ces 303 Rear view mirror Anti glare manual n se 108 Dipping automatic eee 109 Rear window heating Malfunction esenea 141 Switching On Off s cc ccc eseechess 141 Rear window Wiper eene 126 Replacing the wiper blade 127 Refueling 0 eee eeeeeeeseeerneeeeeeeneeees 159 Remote control Programming garage door OPENER 289 Reporting Malfunctions relevant to safety 23 Reserve fuel Display message cecce 243 Warning lamp Reset button ccceceeceeeeeeeeee Residual heat Switching ON OfF sviste cirrosis vites 142 Restraint systems see SRS Reversing lamp display message 239 Roadside Assistance breakdown 20 Roller sunblind Rear panorama roof sses 279 ROOF Carrier ssciercsesscceitenessittisresisseeiisi 273 Roof lining and carpets Cleaning guidelines eeeeeseeeeeneeeeeees 305 Route see Route guidance on board computer Route guidance on board COMPUTE iesise ieii 220 S Safety Children in the vehicle Child restraint systems Occupant Classification System OCS ir nda cies 42 Overview of occupant safety SVSTOMS nise rE EEs EE EEEIEE 36 Safety systems see Driving safety systems Seat Folding down up third
31. Date submenu you can set the time and date gt Press or CEI on the steering wheel to select the Settings menu gt Press 4 to call up the selection of submenus gt Press the or button to select the Time Date submenu gt To set the clock press 4 on the steering wheel to select Clock Set hour or Clock Set Minute s or gt To set the date press 4 to select Date Set day Date Set Month or Date Set Year gt Press or to set a value gt Press the A or ZE button to select a different display Lighting Switching the daytime running lamps on off This function is not available in Canada If you have activated the daytime running lamps function and the light switch is in the 0 or auto position the daytime running lamps are switched on automatically when the engine is running In the dark the following also light up e the low beam headlamps e the parking lamps e the tail lamps e the license plate lamp e the side marker lamps gt Press or CEI on the steering wheel to select the Settings menu gt Press 4 to call up the selection of submenus gt Press the or Lighting submenu gt Press 4 to select Daytime Running Lamps gt Press or lamps to On or Off gt Press the A or select a differ
32. Engage the parking brake gt Close the hood or tailgate You have attempted to lock the vehicle with KEYLESS GO while the tailgate or door is open gt Close all doors and or the tailgate At least one door is open gt Close all doors A Risk of accident The power steering assistance is faulty You will need to use more force to steer gt Check whether you are able to apply the extra force required gt If you are able to steer safely carefully drive on to a qualified specialist workshop gt If you are unable to steer safely do not drive on Contact the nearest qualified specialist workshop N A Q 9 me me oO P gt Q z e me Som e a O A Display messages Led On board computer and displays Display messages No Service D Bluetooth Ready Top Up Washer Fluid fi Se lease replace key tl Po emove key fi gt on t Forget Your AS lt fi Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Your vehicle is outside the network provider transmitter receiver range gt Wait until the mobile phone operational readiness symbol appears in the multifunction display The Bluetooth connection between your mobile phone and COMAND is not activated gt If desired activate the Bluetooth connection between the mobile phone and COMAND see the separate operating instructions The washer fluid level has dropped to approxim
33. GVW is the weight of the vehicle including fuel the vehicle tool kit spare tire any installed accessories vehicle occupants and luggage cargo The load limit and the gross vehicle weight rating GVWR of your vehicle must never be exceeded The load limit and the GVWR are stated on the vehicle identification plate on the B pillar on the driver s side gt page 344 Additionally the cargo must be distributed so that the weight on each axle never exceeds the maximum gross axle weight rating GAWR for the front and rear axles The data on GVWR and GAWR is stated on the vehicle identification plate on the B pillar on the driver s side gt page 344 Further information can be found in the Loading the vehicle section gt page 344 The handling characteristics of a laden vehicle are dependent on the distribution of the load within the vehicle For this reason you should observe the following notes when transporting a load e Position heavy loads as far forwards as possible and as low down in the cargo compartment as possible e The load must not protrude above the upper edge of the seat backrests e always place the load against the rear or front seat backrests Make sure that the seat backrests are securely locked into place e Hook in the cargo net when loading e Always place the load behind unoccupied seats if possible e Secure the load with sufficiently strong and wear resistant tie down Pad shar
34. Occupant 2 Occupant 2 180 Ibs 82 kg 190 Ibs 86 kg Occupant 3 Occupant 3 160 Ibs 73 kg 150 Ibs 68 kg Occupant 4 140 Ibs 63 kg Occupant 5 120 Ibs 54 kg Gross weight of all 750 lbs 340kg 540 Ibs 245kg 150 Ibs 68 kg occupants Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 Step 3 Permissible cargo 1500 Ibs 1500 Ibs 1500 Ibs and trailer load 680 kg 680 kg 680 kg noseweight 750 Ibs 340 kg 540 Ibs 245 kg 150 lbs 68 kg maximum gross 750 lbs 960 Ibs 1350 Ibs vehicle weight rating 340 kg 435 kg 612 kg from the Tire and Loading Information placard minus the gross weight of all occupants fas Tires and wheels The greater the combined weight of the occupants the lower the maximum luggage load Further information can be found under Towing a trailer gt page 348 Gross axle weight rating the maximum permissible load that can be carried by one axle front or rear axle To ensure that your vehicle does not exceed the maximum permissible values gross vehicle weight and maximum gross axle weight rating have your loaded vehicle including driver occupants cargo and full trailer load if applicable weighed ona suitable vehicle weighbridge Vehicle identification plate Even if you have calculated the total cargo carefully you should still make sure that the gross vehicle weight rating and the gross axle weight rating are not exceeded Details can be found on the vehicle identific
35. Position 2 ignition press Start Stop button Q twice If you press Start Stop button once when in this position and the driver s door is open the power supply is deactivated again As soon as the ignition is switched on all the indicator lights in the instrument cluster light up The indicator lamps of the low beam headlamps high beam headlamps or the turn signal lamps only light up if the low beam headlamps high beam headlamps or turn signal lamps are switched on If an indicator lamp does not light up when the ignition is switched on check it and replace it if necessary If an indicator lamp does not go out after the engine is started or if it lights up while the vehicle is in motion see gt page 254 Starting the engine Important safety instructions A Warning Inhalation of exhaust gas is hazardous to your health All exhaust gas contains carbon monoxide CO and inhaling it can cause unconsciousness and possible death Do not run the engine in confined areas such as a garage which are not properly ventilated If you think that exhaust gas fumes are entering the vehicle while driving have the cause determined and corrected immediately If you must drive under these conditions drive only with at least one window fully open at all times H Do not depress the accelerator pedal when starting the engine Automatic transmission gt Shift the transmission to position P The transmission position
36. Switch off the lights gt Open the hood gt Turn housing cover Q counter clockwise and pull it out gt Turn bulb holder 2 counter clockwise and pull it out gt Take the bulb out of bulb holder 2 gt Insert the new bulb into bulb holder gt Insert bulb holder 2 into the lamp and turn it clockwise gt Align housing cover Q and turn it clockwise until it engages Standing lamps parking lamps P82 10 5752 31 gt Switch off the lights gt Open the hood gt Turn bulb holder Q counter clockwise and pull it out gt Take the bulb out of bulb holder 4 gt Insert the new bulb into bulb holder 4 gt Insert bulb holder Q into the lamp and turn it clockwise Turn signal lamps side marker lamps P82 10 5755 31 gt Switch off the lights gt Open the hood gt Turn bulb holder WY 5 W 3457 A counter clockwise and pull it out gt Remove the bulb from bulb holder gt Insert the new bulb into bulb holder O gt Insert bulb holder into the lamp and turn it clockwise Changing the rear bulbs Opening closing the side trim You must open the side trim panel in the cargo compartment before you can change the bulbs in the tail lamps Left hand side trim panel gt To open turn release knob Q 90 in the direction of the arrow and remove side trim panel gt Insert a suitable object e g a coin into the slots of release knobs
37. deployment can offer additional protection to that provided by the seat belt e independently of the front air bags The window curtain air bags will not deploy in impacts which do not exceed the system s preset thresholds You will then be protected by the fastened seat belts Occupant classification system OCS Operating principles of the Occupant Classification System The OCS is standard equipment in the USA OCS categorizes the occupant on the front passenger seat by means of a weight sensor The front passenger front air bag is automatically deactivated for certain weight categories The 4 indicator lamp shows you the current status If the Sy pass ar sasa indicator lamp lights up the front passenger front air bag is deactivated The system does not disable PASS AIR BAG aa e the side impact air bag e the window curtain air bag e the Emergency Tensioning Device belt buckle tensioner ETD To be classified correctly the front passenger must sit e with the seat belt properly fastened e in a position that is as upright as possible with the back against the seat backrest e with their feet on the floor The OCS weight sensor is distorted if the occupant s weight is transferred to another object in the vehicle e g by leaning on the armrest Occupant safety In addition the occupant weight may appear When the OCS senses that the front to increase or decreas
38. different tire dimensions front vs rear tire rotation is not possible Z Warning Have the tightening torque checked after changing a wheel The wheels could come loose if they are not tightened to a torque of 110 lb ft 150 Nm Only use genuine Mercedes Benz wheel bolts specified for your vehicle s rims The wear patterns on the front and rear tires differ depending on the operating conditions Rotate the wheels before a clear wear pattern has formed on the tires Front tires typically wear more on the shoulders and the rear tires in the center If your vehicle s tire configuration allows you can rotate the wheels according to the intervals in the tire manufacturer s warranty book in your vehicle documents If no warranty book is available the tires should be rotated every 3000 to 6000 miles 5000 to 10000 km or earlier if tire wear requires Do not change the direction of wheel rotation Clean the contact surfaces of the wheel and the brake disc thoroughly every time a wheel is rotated Check the tire pressures Information on changing a wheel and mounting the spare wheel gt page 316 Tire labeling Tire labeling Overview oftirelabeling The following markings are on the tire in addition to the tire name sales designation and the manufacturer s name P40 10 5339 31 Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standard gt page 354 DOT Tire Identification Number gt
39. e Do not place your foot under the brake pedal as it could become trapped Non compliance could lead you to cause an accident in which you and or others could be seriously injured Cruise control should not be activated during off road driving 4 Driving and parking Cruise control lever To store the current speed or a higher speed To store the current speed or a lower speed To deactivate cruise control To store the current speed or to call up the last stored speed When you activate cruise control the stored speed is shown in the status indicator of the multifunction display e USA only e g CRUISE 55 Miles e Canada only e g amp 90 Km h at Driving systems ES Driving and parking Storing and maintaining the current speed You can store the current speed if you are driving faster than 20 mph 30 km h gt Accelerate the vehicle to the desired speed gt Briefly press the cruise control lever up or down to the pressure point gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal Cruise control is activated The vehicle automatically maintains the stored speed Cruise control may be unable to maintain the stored speed on uphill gradients The stored speed is resumed when the gradient evens out Cruise control maintains the stored speed on downhill gradients by automatically applying the brakes Storing the current speed or calling up the last speed stored A
40. gt At temperatures below freezing add 1 part MB SummerFit to 100 parts washer fluid e g 1 34 fl oz 40 ml MB SummerFit to 1 gal 4 0 I of water Vehicle data Vehicle data GL 350 BlueTEC 164 825 The data quoted here refers specifically to a vehicle with standard equipment Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for the data for all vehicle variants and trim levels AVZ 1 aT Cod We ELT Vehicle dimensions GL 350 BlueTEC Vehicle length 201 1 in 5108 mm Vehicle width 85 5 in 2170 mm including exterior mirrors Vehicle height 72 4 75 6 in 1840 1920 mm gt 4 72 4 76 8 in 1840 1950 mm gt gt Wheelbase 121 1 in 3075 mm Front track 64 8 in 1645 mm Rear track 64 9 in 1648 mm Ground clearance 8 0 10 9 in 202 277 mm 8 0 12 1 in 202 307 mm gt Turning circle 39 7 ft 12 1 m Vehicle weight GL 350 BlueTEC Maximum roof Maximum 198 Ib load 90 kg Vehicle data GL 450 164 871 The data quoted here refers specifically to a vehicle with standard equipment Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for the data for all vehicle variants and trim levels Vehicle dimensions GL 450 Vehicle length 201 1 in 5108 mm Vehicle width 85 5 in 2170 mm including exterior mirrors Vehicle height 72 4 75 6 in 1840 1920 mm 5 72 4 76 8 in 1840 1950 mm gt 7 Wheelbase 121 1 in 3075 mm Front track 64 8 in 1645 mm Rear track 64 9 in 1648 mm Ground cleara
41. gt page 100 to obtain maximum cargo compartment enlargement Folding the rear bench seat forward if the driver s or front passenger seat is set for a larger person it may not be possible to fold the rear bench seat forwards In this case move the front seats as far forward as possible gt Move the head restraints to the lowest position gt page 98 gt Pull release loop Q of seat cushion gt Fold seat cushion 2 upwards p9T 12 3267 34 gt Pull release catch 8 in the direction of the arrow The backrest is released H The backrest is heavy Therefore take care when folding it down Make sure that the head restraints are pushed all the way in so that the backrests and seat cushions are not damaged Loading stowing and features gt Fold the backrest forwards until it engages in the cargo compartment position gt Guide seat belts under respective clips Loading stowing and features Folding the rear bench seat back gt Pull release catch upwards gt Fold backrest 2 backwards until it engages making sure not to trap the seat belts while doing so gt Fold seat cushion Q backwards and push until you hear it engage gt Pull up and adjust the head restraints if necessary gt page 98 Securing cargos Lashing eyelets Observe the following notes on securing loads e secure the load using the cargo tie down rings e do not use ela
42. gt page 106 and the exterior mirrors gt page 108 gt Press memory button M and one of the storage position buttons 1 2 or 3 within three seconds The settings are stored in the selected preset position A tone sounds when the settings have been completed Calling up a stored setting gt Press and hold the relevant storage position button 1 2 or 3 until the seat steering wheel and exterior mirrors are in the stored position Memory functions fea The setting procedure is interrupted as soon as you release the storage position button Seats steering wheel and mirrors p Vehicle equipment 005 114 Exterior lighting e a e sso 114 Interior lighting cee 118 Changing bulbs cceeeeeeee 120 Windshield wipers 0006 125 wn Som oO z os mo z me c tS 20 l ae Exterior lighting Lights and windshield wipers bal Vehicle equipment This manual describes all the standard and optional equipment of your vehicle which was available at the time of purchase Country specific differences are possible Bear in mind that your vehicle may not feature all functions described here This also refers to safety related systems and functions Exterior lighting Important safety notes For reasons of safety Mercedes Benz recommends that you drive with the lights switched on even during the daytime I
43. in the vehicle chapter gt page 59 SRS Supplemental Restraint System Introduction SRS reduces the risk of occupants coming into contact with the vehicle s interior in the event of an accident It can also reduce the effect of the forces to which occupants are subjected during an accident SRS consists of e srs SRS warning lamp e air bags e air bag control unit with crash sensors e ETDs belt buckle tensioners e belt force limiters SRS warning lamps SRS functions are checked regularly when you switch on the ignition and when the engine is running Therefore malfunctions can be detected in good time The srs SRS warning lamp in the instrument cluster lights up when the ignition is switched on It goes out no later than a few seconds after the engine is started The SRS components are in operational readiness when the srs indicator lamp goes out while the engine is running A Warning The SRS self check has detected a malfunction if the srs SRS warning lamp e does not illuminate e goes out approximately 4 seconds after the engine is started e illuminates after the engine is started or illuminates during the journey For your safety Mercedes Benz recommends that you have the system checked as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Otherwise the SRS may not be activated when it is needed in an accident which could result in ser
44. loss warning system or the tire pressure monitor cannot function reliably Only restart the tire pressure loss warning system tire pressure monitor when the defective wheel has been replaced with a new wheel Vehicles with tire pressure monitor all mounted wheels must be equipped with functioning sensors and the defective wheel should no longer be in the vehicle MOExtended run flat system The MOExtended run flat system allows you to drive on even if there is a complete loss of pressure in one or more tires The MOExtended run flat system may only be used in conjunction with the activated tire pressure loss warning system or with the activated tire pressure monitor The maximum permissible distance which can be driven in run flat mode depends on the cargo in the vehicle You can drive 50 miles 80 km if the vehicle is partially laden and 18 miles 30 km if it is fully laden The maximum permissible distance which can be driven in run flat mode is counted from the moment the tire pressure loss warning appears in the multifunction display You must not exceed a maximum speed of 50 mph 80 km h A Warning The handling characteristics of your vehicle deteriorate in run flat mode for example e when cornering e when braking e when accelerating rapidly Adapt your driving style accordingly and avoid sudden changes in direction and sudden acceleration as well as driving over obstacles i e curbs potholes and driving o
45. must be switched off SmartKey in position 0 or 1 in the ignition lock or Start Stop button in position O or 1 while the parking brake is being tested on a brake dynamometer maximum 10 seconds Braking maneuvers triggered automatically by ESP may seriously damage the brake system If your brake system is only subjected to moderate loads you should regularly test your brake system s function by forcefully depressing the brake pedal when driving at high speed This also improves the brake pads friction A Warning Make sure that you do not endanger other road users when you apply the brakes ER Driving and parking You can find a description of Brake Assist BAS on gt page 66 Parking brake If you drive on wet roads or dirt covered surfaces road salt and or dirt could get into the parking brake In order to prevent corrosion and a reduction in the braking power of the parking brake observe the following e gently depress the parking brake from time to time before beginning the journey e drive approximately 110 yd 100 m without exceeding a speed of 12 mph 20 km h Z Warning While performing this procedure please assure that the vehicle is stopped before applying the parking brake Otherwise the rear wheels could lock up You could lose control of the vehicle and cause an accident In addition the vehicle s brake lights do not light up when the parking brake is engaged Make sure not to endange
46. nearly vertical position and the occupant is sitting upright The seat backrest and seat belt provide the best restraint when the wearer is in a position that is as upright as possible and the seat belt is properly positioned on the body You should therefore adjust the seat backrest to a position as upright as possible The backrest angle can be adjusted to five positions gt Pull backrest release in the direction of the arrow and hold it in this position Backrest Q folds forwards gt Adjust the backrest angle as desired gt Release backrest release 2 gt Lean back firmly against the backrest to ensure that it is engaged Folding the seats up down third row of seats The third row of seats consists of two electrically foldable individual seats which can be lowered into the cargo compartment If the seat is not correctly locked in position the display message 3rd row of seats right hand side not locked appears in the multifunction display H Make sure that there is nothing on the folded down seats in the cargo compartment The cargo compartment must be empty for the third row of seats to be folded up The seats or the objects in the cargo compartment could otherwise be damaged Make sure that the seats in the third row are empty and not blocked before folding them down The switches for folding the left or right seats fl If there are objects underneath the seat up and down are marked L for
47. pressure indicator lamp of the TPMS lights up Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure indicator lamp When the system detects a malfunction the indicator lamp will flash for approximately 1 minute and then remain illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indicator is lit the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of incompatible replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction indicator after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly If the tire pressure monitoring system malfunctions it may take up to 10 minutes before the malfunction is displayed to you by the tire pressure warning lamp flashing for 60 seconds and then remaining lit When the error has been rectified the tire pressure warning lamp goes out after a few minutes of driving Information on tire pressures is displayed in the multifunction display After a few minutes of driving the current tire pressur
48. remains active for five minutes or until one of the front doors is opened Sliding sunroof ee Opening and closing Sliding sunroof Opening and closing P54 25 7322 31 Overhead control panel To raise To open To close gt Switch on the ignition gt Push or pull the LJ switch in the corresponding direction If you press the _ switch beyond the point of resistance an automatic opening closing process is started in the corresponding direction You can stop automatic operation by pressing again Automatic opening raising is only available if the tilt sliding sunroof is in the closed position You can open close the cover for the sunblind manually when the tilt sliding sunroof is raised closed Resetting Reset the tilt sliding sunroof if it does not open smoothly or if the battery has been disconnected or has become discharged H Contact a qualified specialist workshop if the tilt sliding sunroof cannot be closed fully or reset gt Remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock or turn to position O KEYLESS GO gt Remove the fuse for the tilt sliding sunroof from the main fuse box To find out where the fuse is located refer to the fuse allocation chart in the vehicle tool kit gt page 310 gt Reinsert the fuse gt Switch on the ignition gt Raise the tilt sliding sunroof fully at the rear gt page 89 gt Keep the __ switch presse
49. secure the towing device on the trailer tow hitch gt page 209 Roadside assistance Towing and tow starting Roadside assistance gt Remove the towing eye from the vehicle tool kit gt page 310 A Warning The exhaust tail pipe may be hot You could burn yourself if you touch the tail pipe Be particularly careful when removing the rear cover The mountings for the removable towing eyes are located in the bumpers They are at the front and at the rear under the covers S 8349 31 gt Press the mark on cover Q inwards in the direction of the arrow gt Take cover Q off the opening gt Screw the towing eye in clockwise to the stop and tighten it Removing the towing eye gt Loosen the towing eye and unscrew it gt Attach cover Q to the bumper and press until it engages gt Place the towing eye in the vehicle tool kit Towing the vehicle with both axles on the ground When having your vehicle towed observe the important safety notes gt page 327 A Warning With the engine not running there is no power assistance for the brake and steering systems In this case it is important to keep in mind that a considerably higher degree of effort is necessary to brake and steer the vehicle Adapt your driving accordingly The automatic transmission automatically shifts to position P when you open the driver s or front passenger door or when you remove the SmartKey fro
50. securing System ceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 62 C Jack Storage location heissen 310 USING isscesecsiceceeceeseticenescctepeececess 318 Jump starting oo cece eeeeneeeeee 325 C Key Convenience closing feature 87 Convenience opening feature 86 Display message cecer 252 Starting the Engine ssssssssseessess 148 KEYLESS GO BUON aeee EE 147 Convenience closing feature 87 MOCKS oinn rE 73 Starting the Engine eee eeeeees 149 Unlocking 2 0 seeesiescernecdeccaceecesevens 73 Key positions KEYLESS GOs 147 SmartKey cistiace 147 Kickdown iere 155 Knee baf eroerenororerriieess 40 Lane change assistant see Blind Spot Assist Language on board computer 222 Level controll ii cc6 0cciecncns 189 Level control display message 244 License plate lamp display IMESSABE E 239 Light Setting ambient lighting on board COMPUTER ssssscs teesi sesi titei niiret 223 Lights Activating deactivating the interior lighting delayed switch off on board Computer isisisi 224 Active light function essee 118 Automatic headlamp mode 115 Daytime running lamps 0 115 Driving abroad serrr ees 114 FOS JAMPSis acs lt tcdceess lt cceatsverte ives 116 Hazard warning lamps 117 High beam headlamps 06 117 Light SWIte treserien 114 Low beam headlamps 0 8 115 Rear fog lamp eseese 116 Switching the daytime drivin
51. the cover gt Turn release button Q 90 in the direction of the arrow gt Open cover 2 downwards If the engine cannot be switched off as described observe the following procedure gt Take the fuse allocation chart out of the vehicle tool kit gt page 310 gt Open the fuse box in the engine compartment gt page 330 gt Remove fuse 120 The installation location of the fuse is described in the fuse allocation chart Roadside assistance Vehicle equipment 06 334 Important safety notes 334 Directives to be observed 335 Maintenance and care of wheels and tires oeae eee esees 335 Tire pressures ia 336 Maximum tire pressures 344 Loading the vehicle 006 344 Maximum tire load ce 348 Direction of rotation 006 348 Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards m a 348 Interchanging the wheels 350 Tire labeling a eee ee 350 Definitions for tires and loading 354 Wheel tire combinations 357 o oO oO tS To o te ic Aras PAL a gt a Let yeaa eae gt s k 2 r d at e Important safety notes Tires and wheels Vehicle equipment This manual describes all the standard and optional equipment of your vehicle which was available at the time of purchase Country specific diff
52. the tire pressure monitor is malfunctioning A Warning Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked at least once a month when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the tire and loading information table on the driver s door B pillar or the tire inflation pressure table on the inside of the fuel filler flap If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the tire and loading information table or the tire inflation pressure table you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitor TPMS An indicator lamp lights up if one or more of your tires are significantly underinflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure indicator lamp lights up you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly underinflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Underinflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s b gt Tires and wheels E Tires and wheels responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if underinflation has not reached the level at which the low tire
53. transmission oil e coolant e brake fluid e windshield washer fluid Vehicle components and their respective lubricants must match You should therefore only use products that have been tested and approved by Mercedes Benz Information on tested and approved products can be obtained at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or on the Internet at http www mbusa com USA only A Warning Comply with all valid regulations with respect to handling storing and disposing of service Service products and capacities fluids Otherwise you could endanger persons or the environment Keep service fluids out of the reach of children For health reasons you should prevent service fluids from coming into direct contact with your skin or clothing If a service fluid is swallowed contact a physician immediately Service products and capacities Eis Capacities Engine oil and filter Power steering Cooling system Tank capacity Reserve AdBlue tank Air conditioning system Windshield headlamp cleaning system Vehicle model GL 350 BlueTEC GL 450 GL 550 All models GL 350 BlueTEC GL 450 GL 550 All models All models GL 350 BlueTEC All models All models Capacity 9 0 US qt 8 5 I 9 5 US qt 9 0 I Approx 1 1 US qt 1 0 1 Approx 10 0 US qt 9 5 I Approx 12 7 US qt 12 01 26 4 US gal 100 0 I Approx 3 4 US gal 13 0 I 8 3 US gal 31 7 I 7 6 US qt 7 21
54. watering eyes Low outside temperatures AdBlue freezes at a temperature of approximately 12 F 11 C The vehicle is equipped with an AdBlue preheating system at the factory Winter operation can thus be guaranteed even at temperatures below 12 F 11 C Additives H Use only AdBlue complying with ISO 22241 Do not use any additives with AdBlue and do not thin AdBlue with water This may destroy the BlueTEC exhaust gas aftertreatment system Damage resulting from the use of additives or water is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Service products and capacities Purity Assuring the purity of AdBlue is particularly important with respect to avoiding malfunctions in the exhaust gas aftertreatment system If AdBlue is pumped out of the AdBlue tank e g during repair work it must not be returned to the tank The purity of the fluid can no longer be guaranteed H Impurities in AdBlue e g due to other service products cleaning agents or dust lead to increased emission values system malfunctions catalytic converter damage or damage to the BlueTEC system Engine oil Points to remember The engine oils are matched to the performance of Mercedes Benz engines and service intervals For this reason only use engine oils and oil filters that are approved for vehicles with a service system Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or visit http www mbusa com USA only for
55. which could lead you to cause an accident Only correct tire pressures when the tires are cold The tires are cold when the vehicle has been parked for at least three hours or driven for less than 1 mile 1 6 km The tire temperature changes depending on the outside temperature the vehicle speed and the tire load If the tire temperature changes by 18 F 10 C the tire pressure changes by approximately 10 kPa 0 1 bar 1 5 psi Take this into account when checking the pressure of warm tires and only correct the tire pressure if it is too low for the current operating conditions If you check the tire pressure when the tires are warm the resulting value will be higher than if the tires were cold This is normal Do not reduce the tire pressure to the value specified for cold tires The tire pressure would otherwise be too low Observe the recommended tire pressure specifications for cold tires on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the B pillar on the driver s side The specifications given on the following Tire and Loading Information placard are examples Tire pressure specifications are vehicle specific and may deviate from the data shown here The tire pressure specifications for your vehicle can be found on the Tire and Loading Information placard of your vehicle SEE OWNERS MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATIONS REAR ARRI RE 205 35 ZR10 101V XL 200 KPA 29 PSI SPARE DERECHANGE 175 551895P 420 K
56. 194 the vehicle is automatically lowered to high speed level as the speed increases As the vehicle speed decreases the vehicle is raised back up to highway level In ADS SPORT gt page 194 the vehicle skips highway level and is lowered directly to high speed level Make changes to the vehicle level while the vehicle is in motion This enables the vehicle to adjust to the new level as quickly as possible The vehicle level may change visibly if you park the vehicle and the outside temperature changes If the temperature drops the vehicle level is lower with an increase in temperature the vehicle level rises When you unlock the vehicle or open a door the vehicle begins to balance the load Driving systems discrepancies while still parked However for significant level changes e g after the vehicle has been stationary for a long period the engine must be on For safety reasons the vehicle is only lowered when the doors are closed Lowering is interrupted if a door is opened and it continues once the door has been closed A Warning Make sure that nobody is in the vicinity of the wheel arch or the underbody when changing the vehicle level You could otherwise trap yourself or others A Warning Always select as low a vehicle level as possible If the vehicle level is high the vehicle center of gravity shifts upwards This increases the risk of the vehicle tipping over bo E a To
57. 2 O 5 5 3 O A Display messages Display messages E od lee On board computer and displays E Battery Alternator Stop Vehicle Check engine oil level at next refueling Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The engine fan is faulty gt At coolant temperatures under 248 F 120 C drive to the next qualified specialist workshop gt Avoid subjecting the engine to heavy loads e g driving in mountainous terrain and stop start driving The battery is not being charged Possible causes are e a faulty alternator e a torn poly V belt e a malfunction in the electronics gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely and switch off the engine paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Open the hood gt Check whether the poly V belt is torn If the poly V belt is torn H Do not continue driving The engine could otherwise overheat gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop If the poly V belt is OK gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The battery is faulty gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions Do not continue driving under any circumstances gt Engage the parking brake gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop The oil level is too low gt Check the oil level gt page 295 gt If necessary add the engine oil gt page 296 gt Have the eng
58. 800 FOR MERCedes e Canada Customer Service on 1 800 387 0100 A Warning Before programming the integrated remote control to a garage door opener or gate operator make sure people and objects are out of the way of the device to prevent potential harm or damage When programming a garage door opener the door moves up or down When programming a gate operator the gate opens or closes Do not use the integrated remote control with any garage door opener that lacks safety stop and reverse features as required by U S federal safety standards this includes any garage door opener model manufactured before April 1 1982 A garage door that cannot detect an object signaling the door to stop and reverse does not meet current U S federal safety standards When programming a garage door opener park vehicle outside the garage Do not run the engine while programming the integrated remote control Inhalation of exhaust gas is hazardous to your health All exhaust gas contains carbon monoxide CO and inhaling it can cause unconsciousness and possible death All exhaust gas contains carbon monoxide CO and inhaling it can cause unconsciousness and possible death USA only Features ts This device complies with part 15 of the FCC rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 The device must not cause harmful interference 2 The device must withstand any interference received including interference th
59. ABS ESP and 4ETS specially adapted to off road driving will be activated Information about driving off road gt page 173 Information about driving safety systems in connection with LOW RANGE gt page 65 Driving and parking re Automatic transmission Ea Driving and parking Shift ranges There are two shift ranges HIGH On road position for all RANGE normal driving situations LOW RANGE off road gear off LOW In comparison with the RANGE HIGH RANGE on road position the gear ratio between the engine and wheels is one third Drive torque is thus proportionately higher A Warning Always wait until the procedure of shifting from HIGH RANGE to LOW RANGE and from LOW RANGE to HIGH RANGE has been entirely completed During this procedure do not turn off the engine or shift the automatic transmission into another gear If you do not wait until the shifting procedure has been entirely completed then it might not be correctly performed The transfer case might be in neutral thus interrupting the transfer of power between the engine and the drive axle The vehicle is then freely movable even if a gear has been selected and could unintentionally be set into motion particularly on up or downhill grades This could lead to an accident and cause injury to yourself and others Please observe related messages appearing in the multifunction display Selecting LOW RANGE off road ge
60. If the engine still does not start gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop bo E a To bo T A oe Automatic transmission les Driving and parking Problem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Vehicles with a There is a malfunction in the engine electronics or a mechanical gasoline engine component of the engine management system The engine is not gt Only depress the accelerator pedal slightly running smoothly and Have the cause rectified immediately at a qualified specialist is misfiring workshop Otherwise non combusted fuel may get into the catalytic converter and damage it The coolant The coolant level is too low The coolant is too hot and the engine temperature gauge is no longer being cooled sufficiently Snae a velte above gt Stop as soon as possible and allow the engine and the coolant 248 F 120 C to cool down gt Check the coolant level gt page 297 Observe the warning notes as you do so and add coolant if necessary DIRECT SELECT lever Important safety notes Overview of transmission positions A Warning The DIRECT SELECT lever is on the right of the It is dangerous to shift the automatic steering column transmission out of parking position P or neutral position N if the engine speed is higher than idle speed If your foot is not firmly on the brake pedal the vehicle could accelerate quickly forward or in reverse You could lose contr
61. PRO head restraints Important safety information A Warning For reasons of safety have the NECK PRO head restraints NECK PRO luxury head restraints checked at a Mercedes Benz Service Center after a rear end collision A Warning If you press the NECK PRO head restraint cushion backwards make sure that your fingers are not trapped between the cushion and the cover Failure to observe could result in injuries NECK PRO head restraints Resetting the NECK PRO head restraints requires a certain amount of strength If you have difficulty resetting the NECK PRO head restraints have this work carried out at a qualified specialist workshop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Occupant safety restraint cushion and the rear cover of the head restraint gt Push resetting tool Q downwards until you hear the head restraint deployment mechanism engage gt Pull out resetting tool Q gt Firmly press back the NECK PRO luxury head restraint cushion until it engages 3 gt Repeat this procedure for the second NECK PRO luxury head restraint gt Tilt the top of the NECK PRO head restraint Replace resetting tool Q into the vehicle cushion forwards in the direction of document wallet arrow 1 gt Push the NECK PRO head restraint cushion down as far as it will go in the direction of i a 1 arrow 2 o E E gt Firmly push the NECK PRO head restraint MPOrtant safety notes 0 cushion bac
62. R19 111 H M S 8 GL 350 BlueTEC GL 450 8 5 x 20 H2 2 20 in 56 mm 275 50 R20 109 H M S MOExtended GL 350 BlueTEC GL 450 GL 550 8 5Jx 19 H2 2 20 in 56 mm 275 55 R19 111 HM S 265 55 R19 109 H M S A 275 55 R19 111 HM S GL 550 8 5 J x 20 H2 2 20 in 56 mm 275 50 R20 109 H M S MOExtended GL 550 10Jx 21H2 1 46 in 37 mm 295 40 R21 111 V XL M S Q Q lt z N o Vehicles with MOExtended tires tires with run flat characteristics are not equipped with TIREFIT at the factory The GL 350 BlueTEC is not equipped with an emergency spare wheel 46 Use of snow chains not permitted 47 GL 350 BlueTEC Canada only 48 GL 350 BlueTEC USA only standard tires without run flat characteristics Retrofitting a TIREFIT kit is recommended 49 USA only 50 Tires with run flat characteristics must only be used in conjunction with an activated tire pressure loss warning system or TPMS 6110 o o lt 3 O N o pam Wheel tire combinations The prescribed tire pressure is also given on a yellow label on the emergency spare wheel Wheels Offset Tires Tire pressure 51 Use of snow chains not permitted Vehicle equipment 5 362 Genuine Mercedes Benz parts 362 Warranty cccccc coerce ns 362 Vehicle identification plates 363 Service products and capacities 364 Vehicle data
63. Shift the transmission to position P Using the SmartKey gt Turn the SmartKey to position O in the ignition lock and remove it The immobilizer is activated gt Apply the parking brake firmly if you turn off the engine with the SmartKey and then remove it from the ignition lock or open a front door the automatic transmission switches to P automatically ics Parking ex Driving and parking Using KEYLESS GO gt Press the Start Stop button gt page 147 When the driver s door is closed the Start Stop button is in position 1 When the driver s door is opened the Start Stop button moves to position 0 This corresponds to removing the SmartKey gt Apply the parking brake firmly if you turn off the engine with the Start Stop button and open a front door the automatic transmission switches to P automatically The engine can be turned off while the vehicle is in motion by pressing and holding the Start Stop button for three seconds If you have started the engine with the Start Stop button and it cannot be switched off as described gt remove the Start Stop button from the ignition lock gt insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock The engine stops The ignition lock is in position 0 Parking brake A Warning Engaging the parking brake while the vehicle is in motion can cause the rear wheels to lock up You could lose control of the vehicle and cause an accident In addition th
64. The jack is intended only for lifting the vehicle briefly for wheel changes It is not suited for performing maintenance work under the vehicle To help avoid personal injury use the jack only to lift the vehicle during a wheel change Never get beneath the vehicle while it is supported by the jack Keep hands and feet away from the area under the lifted vehicle Always lower the vehicle onto sufficient capacity jackstands before working under the vehicle Always firmly engage the parking brake and block the wheels with wheel chocks or other sizable objects before raising the vehicle with the jack Do not disengage the parking brake while the vehicle is raised Make sure that the ground on which the vehicle is standing and where you place the jack is solid level and not slippery If necessary use a large underlay On slippery surfaces such as tiled floors you should use anon slip underlay for example a rubber mat Do not use wooden blocks or similar objects as a jack underlay Otherwise the jack may not be able to achieve its load bearing capacity if it is not at its full height Never start the engine when the vehicle is raised Also observe the notes on the jack P40 10 5351 31 gt Using lug wrench Q loosen the bolts on the wheel you wish to change by about one full turn Do not unscrew the bolts completely The jacking points for the jack are located behind the wheel housings of the front wheels and in front of
65. adversely affected by the Off road ABS You should drive particularly carefully on slippery road surfaces Avoid sudden acceleration steering and braking maneuvers Do not use cruise control If the vehicle threatens to skid or cannot be stopped when moving at low speed gt Shift the transmission to position N For more information on driving with snow chains see gt page 172 Driving tips A Warning Make sure that you do not endanger other road users when you apply the brakes Driving off road Important safety notes Z Warning Grains of sand particles of dirt and other abrasive materials can enter the brake system This can lead to excessive wear and unpredictable braking efficiency After the brakes have been exposed to dirty conditions have them checked and cleaned at a qualified specialist workshop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Otherwise there is a risk that braking power may be insufficient in the event of an emergency or that the braking effect may be unpredictable Z Warning Do not load items on the crossbars It may cause instability during some maneuvers which could result in an accident Drive slowly in unknown terrain This will make it easier to recognize unexpected obstacles and avoid damage to the vehicle To help avoid the vehicle rolling over never turn it around on steep inclines If the vehicle cannot complete the attempted climb back it down in reverse gear Do no
66. always sit as upright as possible wear the seat belt properly and use an appropriately sized child restraint system or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child Children can be killed or seriously injured by an inflating air bag Note the following important information when circumstances require you to place a child in the front passenger seat e USA only Your vehicle is equipped with air bag technology that is designed to deactivate the front passenger front air bag when the system on the front passenger seat detects the weight of a typical 12 month old child in a standard child restraint e USA only Children that weigh more than a typical 12 month old child the front passenger front air bag may be activated deactivated Always make sure that the Zis pass ar saca indicator lamp is illuminated indicating that the front passenger front air bag is deactivated Canada only Children 12 years old and under may ride on the front seat if a BabySmart compatible child restraint system is installed on the front passenger seat Use only Mercedes Benz approved BabySmart compatible child restraint systems A BabySmart compatible child restraint system will deactivate the front passenger front air bag when installed correctly The front passenger front air bag will not be deactivated if the child restraint systems that are installed are not BabySmart compatible or if BabySmart
67. ar eac aa indicator lamp in the center console is not lit USA gt page 42 Canada gt page 48 e the impact exceeds a preset deployment threshold Driver s knee bag A Warning Observe Important safety instructions gt page 38 Driver s knee bag increases protection for the driver against the risk of e knee injuries e thigh injuries e lower leg injuries Driver s knee bag inflates beneath the steering column If the system determines that deployment of driver s knee bag can offer additional protection to that provided by the seat belt in the event of a frontal impact the system will deploy it together with the front air bags Driver s knee bag Q operates best in conjunction with a properly positioned and fastened seat belt Side impact air bags A Warning Observe Important safety instructions gt page 38 A Warning The pressure sensors for side impact air bag control are located in the doors Do not modify any components of the doors or door trim panels including for example the addition of door speakers Improper repair work on the doors or the modification or addition of components to the doors create a risk of rendering the side impact air bags inoperative or causing unintended air bag deployment Work on the doors must therefore only be performed by qualified technicians Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center A Warning Only use seat covers wh
68. automatic climate control gt Turn the key to position 2 in the ignition lock gt To activate deactivate press the button gt page 131 The indicator lamp in the up or goes out REAR OFF button lights REAR OFF Activating deactivating the rear compartment climate control using the front control panel multi zone automatic climate control For USA only gt Turn the key to position 2 in the ignition lock gt To activate deactivate press the button gt page 132 The indicator lamp in the up or goes out REAR OFF button lights REAR OFF For Canada only gt Turn the key to position 2 in the ignition lock gt To activate press the gt page 132 ON and MODE are shown in the multi zone automatic climate control display behind the 454 symbol The MODE display goes out after three seconds The display switches back to the standard display gt To deactivate press the button gt page 132 ODE is shown in the display behind the Z symbol gt Press the OFF button gt page 132 OFF is shown in the display behind the Z symbol button Ja dd Activating deactivating the rear compartment climate control using the rear control panel multi zone automatic climate control gt Turn the key to position 2 in the ignition lock gt Activate multi
69. automatically If the Fold in mirrors when locking function is activated in the on board computer gt page 226 e the exterior mirrors fold in automatically as soon as you lock the vehicle from the outside e the exterior mirrors fold out again automatically as soon as you unlock the vehicle and then open the driver s or front passenger door The mirrors do not fold out if they have been folded in manually Exterior mirror out of position If an exterior mirror has been pushed out of position proceed as follows gt Vehicles without electrically folding exterior mirrors move the exterior mirror into the correct position manually gt Vehicles with electrically folding exterior mirrors press the mirror folding button gt page 108 repeatedly until you hear the mirror engage in position The mirror housing is engaged again and you can adjust the exterior mirrors as usual gt page 108 Automatic anti glare mirrors A Warning The auto dimming function does not react if incoming light is not aimed directly at sensors in the interior rear view mirror The interior rear view mirror and the exterior rear view mirror on the driver s side do not react for example when transporting cargo which covers the rear window Light hitting the mirror s at certain angles incident light could blind you As a result you may not be able to observe traffic conditions and could cause an accident The rear view mir
70. but also at any location to which you are traveling The police and local authorities can provide reliable information Please observe the following when towing a trailer e To acquaint yourself with driving with a trailer and with the resulting changes to handling you should practice cornering stopping and reversing in a traffic free location e Before driving check the trailer coupling the safety switch for braked trailers the safety chains the electrical connections the lights the wheels Adjust the exterior mirrors to provide an unobstructed view of the rear section of the trailer If the trailer features electronically controlled brakes pull away the vehicle trailer combination carefully manually brake using the brake controller and check the brakes for correct function Secure any objects on the trailer to prevent the cargo from slipping when the vehicle is in motion If you couple up a trailer regularly check the cargo for secure fastening and make sure that the trailer lamps and if applicable the trailer brakes are functioning correctly Bear in mind that the handling will be less stable when towing a trailer than when driving without one Avoid sudden steering movements The vehicle trailer combination is heavier accelerates more slowly has a decreased gradient climbing capability and a longer braking distance It is more susceptible to side winds and requires more careful ste
71. capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 Ibs gt Step 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle For reasons of safety that weight must not exceed the available cargo and luggage cargo capacity calculated in step 4 gt Step 6 if applicable If you intend to tow a trailer behind your vehicle the load on the trailer is transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle gt page 348 The following table shows examples on how to calculate total load and cargo capacities with varying seating configurations and number and size of occupants The following examples use a cargo limit of 1 500 Ibs 680 kg This is for illustration purposes only Make sure you always use the actual load limit for your vehicle stated on the vehicle s Tire and Loading Information placard gt page 345 Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 Step 1 Combined maximum 1500 lbs 1500 Ibs 1500 Ibs weight of occupants 680 kg 680 kg 680 kg and cargo data from the Tire and Loading Information placard Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 Step 2 Number of people in 5 3 1 the vehicle driver and occupants Distribution of the Front 2 Front 1 Front 1 occupants Rear 3 Rear 2 Loading the vehicle Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 Weight of the Occupant 1 Occupant 1 Occupant 1 occupants 150 Ibs 68 kg 200 lbs 91 kg 150 Ibs 68 kg
72. catalytic converters may not be available Introduction E The use of leaded fuels can damage the catalytic converter e Gasoline may have a considerably lower octane rating Improper fuel can cause engine damage Sport Utility Vehicle Z Warning This Sport Utility Vehicle is designed for both on road and off road use It can go places and perform tasks for which conventional 2 wheel drive passenger cars are not intended This vehicle will handle and maneuver differently from conventional passenger cars in driving conditions which may occur on streets highways and off road use This vehicle has a higher ground clearance and a higher center of gravity than many passenger cars As with other vehicles of this type if you make sharp turns at excessive speeds or abrupt maneuvers the vehicle may roll over or may go out of control and crash Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles Failure to operate this vehicle safely may result in an accident rollover of the vehicle and severe or fatal injury Before you start to drive this vehicle read the Operator s Manual Take time to become familiar with the driving characteristics of this vehicle Be sure you are familiar with all vehicle controls Learn how your vehicle handles on different road surfaces Do not attempt sharp turns at excessive speeds or abrupt maneuvers or other unsafe driving actions that can cause loss of vehicle co
73. change the bulb yourself gt page 120 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The left or right hand backup lamp is faulty gt Check whether you are permitted to change the bulb yourself gt page 120 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The front left or right side marker lamp is faulty gt Check whether you are permitted to change the bulb yourself gt page 120 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop N a Q 92 me me o P gt a z e me Sm iy e 4 O i Display messages e On board computer and displays Display messages W Daytime Rumning Light Left or Daytime Running Light Right W Active Headlamps Inoperative W AUTO Light Inoperative O NA Switch Off Lights Engine Display messages Top Up Coolant See Operator s Manual A Warning Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The left or right hand daytime running light is defective gt Check whether you are permitted to change the bulb yourself gt page 120 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The active light function is faulty gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The light sensor is faulty The low beam headlamps are switched on gt USA only switch off daytime driving lights in the on board computer gt page 222 gt Switch the lights on and off using the light switch gt Visit a qualified specialist wor
74. child restraint systems H When installing the child restraint system make sure that the seat belt for the center seat does not get trapped Otherwise the seat belt could be damaged Securing rings gt Install the ISOFIX child restraint system Comply with the manufacturer s instructions when installing the ISOFIX child restraint system Top Tether Z Warning Observe Important safety instructions gt page 59 A Warning Always lock the rear seat backrests in their upright position when the rear seats are occupied by passengers Lock the rear seat backrests in their upright position before installing the Top Tether straps or when the cargo compartment is not in use Make sure Children in the vehicle that rear seat backrests are secured properly by pushing and pulling on the seat backrests If the seat backrest is not locked properly the seat backrest could fold forward The child restraint system is no longer supported properly or held in position and can no longer fulfill its function That could cause serious or even fatal injuries Top Tether provides an additional connection between the child restraint system secured with ISOFIX and the rear seat It helps reduce gt Move the head restraint upwards P91 20 2245 31 the risk of injury even further gt Install the ISOFIX child restraint system The Top Tether anchorages in the second row with Top Tether Comply with the of seats are located
75. children open a door they could cause severe or even fatal injury to other persons if they get out of the vehicle they could injure themselves when doing so or be seriously or even fatally injured by any passing traffic Do not expose the child restraint system to direct sunlight The child restraint system s metal parts for example could become very hot and a child could be burned on these parts Z Warning Do not carry heavy or hard objects in the passenger or cargo compartment unless they are firmly secured in place Unsecured or improperly positioned cargo increases a child s risk of injury in the event of e strong braking maneuvers e sudden changes of direction e an accident A Warning When opening or closing the windows make sure there is no danger of anyone being harmed by the opening closing procedure The door windows are equipped with the express operation and automatic reversal function If in express operation mode a door window encounters an obstruction that blocks its path the automatic reversal function will stop the door window and open it slightly The door windows operate differently when the switch is pulled and held See the Closing when a door window is blocked section in Activate the override switch when children are riding in the back seats of the vehicle The children may otherwise injure themselves e g by becoming trapped in the window opening A Warning Do not keep an
76. device complies with Industry Canada s RSS 210 regulations Operation is subject to the following conditions 1 This device must not cause any harmful interference and 2 This device must be able to accommodate interference that is received including interference which could cause unwanted functions Unapproved modifications to this device may lead to withdrawal of permission to operate it Locking and unlocking centrally The SmartKey centrally locks unlocks e the doors e the tailgate e the fuel filler flap P80 35 2448 31 To lock the vehicle To open close the tailgate To unlock the vehicle When unlocking the turn signals flash once When locking they flash three times When it is dark the surround lighting also comes on if it is activated in the on board computer gt To unlock centrally press the g button If you do not open a door or the tailgate within approximately 40 seconds of unlocking the vehicle e the vehicle is locked again e the theft deterrent locking system is armed again gt To lock centrally press the button KEYLESS GO General notes USA only This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC regulations Operation is subject to the following conditions 1 This device must not cause any harmful interference and 2 This device must be able to accommodate interference that is received incl
77. displaying current distance to the vehicle in front Specified minimum distance to the vehicle in front adjustable Own vehicle Display when DISTRONIC is activated After this time you will see the following in the multifunction display while DISTRONIC is activated DISTRONIC activated Stored speed When activating DISTRONIC and when setting the speed stored speed appears for around five seconds oy OFt 300 200 100 Driving systems After approximately five seconds current saved speed 2 is displayed in the status indicator in the multifunction display e USA only DTR XXX Miles e Canada only DIR XXX km h Deactivating DISTRONIC There are a number of ways to deactivate DISTRONIC gt Briefly press the cruise control lever forwards A or gt Brake The last speed stored remains stored until you switch off the engine DISTRONIC is not deactivated if you depress the accelerator pedal If you accelerate to overtake DISTRONIC adjusts the vehicle s speed to the last speed stored after you have finished overtaking DISTRONIC is automatically deactivated if e you apply the parking brake e you are driving slower than 20 mph 25 km h and there is no vehicle in front or if the vehicle in front is no longer detected ESP intervenes or if you deactivate ESP e you shift the transmission to P R or N If DISTRONIC is deactivated you will hear a warning tone Y
78. elements 2 gt Turn mounting element to until you feel it clearly engage in the loading rail gt Press unlocking button Q on inertia reel and pull the cargo net out in the direction of the arrow gt Place the load between the securing net and the cargo compartment side wall gt Using one hand press locking button of inertia reel gt With your other hand slowly extend the net around the load until it is secure Telescopic rod The telescopic rod can be used to secure the load against the rear seats to prevent it from moving around Position the cargo on the roof rack in such a way that the vehicle will not sustain damage even when it is in motion Depending on the vehicle equipment ensure that when the roof carrier is installed you can e raise the tilt sliding sunroof fully e open the tailgate fully ai Fastening the roof carrier gt Insert one mounting element 2 into each loading rail gt Turn mounting elements in the loading railto gt Insert telescopic rod Q into mounting elements 2 gt Turn mounting element to until you feel it clearly engage in the loading rail a Loading stowing and features gt Secure the roof carrier to roof rails Q Important safety notes gt Observe the manufacturer s installation Z instructions Z Warning Only use carriers when the crossbars have Crossbar been comp
79. faulty e Signal Rear i pege 120 or on Turn Signal Rear gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Right gt Check whether you are permitted to change the bulb yourself re Display messages Lael On board computer and displays Display messages Turn Signal Front Left or Turn Signal Front Right w Turn Signal Left Mirror If Turn Signal Right Mirror CN NA e 3rd Brake Lamp Brake Lamp Left or Brake Lamp Right 503 Tail Lamp Left i Tail Lamp Right e 503 High Beam Left or High Beam Right Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The front left hand or front right hand turn signal is faulty gt Check whether you are permitted to change the bulb yourself gt page 120 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The turn signal in the left hand and or right hand exterior mirror is faulty gt Check whether you are permitted to change the bulb yourself gt page 120 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The high mounted brake lamp is faulty gt Check whether you are permitted to change the bulb yourself gt page 120 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The left or right hand brake lamp is faulty gt Check whether you are permitted to change the bulb yourself gt page 120 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The left or right hand tail lamp is faulty gt Check whether you are pe
80. faulty circuits If a fuse blows all the components on the circuit and their functions will fail A Warning Only use fuses approved by Mercedes Benz with the specified amperage for the system in question and do not attempt to repair or bridge a blown fuse Using other than approved fuses or using repaired or bridged fuses may cause an overload leading to a fire and or cause damage to electrical components and or systems Have the cause determined and remedied by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center I Roadside assistance Blown fuses must be replaced with fuses of the same rating which you can recognize by the color and value The fuse ratings are listed in the fuse allocation chart An authorized Mercedes Benz Center will be happy to advise you If a fuse has blown visit a breakdown service or an authorized Mercedes Benz Center E Roadside assistance If the newly inserted fuse also blows have the cause traced and rectified at a qualified specialist workshop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Center H Only use fuses that have been approved for Mercedes Benz vehicles and which have the correct fuse rating for the system concerned Otherwise components or systems could be damaged gt Park the vehicle and apply the parking brake gt Switch off all electrical consumers gt Remove the key from the ignition lock The fuses are located in various fuse boxes e fuse box on the front passenger side of the
81. from the road Inspect the vehicle underbody and tires wheels for possible damage If the vehicle appears unsafe have it towed to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center or other qualified maintenance or repair facility for further inspection or repairs a Introduction Proper use of the vehicle To ensure proper use of the vehicle you must familiarize yourself with the following information and rules e safety notes in this Operator s Manual e technical data in this Operator s Manual e traffic rules and regulations e laws and safety standards pertaining to motor vehicles Z N Warning Various warning labels are attached to your vehicle These warning labels are intended to make you and others aware of various risks Do not remove any of these warning labels unless explicitly instructed to do so by information on the label itself Removing warning labels may cause you and others to be unaware of certain risks which may result in an accident and or personal injury Problems with your vehicle If you should experience a problem with your vehicle particularly one that you believe may affect its safe operation we urge you to contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately to have the problem diagnosed and rectified If the problem is not resolved to your Satisfaction please discuss the problem with the Mercedes Benz Center again or if necessary contact us at one of the following addresses In the USA Cu
82. gt page 28 The Restart tire pressure monitor Yes Cancel message appears in the multifunction display gt To confirm selection press the button The Tire Pressure Monitor Restarted message appears in the multifunction display After driving for a few minutes the system confirms that the current tire pressure values are within the specified range The new tire pressure values are then accepted as reference values and monitored gt To cancel restart press the button If the positions of the wheels on the vehicle have been changed the tire pressure may be shown in the wrong position briefly This will be corrected after driving for a few minutes and the tire pressure will be displayed in the correct position fis Tires and wheels Loading the vehicle driver s door B pillar Overloading the tires can overheat them possibly causing a A Warning blowout Overloading the tires can also result Never exceed the maximum tire inflation in hanling sizering prosene Or balke failure pressure Follow recommended tire inflation A i Two instruction labels on your vehicle show Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires the maximum possible load wear excessively and or unevenly adversely affect handling and fuel economy and are more likely to fail from being overheated 1 The Tire and Loading Information placard on the B pillar on the driv
83. in severe injuries to you or other occupants If you sell your vehicle it is important that you make the buyer aware of this safety information Be sure to give the buyer this Operator s Manual A Warning Accident research shows that the safest place for children in an automobile is in a rear seat A side impact air bag related injury may occur if occupants especially children are not properly seated or restrained when next to a side impact air bag which needs to deploy rapidly in a side impact in order to do its job To help avoid the possibility of injury please follow these guidelines 1 Always sit as upright as possible and use the seat belts properly Make sure that children 12 years old and under use an appropriately sized child restraint infant restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child 2 Always wear seat belts properly The air bags are only deployed if the airbag control unit detects the need for deployment Only in the event of such a situation will they provide their supplemental protection The driver and passenger should always wear their seat belts Otherwise it is not possible for the air bags to provide their supplemental protection In the event of other types of impacts and impacts below air bag deployment thresholds air bags will not deploy The driver and passengers will then be protected to the extent possible by a properly fastened seat belt A properly faste
84. information on tested and approved engine oils and oil filters can be obtained from any authorized Mercedes Benz Center The following causes engine failure or damage to the exhaust system e using engine oils and oil filters that are not specifically approved for the service system e replacing the engine oil and oil filter later than the specified replacement interval required by the service system e using engine oil additives PO1 00 3149581_ Example engine oil cap gt Turn cap Q counter clockwise and remove it gt Add the amount of oil required Fill carefully to the maximum mark on the oil dipstick The difference in quantity between the MIN mark and the MAX mark on the dipstick is depending on the engine approximately 1 6 to 2 1 US qt 1 5 to 2 H Do not add too much oil If the oil level is above the MAX mark on the dipstick too much oil has been added This can lead to damage to the engine or the catalytic converter Have excess oil siphoned off Engine compartment Further information on engine oil gt page 368 gt Replace cap on the filler neck and tighten clockwise Ensure that the cap locks into place securely Checking and adding other service products Checking the coolant level Only check the coolant level when the vehicle is ona level surface and the engine has cooled down gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 gt page 147 in the ignition lock On vehicles with K
85. injury to you or others Vehicle damage Introduction bar caused by failure to follow instructions is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Vehicle equipment This manual describes all the standard and optional equipment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all functions described This also refers to safety related systems and functions The equipment in your vehicle may therefore differ from that shown in the descriptions and illustrations All the systems found in your vehicle are listed in the original purchase agreement of your vehicle Should you have any questions concerning equipment and operation please consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The Operating Instructions and the Maintenance Booklet are important documents and should be kept in the vehicle Service and vehicle operation Service and literature The Service and Warranty Information booklet contains detailed information about the warranties covering your vehicle Your authorized Mercedes Benz Center will replace and repair any factory fitted parts based on the terms and conditions of the following warranties e New Vehicle Limited Warranty e Emission System Warranty e Emission Performance Warranty e California Connecticut Maine Massachusetts New York Pennsylvania Rhode Island and Vermont Emiss
86. interior when the ignition is switched off The residual heat function can only be activated or deactivated with the ignition switched off Set the temperature to 72 F 22 C Climate control a Overview of climate control systems Function Notes tips Switches the rear window heating on off Activates deactivates air Only use air recirculation mode briefly e g if there recirculation mode are unpleasant outside odors or when ina tunnel The windows could otherwise fog up as in air recirculation mode no fresh air is drawn into the vehicle Interior temperature sensor Switches climate control on Activate climate control using the auto and 4 off buttons The indicator lamps in the auro and 4 buttons light up Sm z TE Control panel for the multi zone automatic climate control 2 oO pe P83 40 4377 31 For USA only Function Notes tips Front control panel Sets the temperature left Set the temperature to 72 F 22 C Sets climate control to Activate climate control using the auro and automatic buttons The indicator lamps in the auro and 4 buttons light up Overview of climate control systems es Co Ole Function Defrosts the windshield Increases the airflow Directs the airflow through the defros
87. is made up of manufacturer identification code tire size tire type code 4 and date of manufacture Tire data is vehicle specific and may deviate from the data in the example DOT Department of Transportation tire symbol Q marks that the tire complies with the requirements of the U S Department of Transportation Manufacturer identification code manufacturer identification code provides details on the tire manufacturer New tires have a code with two symbols Retreaded tires have a code with four symbols Further information about retreaded tires gt page 334 Tire size identifier describes the tire size E Tires and wheels Definitions for tires and loading Tires and wheels Tire type code tire type code can be used by the manufacturer as a code to describe specific characteristics of the tire Date of manufacture date of manufacture provides information about the age of a tire The first and second positions represent the week of manufacture starting with 01 for the first calendar week Positions three and four represent the year of manufacture For example a tire that is marked with 3208 was manufactured in week 32 in 2008 Characteristics of the tire FS i Tire data is vehicle specific and may deviate from the data in the example This information describes the tire cord and the number of layers in sidewall Q and under tire tread Definitions fo
88. is too high release air by pressing down the metal pin in the valve using the tip of a pen for example Then check the tire pressure again using the tire pressure gauge gt Screw the valve cap onto the valve gt Repeat the steps for the other tires Tire pressure loss warning system Canada only Important safety notes While the vehicle is in motion the tire pressure loss warning system monitors the set tire pressure using the rotational speed of the wheels This enables the system to detect significant pressure loss in a tire If the speed of rotation of a wheel changes as a result of a loss of pressure a corresponding warning far Tires and wheels La Tires and wheels message will appear in the multifunction display A Warning When the multifunction display shows the message Tire Pressure Check Tires one or more of your tires are significantly underinflated You should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper tire inflation pressure as indicated on the vehicle s Tire and Loading Information placard or on the tire inflation pressure label Driving on a significantly underinflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Underinflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Each tire including the spare should be checked at least once a month when cold Inflate the tire
89. is too low The yellow a indicator lamps also light up in the exterior mirrors Blind Spot Assist is operational again and the display message disappears when e the dirt e g slush drops away while the vehicle is in motion e the system detects that the sensors are fully available again e the radar sensor system is back within the operating temperature range If the display message continues to be displayed gt Clean the sensors gt page 303 gt Restart the engine Blind Spot Assist is faulty The yellow a indicator lamps also light up in the exterior mirrors gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Cruise control is faulty gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Display messages Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Cruise Control A condition for activating cruise control has not been met mph You wanted to save a speed of less than 20 mph 30 km h gt f the situation allows drive faster than 20 mph 30 km h and save the speed gt Check the activation conditions for cruise control gt page 179 DISTRONIC An activation condition for DISTRONIC is not fulfilled MPH gt If the situation allows drive faster than 20 mph 30 km h and save the speed gt Check activation conditions for DISTRONIC gt page 181 i On board computer and displays DISTRONIC DISTRONIC is no longer controlling the speed
90. locking closing switch e Pull outside handle on the tailgate e When no SmartKey is inserted in the starter switch vehicles with KEYLESS GO Make sure the vehicle s on board electronics have status 0 Press button on the SmartKey You can close the tailgate automatically using the SmartKey the closing button or the locking button Closing button and locking button example vehicle with the EASY PACK tailgate and KEYLESS GO gt To close press closing button C on the tailgate or gt Press and hold the 5 button on the SmartKey until the tailgate closes gt To close and lock simultaneously Press locking button on the tailgate The tailgate can only be opened and closed with the SmartKey if there is no SmartKey in the ignition lock If the tailgate touches an object while closing the closing procedure is interrupted and the tailgate reopens Only with KEYLESS GO if you leave a KEYLESS GO key in the cargo compartment the tailgate will not lock 6 For vehicles with the EASY PACK tailgate and KEYLESS GO only The tailgate is not closed unless a KEYLESS GO key is detected Automatic opening and closing from the inside A Warning Maintain sight of the area around the rear of the vehicle while operating the tailgate with the door mounted remote tailgate switch Monitor the opening procedure carefully to make sure no one is in danger of being injured
91. mph 20 km h If you drive at speeds over 55 mph 88 km h or for approximately 20 seconds between 40 mph 64 km h and 55 mph el Driving systems Le Driving and parking i os Se To raise the level To lower the level Indicator lamps gt Start the engine If one or more indicator lamps 3 are on gt Turn the selector wheel counterclockwise 2 until all indicator lamps that are lit start to flash The vehicle is lowered to highway level As soon as the next lowest level is reached the indicator lamp stops flashing and goes out While the adjustment is taking place a message appears in the multifunction display e g Off road Geo NE Fos ie If you press the Ce 2 or button on the multifunction steering wheel the message will disappear Once highway level has been reached all indicator lamps go out You will see a message in the multifunction display for example Off road cd NE Fos SaaS If you have not previously selected the off road menu gt page 220 in the on board computer the message disappears after about five seconds The vehicle automatically selects highway level if you are driving faster than 60 mph 115 km h Depending on the ADS setting gt page 194 the vehicle is lowered to high speed level at higher speeds If you are towing a trailer the vehicle is not lowered to high speed level
92. must be installed and secured correctly observing the manufacturer s installation instructions Occupants in particular children must sit as upright as possible fasten the seat belt correctly and use a suitable infant restraint system child restraint system or booster seat suitable for the size and weight of the child Children can be killed or seriously injured by an inflating air bag Observe the following important information if it is necessary to carry a child on the front passenger seat e Canada only children under 12 years may only sit in the front passenger seat if they are seated in a child restraint system which is compatible with BabySmart and approved by Mercedes Benz When the child restraint system is installed correctly the front passenger front air bag is disabled in conjunction with the BabySmart system installed in the vehicle If the front passenger front air bag is deployed in the event of a collision it could hit the child This could lead to serious or fatal injuries a child in a rear facing child restraint on the passenger seat will be seriously injured or even killed if the passenger front air bag inflates in a collision which could occur under some circumstances even with the air bag technology installed in your vehicle The only way to completely rule out this risk is by making sure you never place a child in a rearward facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat For
93. new batteries have been installed in the garage door remote control e Align the antenna cable of the garage door opener unit This can improve signal reception transmission Compass gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock gt Press and hold transmitter buttons and for approximately 20 seconds until You should clear the remote control memory before selling the vehicle gt To call up the compass press the or C button on the multifunction Opening or closing the garage door N oO gt is Y eS me c oO b0 z e 2 b0 me iso l Once programmed the integrated remote steering wheel repeatedly until the off road control will assume the function of the garage menu appears in the multifunction display door system s remote control Please also The compass indicates the direction in read the operating instructions for the garage which the vehicle is currently driving N NE door system E SE S SW W or NW gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock AIRMATIC Compass gt Press transmitter button or in the overhead control panel that you have programmed to operate the garage door G o Garage door system with fixed code ee V indicator lamp Q lights up continuously Garage door system with rolling code If your vehicle is not equipped with the indicator lamp Q flashes briefly and then AIRMATIC pac
94. non approved way Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Canada only This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference and 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment gt Press or ZP on the steering wheel to select the Settings menu gt Press to call up the selection of submenus gt Press the or Vehicle submenu gt Press the A button to select Radar Sensor See Operator s Manual gt Press the or button to activate or deactivate the Radar Sensor See button to select the Operator s Manual gt Press the ZA or ZA button to select a different display Convenience Activating deactivating the EASY ENTRY EXIT feature You can use the Easy entry Function to activate or deactivate the easy entry exit feature gt page 107 Menus and submenus ee A Warning You must make sure no one can become trapped or injured by the moving steering wheel when the easy entry exit feature is activated To stop steering wheel movement do one of th
95. not leave the SmartKey in the cargo compartment You could otherwise lock yourself out A Warning When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock Always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unsupervised in the vehicle even if they are secured in a child restraint system and do not give them access to an unlocked vehicle A child s unsupervised access to a vehicle could result in an accident and or serious personal injury They could e injure themselves on vehicle parts e be seriously or fatally injured by extreme heat or cold e injure themselves or have an accident with vehicle equipment that may still be in operation even after the SmartKey has been removed from the ignition suchas the seat adjustment steering wheel adjustment or memory function If children open a door they could cause severe or even fatal injury to other persons if they get out of the vehicle they could injure themselves when doing so or be seriously or even fatally injured by any passing traffic Do not expose the child restraint system to direct sunlight The child restraint system s metal parts for example could become very hot and a child could be burned on these parts A Warning Do not carry heavy or hard objects in the passenger compartment or cargo compartment unless they are firmly secured in place Unsecured or improperly positioned cargo increases a child s r
96. not use chrome polish for trim strips The trim strips have a chrome look but are mostly made of anodized aluminum and can lose their shine if chrome polish is used Use a damp lint free cloth instead when cleaning the trim strips Chrome polish can be used to remove very heavy soiling from trim strips which you are sure are made of chrome If you are unsure as to whether a trim strip is chrome plated or not consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Cleaning the seat covers H Do not use microfiber cloths to clean genuine leather artificial leather or Alcantara covers If used often these can damage the cover H Observe the following when cleaning e clean genuine leather covers carefully with a damp cloth and then wipe the covers down with a dry cloth Make sure that the leather does not become soaked It may otherwise become rough and cracked Only use leather care agents that have been tested and approved by Mercedes Benz You can obtain these from a qualified specialist workshop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Center clean artificial leather covers with a cloth moistened with a solution containing 1 detergent e g dish washing liquid clean cloth covers with a microfiber cloth moistened with a solution containing 1 detergent e g dish washing liquid Rub carefully and always wipe entire seat sections to avoid leaving visible lines Leave the seat to dry afterwards Cleaning results depend on the type
97. obstacles If there are any floormats or carpets in the footwell make sure the pedals still have sufficient clearance During sudden driving or braking maneuvers the objects could get caught between the pedals You could then no longer brake or accelerate This could lead to accidents and injury A Warning On slippery road surfaces never downshift in order to obtain braking action This could result in drive wheel slip and reduced vehicle control Your vehicle s ABS will not prevent this type of loss of control A Warning It is dangerous to shift the automatic transmission out of parking position P or neutral position N if the engine speed is higher than idle speed If your footis not firmly on the brake pedal the vehicle could accelerate quickly forward or in reverse You could lose control of the vehicle and hit someone or something Only shift into gear when the engine is idling normally and when your right foot is firmly on the brake pedal H Warm up the engine quickly Do not use the engine s full performance until it has reached operating temperature Only shift the automatic transmission to the desired drive position when the vehicle is stationary Where possible avoid spinning the drive wheels when pulling away on slippery roads You could otherwise damage the drive train SmartKey positions SmartKey 0 To remove the SmartKey Power supply for some consumers such as the windshield wipers 2 Igni
98. of glass In the event of an accident the glass may shatter This may result in an opening in the roof In a vehicle rollover occupants not wearing their seat belts or not wearing them properly may be thrown out of the opening Such an opening also presents a potential for injury for occupants wearing their seat belts properly as entire body parts or portions of them may protrude from the passenger compartment H Only open the sliding sunroof if it is free of snow and ice Otherwise malfunctions may occur Do not allow anything to protrude from the sliding sunroof Otherwise the seals could be damaged H If the sliding sunroof cannot be opened or closed due to a malfunction contact a qualified specialist workshop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Center H Do not forget that the weather can change abruptly Make certain that the sliding sunroof is closed when you leave the vehicle The vehicle electronics can be damaged if water enters the vehicle interior Resonance noises can occur in addition to the usual airflow noises when the sliding sunroof is open They are caused by minor pressure fluctuations in the vehicle interior Change the position of the sliding sunroof or open a side window slightly to reduce or eliminate these noises Operating the sliding sunroof Opening and closing You can still operate the tilt sliding sunroof even if you switch off the engine or remove the SmartKey This function
99. of the vehicle Override gt Take your foot off the accelerator pedal DISTRONIC DISTRONIC is faulty or the display has failed Inoperative gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop DISTRONIC DISTRONIC is deactivated and is temporarily inoperative if Currently e the DISTRONIC cover in the radiator grill is dirty Unavailable See e its function is impaired due to heavy rain snow or fog Operator s Manual y e the radar sensor system is temporarily inoperative e g due to electromagnetic radiation emitted by nearby TV or radio stations or other sources of electromagnetic radiation e the radar sensor system has not detected any vehicles or stationary objects e g traffic signs for a long time e the system is outside the operating temperature range DISTRONIC becomes available again and the display message disappears when e the dirt e g slush drops away while the vehicle is in motion e the system detects that the sensors are fully available again e the system is within the operating temperature range If the display message continues to be displayed gt Clean the DISTRONIC cover in the radiator grill gt page 303 gt Restart the engine A Warning DISTRONIC cannot take weather conditions into account Switch off DISTRONIC or do not turn it on if the sensor is dirty or visibility is diminished as a result of snow rain or fog The distance control may be impaired even before the system is able to detect a dirty s
100. of your tire includes ZR and there are no service specifications ask the tire manufacturer in order to find out the maximum speed If a service specification is available the maximum speed is limited according to the speed index in the service specification Example 245 40 ZR18 97 Y In this example 97Y is the service specification The letter Y represents the speed index and the maximum speed of the tire is limited to 186 mph 300 km h Every tire that has a maximum speed above 186 mph 300 km h must have ZR in the size description and the service specification must be given in brackets Example 275 40 ZR 18 99 Y The speed index Y shows that the maximum speed of the tire is above 186 mph 300 km h Ask the tire manufacturer to find out the maximum speed All weather tires and winter tires Index Speed rating QM S45 up to 100 mph 160 km h TM S 9 upto 118 mph 190 km h H M S4 upto 130 mph 210 km h V M S45 upto 149 mph 240 km h Not all tires that have the M S identification offer the driving characteristics of winter tires Winter tires have in addition to the M S identification the A snow flake symbol on the tire sidewall Tires with this identification fulfill the requirements of the Rubber Manufacturers Association RMA and the Rubber Association of Canada RAC regarding the tire traction on snow and have been especially developed for driving on snow An electronic speed limiter preve
101. off road drive program gt page 204 or the LOW RANGE off road gear gt page 157 e avoid high engine speeds e select shift range 1 e drive very slowly e drive straight over the center of obstacles front wheel first then rear wheel Driving tips Driving in mountainous terrain Approach departure angle P00 00 4326 31 Approach departure angle front Approach departure angle rear T Driving and parking Vehicles with the AIRMATIC package Raised level Silke 26 Highway level 26 alias Vehicles with Advanced Off Road package Off road level 3 32 Ly Off road level 2 Sule 26 Off road level 1 2 BS Highway level 26 Dali e Comply with the rules for off road driving e Do not drive at an angle on slopes inclines or gradients but instead follow the direct line of fall The maximum gradient climbing capability of your vehicle is 100 which corresponds to an approach departure angle of 45 Note that the vehicle s gradient climbing capability depends on the off road conditions e Before tackling steep downhill gradients select shift range 1 e Drive slowly e Avoid high engine speeds drive at a suitable engine speed maximum 3000 rpm e Use the braking power of the engine when driving down a slope Observe the engine speed do not overrev the engine e Check the brakes after driving off road for a long time Driving tips Le Driving and parking Z Warning Never turn
102. on the electric air pump Roadside assistance Flat tire gt Have the TIREFIT kit replaced every four years at a qualified specialist workshop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Changing a wheel and mounting the spare wheel Preparing the vehicle P40 10 5006 3 A Warning TIREFIT kit version 1 The wheel and tire size of the emergency spare wheel spare wheel may differ to that of the damaged wheel When using an emergency spare wheel spare wheel the handling characteristics of the vehicle may change gt To reduce the tire pressure version 1 open pressure release screw 40 on pressure gauge Q Adapt your style of driving accordingly Never operate the vehicle with more than one emergency spare wheel spare wheel that differs in size Only use an emergency spare wheel spare wheel of a differing size briefly and do not switch off ESP When using an emergency spare wheel you SE Roadside assistance P40 10 5657 31 must not exceed a maximum speed of 50 mph TIREFIT kit version 2 80 km h Pressure release button Pressure gauge A Warning Have the emergency spare wheel spare wheel replaced with a new wheel as soon as possible at a qualified specialist workshop gt To reduce the tire pressure version 2 press pressure release button on the filler hose which has the necessary specialist knowledge gt Stow the TIREFIT kit and the electric air and tools to carry out the work
103. on the rear of the rear manufacturer s installation instructions seat backrests For the third row of seats use when doing so the cargo tie down rings in the trunk floor gt Route Top Tether belt under the head 7 restraint between the two head restraint bars gt Route Top Tether belt 4 downwards between the cargo compartment cover and rear seat backrest gt Hook Top Tether hook of Top Tether belt 4 into Top Tether anchorage Ensure that e Top Tether hook 8 is hooked into Top Tether anchorage as shown gt Remove respective covering cap C of the e Top Tether belt is not twisted Top Tether anchorage e Top Tether belt 4 is routed between the rear seat backrest and the cargo compartment cover if the cargo compartment cover is installed e Top Tether belt 4 is routed between the rear seat backrest and the cargo net if the cargo net is installed gt Tension Top Tether belt Comply with the manufacturer s installation instructions when doing so gt Move the head restraint back down again slightly if necessary gt page 98 Make sure that you do not interfere with the correct routing of Top Tether belt 4 Safety Child proof locks Child proof locks for the rear doors A Warning Observe Important safety instructions gt page 59 A Warning Children could open a rear door from inside the vehicle This could result in serious injuries or an accident Therefore when c
104. on the road when cornering since the rotation difference between the wheels is no longer balanced out You can switch back to automatic mode at any time For safety reasons the differential locks disengage automatically at speeds above 31 mph 50 km h If you stop the vehicle and switch off the ignition for longer than ten seconds the differential locks switch back to automatic mode Towing a trailer bare Message in the multifunction display Diff Lock System Overheated Wait briefly The differential lock system has overheated and briefly disengaged gt Continue driving The differential locks cool off and are soon available once again Towing a trailer Notes on towing a trailer Important safety instructions A Warning Failure to use proper equipment and driving technique can result in a loss of vehicle control when towing a trailer Improper towing or failure to follow the instructions in this manual can result in vehicle damage and or serious personal injury Follow the guidelines below carefully to assure safe trailer operation Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center should you require an explanation of information contained in this manual General information e Only install an approved trailer coupling on your vehicle Further information on availability and on installation is available from any authorized Mercedes Benz Center e The bumpers of your vehicle are not suitable for installing d
105. one half times as well on the government test track as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate conditions Traction A Warning The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C These grades represent the tire s ability to stop on a wet surface as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards A Warning If ice has formed on the road tire traction will be substantially reduced Under such weather conditions drive steer and brake with extreme caution The safe speed on a wet snow covered or icy road is always lower than on dry road surfaces You should pay special attention to road conditions when temperatures are around the freezing point Mercedes Benz recommends a minimum tire tread depth of 1 6 in 4mm for all four winter tires gt page 171 to maintain normal driving characteristics in winter Winter tires can reduce the braking distance on snow covered
106. opening in the SmartKey in the direction of the arrow until battery tray cover Q opens Do not hold the cover closed while doing so P80 35 2352 31 gt Remove the cover of the battery tray gt Repeatedly tap the SmartKey against your palm until battery falls out gt Insert the new battery with the positive pole facing upwards Use a lint free cloth to do so gt Insert the front tabs of the battery tray s cover first and then press to close it gt Check the function of all SmartKey buttons on the vehicle SmartKey Problems with the SmartKey Problem You cannot lock or unlock the vehicle using the SmartKey You can no longer lock or unlock the vehicle using KEYLESS GO You have lost the SmartKey You have lost the mechanical key Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The SmartKey battery is discharged or nearly discharged gt Point the tip of the SmartKey at the driver s door handle from a distance of approximately 1 5 ft 50 cm and try to unlock or lock the vehicle again If this does not work gt Check the SmartKey battery and replace it if necessary gt page 76 gt Lock gt page 80 or unlock gt page 80 the vehicle using the mechanical key The SmartKey is faulty gt Lock gt page 80 or unlock gt page 80 the vehicle using the mechanical key gt Have the SmartKey checked at a qualified specialist workshop KEYLESS GO is in standby mode because the
107. otherwise fall off the jack and injure you or others If your vehicle is equipped with a wheel chock it can be found in the vehicle tool kit gt page 310 The folding wheel chock is an additional securing measure to prevent the vehicle from rolling away for example when changing a wheel 42 Vehicles with an emergency spare wheel Flat tire 317 Ne lt P40 10 5602 31 ey gt Fold both plates upwards Q gt Fold out lower plate gt Guide the lugs on the lower plate fully into openings in base plate P40 00 2175 31 Securing the vehicle on level ground gt On level ground place chocks or other suitable items under the front and rear of the wheel that is diagonally opposite the wheel you wish to change P40 00 2176 31 Securing the vehicle on slight downhill gradients Roadside assistance Flat tire ke Roadside assistance gt On downhill gradients place chocks or other suitable items in front of the wheels of the front and rear axle Raising the vehicle A Warning When jacking up the vehicle only use the jack which has been specifically approved by Mercedes Benz for your vehicle The jack is designed exclusively for jacking up the vehicle at the jacking points built into both sides of the vehicle The jack saddle must be placed centrally under the jacking point The jack must always be vertical when in use especially on inclines or declines
108. required pump Mercedes Benz recommends that you use an gt Drive to the nearest workshop andhavethe authorized Mercedes Benz Center for this tire changed there purpose In particular work relevant to safety or on safety related systems must be carried gt Have the TIREFIT kit replaced as soon as a Deg out at a qualified specialist workshop possible at a qualified specialist workshop S B at anauthorized Mercedes Benz Vehicles without an emergency spare Center wheel spare wheel are not equipped with Q Environmental note wheel changing tools at the factory For Have the used TIREFIT kit disposed of More OPEN enn tools are required to perform a wheel change on your rofessionally e g at an authorized z P eg vehicle e g wheel chock alignment bolt or Mercedes Benz Center lug wrench consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Prepare the vehicle as described gt page 311 gt If a trailer is coupled to the vehicle uncouple it gt Remove the following items from the stowage well under the trunk floor e the emergency spare wheelt e the lug wrench e the folding wheel chock e the jack e the ratchet ring spanner e the alignment bolt e the wheel bolts for the emergency spare wheel gt Secure the vehicle to prevent it from rolling away Securing the vehicle to prevent it from rolling away A Warning Only jack up the vehicle on level ground or on slight inclines declines The vehicle could
109. sound is intended as a final caution in which you should intercede with your own braking inputs to avoid a potentially dangerous situation Do not wait for the operation of the warning signal to intercede with your own braking This will result in potentially dangerous emergency braking which will not always result in an impact being avoided Tailgating increases the risk of an accident A Warning DISTRONIC brakes your vehicle with a maximum deceleration of 13 ft s 4 m s This corresponds to approximately 40 of your vehicle s maximum possible braking power You must apply the brakes yourself to avoid a collision DISTRONIC brakes the vehicle to restore the set distance to the vehicle in front or to restore the set speed In this case the brake pedal is depressed automatically which can be seen by a movement of the brake pedal Always keep the driver s footwell clear including the area under the brake pedal Objects in this area may impair pedal movement and cause the DISTRONIC braking function to malfunction Do not place your foot under the brake pedal your foot could become caught DISTRONIC displays in the multifunction display gt Press the or ZE button to select the DISTRONIC menu gt page 217 Display when DISTRONIC is switched off When DISTRONIC is deactivated you will see the following in the multifunction display Vehicle in front if detected Distance indicator
110. the underbody with a water jet Check for damage and remove any foreign objects gt After the trip examine without fail the entire undercarriage wheels tires brakes bodywork structure steering chassis and exhaust system for damage gt Check whether twigs or other parts of plants have become trapped These increase the risk of fire and can damage fuel pipes brake hoses or the rubber bellows of the axle joints and propeller shafts gt After driving for extended periods across sand mud gravel water or in similarly dirty conditions have the brake discs wheels brake pads linings and axle joints checked and cleaned gt If you detect strong vibrations after off road travel check for foreign objects in the wheels and drive train and remove them if Driving and parking Driving tips necessary Foreign objects can disturb the E Driving and parking balance and cause vibrations gt Test the brakes Driving on sand A Warning Do not reduce the tire inflation pressure before driving through sand However if you do so remember to correct the tire inflation pressure before continuing your trip Driving with reduced tire inflation pressure increases the risk of losing control of the vehicle and rolling over Observe the following rules when driving on sand e select a higher vehicle level e avoid high engine speeds e select a shift range appropriate to the terrain e drive quickly to overcome
111. the battery has been reconnected you must carry out the following tasks e set the clock gt page 222 On vehicles with COMAND and a navigation system the clock is set automatically e reset the sliding sunroof gt page 90 e reset the function for folding the exterior mirrors in out automatically by folding the mirrors out once gt page 108 e reset the side windows gt page 87 Charging the battery A Warning Never charge a battery while still installed in the vehicle unless the accessory battery charge unit approved by Mercedes Benz is being used Gases may escape during charging and cause explosions that may result in paint damage corrosion or personal injury An accessory battery charge unit specially adapted for Mercedes Benz vehicles and tested and approved by Mercedes Benz is available It permits the charging of the battery in its installed position Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for information and availability Charge the battery in accordance with the separate instructions for the accessory battery charger Roadside assistance Z Warning There is a risk of acid burns during the charging process due to the gases which escape from the battery Do not lean over the battery during the charging process FA Battery Z Warning Battery acid is caustic Avoid contact with the skin eyes or clothing H Only charge the installed battery with a battery charger which has been tested a
112. the head restraint in such a way that it is as close to the head as possible and the center of the head restraint supports the back of the head at eye level This will reduce the potential for injury to the head and neck in the event of an accident or similar situation With a rear seat occupied make sure to move the respective head restraint up from the lowest non use position and have the occupant adjust the head restraint properly Do not drive the vehicle without the seat head restraints installed when the rear seats are occupied Head restraints are intended to help reduce injuries during an accident Adjusting the head restraint height 2nd and 3rd rows of seats Head restraints on the outer seats in the 3rd row of seats gt If the head restraint is fully lowered it is necessary to press release catch 4 gt To raise pull the head restraint up to the desired position gt To lower press release catch 1 and push the head restraint down until it is in the desired position Adjusting the rear seat head restraint angle Adjust the head restraints so that they are as close as possible to your head You can adjust the two outer head restraints in the 2nd row of seats and the head restraints in the 3rd row of seats Outer seat head restraints in the 2nd row of seats Outer seat head restraints in the 2nd row of seats Head restraints on the outer seats in the 3rd row of seats gt Using both hands re
113. the instrument cluster gt Press or CEI on the steering wheel to select the Settings menu gt Press 4 to call up the selection of submenus gt Press or to select the Instrument Cluster submenu gt Press the A button to select Language gt Press the or button to select the desired language gt Press the A or select a different display button to CA Selecting the status line display gt Press or ZF on the steering wheel to select the Settings menu gt Press 4 to call up the selection of submenus gt Press or to select the Instrument Cluster submenu gt Press A to select Status Line Display gt Press or to select the display in the status line speed Speed or outside temperature Outside Temperature The selected display now appears constantly in the lower multifunction display When you scroll through the Standard display menu gt page 2 18 you will see the display you have not selected gt Press the 4 or ZE button to select a different display Time date Only vehicles without the navigation module have this submenu To set the time and date on vehicles without the navigation module see the separate operating instructions Inthe Time
114. the rolling resistance Otherwise the vehicle could dig itself into the sand e drive in the tracks of other vehicles if possible Make sure that the ruts are not too deep that the sand is firm enough and that your vehicle has sufficient ground clearance Tire ruts and gravel roads Observe the following rules when driving along ruts in off road terrain or on roads with loose gravel H Check that the ruts are not too deep and that your vehicle has sufficient clearance Otherwise your vehicle could be damaged or bottom out and get stuck e select the off road drive program gt page 204 or the LOW RANGE off road gear gt page 157 e select a higher vehicle level e avoid high engine speeds e select shift range 1 e drive slowly e where ruts are too deep drive with the wheels on one side on the middle section of turf if possible Crossing obstacles P00 00 4328 31 H Obstacles could damage the floor of the vehicle or components of the chassis Ask passengers for guidance when driving over large obstacles The passenger should always keep a safe distance from the vehicle when doing so in order to avoid injury as a result of unexpected vehicle movements After driving off road or over obstacles check the vehicle for possible damage especially to the underbody and the components of the chassis Observe the following rules when driving over tree stumps large stones and other obstacles e select the
115. the vehicle engage the parking brake and shift the automatic transmission into park position P Otherwise the vehicle could roll away which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury Trailer towing gt When towing a trailer and driving downhill shift to a lower gear if the automatic transmission constantly shifts between two gears gt Engaging a lower gear and reducing the speed reduces the risk of the engine overheating Automatic transmission eee Steering wheel paddle shifters Left hand steering wheel paddle shifter Right hand steering wheel paddle shifter You can restrict or derestrict the shift range by using the steering wheel paddle shifters Driving and parking Shift ranges Introduction When the automatic transmission is in position D it is possible to restrict or derestrict the shift range gt page 155 The shift range selected is shown in the multifunction display The automatic transmission shifts only as far as the selected gear Driving situations 3 You can use the engine s braking effect 2 To use the braking effect of the engine on downhill gradients and for driving e on steep mountain roads e in mountainous terrain e in arduous conditions To use the braking effect of the engine on extremely steep downhill gradients and on long downhill stretches ea Driving and parking ea Automatic transmission Restricting the shift range gt
116. the wheel housings of the rear wheels arrows P40 00 2177 31 A Warning The jack is designed exclusively for jacking up the vehicle at the jacking points The jack saddle must be placed centrally under the jacking point If you do not position the jack correctly in the jacking point the vehicle can fall off the jack and seriously or fatally injure you or others H The jack is designed exclusively for jacking up the vehicle at the jacking points Otherwise your vehicle could be damaged gt Take ratchet ring spanner out of the vehicle tool kit and place it on the hexagon nut of the jack so that the letters AUF are visible Flat tire P40 10 5352 31 gt Position jack 8 at jacking point P40 00 2138 31 gt Make sure that the base of the jack is positioned directly under the jacking point gt Turn ratchet ring spanner 4 until jack sits completely on jacking point and the base of the jack lies evenly on the ground gt Turn ratchet ring spanner 4 until the tire is raised a maximum of 1 2 inches 3 cm off the ground Removing a wheel P40 10 5353 31 gt Unscrew the uppermost wheel bolt completely gt Screw alignment bolt Q into the thread instead of the wheel bolt gt Unscrew the remaining wheel bolts fully H Do not place wheel bolts in sand or ona dirty surface The bolt and wheel hub threads could otherwise be damaged when you screw them in gt Remove
117. the windshield is clear again vehicle will then be recirculated The operation of the air recirculation mode is 7 z the same for all control panels Rear window heating p Activating deactivati A Warning Ciivating deactivating Fogged windows impair visibility A Warning endangering you and others If the windows begin to fog on the inside switching off the air recirculation mode immediately should clear interior window fogging If interior window fogging persists make sure the air conditioning is activated or press the g button Any accumulation of snow and ice should be removed from the rear window before driving Visibility could otherwise be impaired endangering you and others 21 Canada only A Setting the air vents Climate control gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock gt To activate press the amp button The indicator lamp in the s amp o button lights up Air recirculation mode is activated automatically at high outside temperatures When air recirculation mode is activated automatically the indicator lamp in the 6 o button is not lit Outside air is added after about 30 minutes gt To deactivate press the 6 amp button The indicator lamp in the 6 amp button goes out Air recirculation mode switches off automatically e after approximately five minutes if outside temperatur
118. this reason we strongly advise that you always carry children in a rearward facing child restraint system on a rear seat if it is necessary to install a BabySmart compatible rearward facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat make sure the 3 Pass ar seasan indicator lamp is illuminated This indicates that the front passenger front air bag is disabled If the Ry pass ar sasaa indicator lamp does not light up or goes out when the child restraint system is installed check the anchorages of the restraint system Check the Zi pass ar saca indicator lamp regularly while driving to ensure that the Zi pass ar saca indicator lamp is illuminated If the 3 rass ar sasaa indicator lamp goes out or remains out you may only carry a child on the front passenger seat once the system has been repaired A child in a rear facing child restraint on the passenger seat will be seriously injured or even killed if the passenger front air bag inflates e when securing a child in a front facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat you must move the front passenger seat as far back as possible use a child restraint system that is suitable for the age size and weight of the child observe the manufacturer s installation instructions in order to install and secure the child restraint system correctly A Warni
119. use the vanity mirror while driving Keep the vanity mirrors in the sun visors closed while the vehicle is in motion Reflected glare can endanger you and others Mirror light Bracket Vanity mirror Retaining clip e g for a car park ticket Mirror cover Vanity mirror in the sun visor Mirror light only functions if the sun visor is clipped into retainer and mirror cover has been folded up Glare from the side gt To close pull out the roller sunblind using a 6 handle G and attach arm to bracket Q The roller sunblind engages gt To open press release knob to release the roller sunblind from bracket Q gt Retract the roller sunblind by hand Ashtray Ashtray in the cockpit gt Fold down sun visor Q gt Pull sun visor Q out of retainer ashtray gt Swing sun visor to the side There is a stowage space under the H The stowage space under the ashtray is gt Vehicles with a sliding sunroof slide sun not heat resistant Before placing lit visor horizontally as desired cigarettes in the ashtray make sure that gt Vehicles with a sliding sunroof fold the ashtray is properly engaged Otherwise down additional sun visor to the the stowage space could be damaged windshield m Loading stowing and features Rear panorama roof roller sunblind The rear panorama roof roller sunblind protects the vehicle occupants in the third row of seats fro
120. vehicle has not been unlocked for an extended period gt Pull the door handle twice and then insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock There is a malfunction with KEYLESS GO gt Lock unlock the vehicle using the remote control function of the SmartKey Point the tip of the SmartKey at the driver s door handle from close range and press the o _ button gt Have the SmartKey checked at a qualified specialist workshop There is interference from a powerful source of radio waves gt Lock unlock the vehicle using the remote control function of the SmartKey Point the tip of the SmartKey at the driver s door handle from close range and press the o _ button gt Have the SmartKey canceled at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Report the loss immediately to the vehicle insurers gt If necessary have the locks changed as well gt Report the loss immediately to the vehicle insurers gt f necessary have the locks changed as well Opening and closing i 973 000 Opening and closing ld Problem The engine cannot be started using the SmartKey Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The on board voltage is too low gt Switch off non essential consumers e g seat heating or interior lighting and try to start the engine again If this does not work gt Check the starter battery and charge it if necessary gt page 322 or g
121. vehicle in sufficient time to avoid an accident If the brakes have been subjected to a heavy cargo do not stop the vehicle immediately but drive on for a short while This allows the airflow to cool the brakes more quickly Wet roads A Warning After driving in heavy rain for some time without applying the brakes or through water deep enough to wet brake components the first braking action may be somewhat reduced You have to depress the brake pedal more firmly Maintain a safe distance from vehicles in front After driving on a wet road or having the vehicle washed brake firmly while paying attention to the traffic conditions This will warm up the brake discs thereby drying them more quickly and protecting them against corrosion Limited braking performance on salt treated roads A Warning The layer of salt on the brake discs and the brake pads linings may cause a delay in the braking effect resulting in a significantly longer braking distance which could lead to an accident To avoid this danger you should e occasionally brake carefully without putting other road users at risk when you are driving on salted roads This helps to remove any salt that may have started to build up on the brake discs and the brake pads linings e maintain a greater distance to the vehicle ahead and drive with particular care e carefully apply the brakes at the end of a trip and immediately after commencing a new trip
122. vehicle to be transported to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center You may be charged for services such as repair work and or towing Further details are available in your mbrace manual If the indicator lamp in MB info call button Q flashes continuously and it was not possible to establish a voice connection to the Response Center then the mbrace system has failed to initiate a Roadside Assistance call e g the corresponding cellular phone network is not available The Call Failed message appears in the multifunction display gt To end a call press the a button onthe multifunction steering wheel or gt Press the corresponding button for ending a phone call on COMAND E Loading stowing and features Sign and Drive services 8 you are not charged for services such as jump starting providing a few gallons of fuel for a fuel tank that has been run dry or changing a flat tire with the vehicle s own spare tire MB Info call button gt The stowage compartment under the armrest gt page 265 38 USA only 39 USA only gt Press and hold MB info call button Q for more than two seconds A call to the Response Center is initiated MB info call button indicator lamp flashes while the connection is being established The Connecting Call message appears in the multifunction display and COMAND is muted If a connection can be established the Ca 1 Connected message appears in the
123. wheel boss and dashboard do not use cockpit sprays or cleaning agents containing solvents Cleaning agents containing solvents cause the surface to become porous and as a result plastic parts may break away and be thrown around the interior when an air bag is deployed which may result in severe injuries H Do not affix the following to plastic surfaces e stickers e films e scented oil bottles or similar items You can otherwise damage the plastic H Do not allow cosmetics insect repellent or sunscreen to come into contact with the plastic trim This maintains the high quality look of the surfaces gt Wipe the plastic trim with a damp lint free cloth e g a microfiber cloth gt Heavy soiling use car care and cleaning products recommended and approved by Mercedes Benz The surface may change color temporarily Wait until the surface is dry again Cleaning the steering wheel and gear or selector lever gt Wash thoroughly with a damp cloth or use a leather care agent that has been recommended and approved by Mercedes Benz Cleaning real wood and trim strips gt Wipe the wooden trim and trim strips with a damp lint free cloth e g a microfiber cloth gt Heavy soiling use car care and cleaning products recommended and approved by Mercedes Benz H Do not use solvent based cleaning agents such as tar remover wheel cleaners polishes or waxes There is otherwise a risk of damaging the surface H Do
124. when you drive with the side windows and tilt sliding sunroof closed 14 For Canada only 15 The residual heat function can only be switched on off when the ignition is switched off Overview of climate control systems 131 Control panel for the dual zone automatic climate control Glo 9 Function Sets the temperature left Sets climate control to automatic Defrosts the windshield Increases the airflow Directs the airflow through the defroster vents Switches cooling with air dehumidification on off Switches the residual heat function on off Sets the temperature right Switches rear compartment climate control on off Directs the airflow through the center and side air vents Directs the airflow to the footwells and side air vents Displays the airflow level Reduces the airflow Notes tips Set the temperature to 72 F 22 C P83 30 4717 31 Activate climate control using the auto and A C REST buttons The indicator lamps in the auto and A C REST buttons light up Only use the defrosting function briefly until the windshield is clear again Activate climate control using the auto and A C REST buttons The indicator lamps in the auto and A C REST buttons light up Use the residual heat function if you want to heat or ventilate the vehicle
125. you and can detect if the trailer begins to lurch ESP slows the vehicle down by braking and limiting the engine output until the vehicle trailer combination has stabilized Trailer stabilization is active from a speed above 40 mph 65 km h A Warning The system will not be able to assist when the trailer jackknifes e if the ESP has switched off due to a malfunction e on wet or icy roads e on roads with slippery surface e in sand or gravel Trailers with a high center of gravity may tip over before the system recognizes swaying of the trailer Trailer stabilization does not work if ESP is deactivated or disabled because of a malfunction EBD A Warning Observe Important safety instructions gt page 65 EBD monitors and controls the brake pressure on the rear wheels to improve driving stability while braking A Warning If the EBD malfunctions the brake system will still function with full brake boost However the rear wheels could lock up during emergency braking situations for example You could lose control of the vehicle and cause an accident Adapt your driving style to the changed driving characteristics Distance warning function vehicles with DISTRONIC This function warns you from a speed of approximately 20 mph 30 km h if e for a period of several seconds the distance to the vehicle in front is too short for the speed at which you are traveling The A distance warning lam
126. zone automatic climate control with the front control panel gt To activate press the auto button The indicator lamp in the auro button lights up gt To deactivate press the OFF button The indicator lamp in the OFF button lights up Switching cooling with air dehumidification on off Important information The cooling with air dehumidification function is only available when the engine is running The air inside the vehicle is cooled and dehumidified according to the temperature selected A Warning If you switch off the cooling function the vehicle will not be cooled when weather conditions are warm The windows can fog up more quickly Window fogging may impair visibility and endanger you and others Climate control ion Condensation may drip from the underside of the vehicle when automatic climate control is in cooling mode This is normal and not a sign that there is a malfunction The cooling with air dehumidification function uses refrigerant R134a This coolant does not contain chlorofluorocarbons and therefore does not damage the ozone layer Operating the control systems Climate control B Activating deactivating H If the cooling with air dehumidification does not switch on it is possible that the climate control system has lost coolant Have the cooling with air dehumidification checked at a qualified specialist workshop button button l
127. 20 minutes after it is set to level 1 gt Make sure that the key is in position 2 in the ignition lock gt To switch on press button Q repeatedly until the desired heating level is set gt To switch off press button repeatedly until all the indicator lamps go out Problems with the seat heating If one or all of the indicator lamps in the seat heating button are flashing the seat heating has switched off automatically The vehicle s electrical system voltage is too low because too many electrical consumers are switched on gt Switch off electrical consumers which you do not need such as the rear window defroster or interior lighting Once the battery is sufficiently charged the seat heating will switch back on automatically Switching on off The three blue indicator lamps in the buttons indicate the ventilation level you have selected If the battery voltage is too low the seat ventilation may switch off gt Make sure that the key is in position 2 in the ignition lock gt To switch on press button Q repeatedly until the desired ventilation level is set You can open the side windows and the tilt sliding sunroof with the key gt page 86 The seat ventilation of the driver s seat automatically switches to the highest level gt To switch off press button Q repeatedly until all the indicator lamps go out Problems with the seat ventilation If one or all of the indicator lam
128. 20 mph 30 km h At speeds above 20 mph 30 km h the indicator lamp goes out and Blind Spot Assist is operational If a vehicle is detected within the monitoring range of Blind Spot Assist at speeds above 20 mph 30 km h warning lamp Q on the corresponding side lights up red This warning is always emitted when a vehicle enters the blind spot monitoring range from behind or from the side When you overtake a vehicle the warning only occurs if the difference in speed is less than 7 mph 12 km h The yellow indicator lamp goes out if the reverse gear is engaged In this event Blind Spot Assist is no longer active The brightness of the indicator warning lamps is adjusted automatically according to the ambient light A Warning Blind Spot Assist is not active at speeds under approximately 20 mph 30 km h The indicator lamps in the exterior mirrors are yellow Vehicles in the monitoring range are then not indicated Always pay attention to traffic conditions and your surroundings Otherwise you may fail to b gt A Off road driving systems les Driving and parking recognize dangers in time cause an accident and injure yourself and others Collision warning Ifa vehicle is detected in the monitoring range of Blind Spot Assist and you switch on the turn signal a double warning tone sounds Red warning lamp Q flashes If the turn signal remains on detected vehicles are indicated by the flashing of red warning lam
129. 363 Warning and indicator lamps OVEIVIEW aeee ER ERE 29 PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp only Canada 48 PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp only USA s es 42 Warranty piierne sneitt 362 Wheel bolt tightening torque 320 Wheel Chock oeenn 317 Wheels Changing replacing cesses 350 Changing a wheel neseser 316 CHECKING conaran 335 CISA Ss vec 0s ep ciGecscadecidsuch spcsanesancess 301 Guidelines to be observed 335 Mounting a wheel neee 319 Removing a wheel eseeeeeseeeees 319 Tightening torque sss csecescessseseoes 320 Wheel size tire size eeeeseeeees 357 Window curtain air bag ee 42 Windows see Side windows Windows cleaning instructions 302 Windshield DOM OSEINS eena 140 Infrared reflective eeeeeeeeeeeeee 292 Windshield washer fluid display IMESSASO nereis tti iie 252 Windshield washer system Adding washer fluid 0eeeeeees 297 INQEGS aszes cee decs4 EA IEAA 370 Windshield wipers Important safety notes 0 0 125 Replacing the wiper blades 126 Switching On Off cers ssseseesssesssvencezass 125 Troubleshooting ccsseeeeeseeeees 127 Winter operation eee 173 Radiator COVED 0 eeeseeeeeeeeeeseeeeeees 295 WINTER TIES 5o202 5 52 05e Giclees eiccse seat 171 Wiper blades ClO AMINE sienito 302 Product information Please observe the following in your own best interest
130. BS Anti lock Brake System ESP Electronic Stability Program and therefore also PRE SAFE are not available due to a malfunction BAS Brake Assist is also deactivated The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard for example gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately The brake pads linings have reached their wear limit gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop You are driving with the parking brake engaged A warning tone also sounds gt Release the parking brake A Risk of accident There is insufficient brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir In addition the red warning lamp erake USA only or Canada only in the instrument cluster lights up and a warning tone sounds gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions Do not continue driving under any circumstances gt Engage the parking brake gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop gt Do not add brake fluid This will not rectify the malfunction Driving with the message Check Brake Fluid Level displayed can result in an accident Have your brake system checked immediately Do not add brake fluid before checking the brake system Overfilling the brake fluid reservoir can result in spilling brake fluid on hot engine part
131. By pass ae aca indicator lamp will illuminate accessories which have been approved by for approximately 6 seconds when the engine Mercedes Benz is started and then depending on occupant weight sensor readings from the seat remain illuminated or go out With the 3 pass air sacia indicator lamp illuminated the front passenger front air bag is deactivated With the 3 pass ai eacza indicator lamp out Both the driver and the front passenger should observe the 3 pass ar saca indicator lamp to determine whether or not the front passenger is positioned correctly UN Warning the front passenger front air bag is activated If the 3 rassairssceza indicator lamp When the OCS senses that the front illuminates when an adult or someone larger passenger seat occupant is classified as an than a small individual is in the front adult or someone larger than a small passenger seat have the front passenger individual the 3 Pass am saca indicator lamp reposition himself or herself in the seat until will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds the Pass areas indicator lamp goes out when the engine is started and then goes out or check whether objects are caught under or indicating that the front passenger front air around the seat bag is activated In the event of a collision the air bag
132. Display message ssec 247 Displays in the multifunction CIS Play siriesssisisiviiisrovssrini disiris 186 DIVINE HP Sis decchesecesessceesseaeseceneasers 187 Setting the specified minimum distance Warning lamp Door Automatic locking Automatic locking on board computer Display message Emergency locking Emergency unlocking Opening from inside Door control panel Overview Doors Important safety notes Drinking and driving Drinks holder see Cup holder Driving abroad Driving in mountainous terrain Approach departure angle Driving on flooded roads Driving safety system EBD Electronic Brake force Distribution ESP Electronic Stability Program Important safety information Driving safety systems 4ETS Electronic Traction System ABS Anti lock Braking System BAS Brake Assist System Distance warning system vehicles with DISTRONIC Overview Driving systems Blind Spot Assist Cruise control DISTRONIC Level control PARKTRONIC Rear view camera Driving tips DISTRONIC Downhill gradients Driving on flooded roads Driving on sand ics Driving over obstacles s 176 Off road Living sissies 174 Off road fording cesseeeeeeeees 171 Tir TUS costs ceecsvevaccvsesacsevscvevsssavereset 176 Towing a trailer ccsiccscsacsessceesteessiess 209 Wet road surface eccere 169 WIMTEN sscsccedh tees te cetsttcasssesteiiesscanaas 173 DSR Downhill Speed Regulation s0 c cccssecsdsesesisscceecsects 203 Displ
133. Do not bleach or dye seat belts as this may severely weaken them In a crash they may not be able to provide adequate protection Have all work carried out only by qualified technicians Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center A Warning USE SEAT BELTS PROPERLY e Seat belts can only protect when used properly Never wear seat belts in any other way than as described in this section as that could result in serious injuries in case of an accident Each occupant should wear their seat belt at all times because seat belts help reduce the likelihood of and potential severity of injuries in accidents including rollovers The integrated restraint system includes SRS driver s front air bag driver side knee bag front passenger front air bag side impact air bags window curtain air bags for door windows Emergency Tensioning Devices seat belt force limiters and front seat knee bolsters The system is designed to enhance the protection offered to properly belted occupants in certain frontal front air bags driver s side knee bag and ETDs and side side impact air bags window curtain air bags and ETDs impacts which exceed preset deployment thresholds and in certain rollovers window curtain air bags and ETDs Never wear the shoulder belt under your arm against your neck or off your shoulder In a frontal crash your body would move too far forward That would increase the chance of head and neck injuries The seat belt wo
134. ER 146 Occupant Classification System OCS N EAE A E T 47 Operation winaninsdescncinannie 42 System self test eceeecessseeeeeeees 46 Occupant safety Children in the vehicle 006 59 System OVEFVIEW eececeeseeeeteeeeeeees 36 Oocs Faults e eerren 47 Op r tiOM sesse siressa 42 System Self teSt ossessi 46 Octane number fuel eee 366 Odometer eee 218 Off road AMATIC Sct du eitadieeectnatese 202 Differential locks esseere 207 DSR arcea 203 LOW RANGE off road gear 158 205 Offroad AETS sioe 67 Off road ABS iieiaeie 66 Off road drive program s es 204 Off road drive program 0 204 Off road driving 00 0 0 ee eeeseeeeeeee 174 Important safety instructions 173 Off road fording 0 0 0 0 ee eeeeeeeeeees 171 Off road terrain Offroad ESP sccessscaesescdaccesetacesenteenes 68 Oil see Engine oil On board computer Additional functions menu 226 AUGIO IM GtWss2 ceccetecetrac nra 219 Convenience submenu 6 5 225 Displaying a service message 299 Displaying the coolant temperature ses ccc sedeveeevcseteccnevercetees 218 Displaying the outside temperature siccciiesc eee etcce ices 218 Display messages scce 229 DISTRONIC Menu nsee 186 Factory settings csiis 221 Important safety notes 214 Instrument cluster submenu 221 Lighting SUDMENU eeeeeeeeeeeeeee 223 Message memory menu 06
135. ESP is deactivated or faulty only shift the transmission to position N if the vehicle is in danger of skidding e g on icy roads H Driving in neutral N can damage the drive train D Drive The automatic transmission changes gear automatically All forward gears are available Gearshifting The automatic transmission shifts to the individual gears automatically when it is in transmission position D This automatic gearshifting behavior is determined by e a shift range restriction if selected e the position of the accelerator pedal e the road speed Driving tips Kickdown Use kickdown for maximum acceleration gt Vehicles for USA fully depress the accelerator pedal The transmission shifts to a lower gear depending on the engine speed gt Vehicles for Canada depress the accelerator pedal beyond the pressure point The transmission shifts to a lower gear depending on the engine speed Rocking the vehicle free Rocking the vehicle free by repeatedly shifting back and forth between transmission positions D and R can help to free a vehicle that has become stuck in mud or snow The engine management system of the vehicle limits shifting back and forth between transmission positions D and R to a maximum speed of 5 mph 9 km h To shift back and forth between transmission positions D and R move the selector lever up and down beyond the pressure point Working on the vehicle A Warning When working on
136. EYLESS GO press the Start Stop button twice gt page 147 gt Check the coolant temperature gauge in the multifunction display The coolant temperature must be below 158 F 70 C A Warning In order to avoid any potentially serious burns e use extreme caution when opening the hood if there are any signs of steam or coolant leaking from the cooling system or if the coolant temperature display indicates that the coolant is overheated e do not remove the pressure cap on the coolant reservoir if the coolant temperature is above 158 F 70 C Allow the engine to cool down before removing the cap The coolant reservoir contains hot fluid and is under pressure e using a rag slowly turn the cap approximately turn to relieve excess pressure If opened immediately scalding hot fluid and steam will be blown out under pressure e do not spill antifreeze on hot engine parts Antifreeze contains ethylene glycol which may burn if it comes into contact with hot engine parts gt Slowly turn cap half a turn counter clockwise and allow excess pressure to escape gt Turn cap Q further counter clockwise and remove it If the coolant is at the level of marker bar in the filler neck when cold there is enough coolant in coolant expansion tank If the coolant is approximately 0 6 in 1 5 cm higher when warm there is enough coolant in coolant expansion tank gt If necessary add coolant which ha
137. GO remove the Start Stop button from the ignition lock gt Depress the brake pedal and keep it depressed gt To start a gasoline engine press the Start Stop button gt page 147 once The engine starts gt To start a diesel engine press the Start Stop button gt page 147 once Preglow is activated and the engine starts Ifthe engine is warm the preglow time is shortened Pulling away Automatic transmission A Warning It is dangerous to shift the automatic transmission out of parking position P or neutral position N if the engine speed is higher than idle speed If your foot is not firmly on the brake pedal the vehicle could accelerate quickly forward or in reverse You could lose control of the vehicle and hit someone or something Only shift into gear when the engine is idling normally and when your right foot is firmly on the brake pedal Itis only possible to shift the transmission from position P to the desired position if you depress the brake pedal Only then is the parking lock released If you do not depress the brake pedal you can move the DIRECT SELECT selector lever but the parking lock remains engaged oo E a To bo gt p m gt Depress the brake pedal and keep it depressed gt Shift the transmission to position D or R gt Wait until the gear change is completed before pulling away gt Release the parking brake gt page 166 gt R
138. Gross Vehicle Weight Rating definition n 355 Increased vehicle weight due to optional equipment definition 354 Kilopascal kPa definition 355 Labeling overview nessen 350 Load bearing index definition 356 Load IMAOX sicccsievccteciscesseedivesseasecs 353 Load index definition 355 Maximum loaded vehicle weight GO TIMIUIGM eisir 355 Maximum load on a tire definition mossas annn 356 Maximum permissible tire pressure definition s 355 Maximum tire load sisssssrerisss 348 Maximum tire loading definition 355 Optional equipment weight definition css ccecceecees ae aicesceetss 356 PSI pounds per square inch definition Replacing Service life Sidewall definition 0 0 eee 356 Speed index definition 355 COMMS esene eE 336 Structure and characteristics definition siscrsriisinesssesne Temperature TIN Tire Identification Number QETIM cass cceestieseacsbadeescbedeiscecsers 356 Tire bead definition eee 356 Tire pressure definition 356 Tire pressures recommended 354 Tire quality Classes ce 348 Tire SIZ data risiste isesi 357 Tire size designation load bearing capacity speed index eeeee 351 Tire tredd ssc isaciinsiiiecneni kat 335 Tire tread definition 0 0 eee 356 Total load limit definition 357 MRA GC HOM EAEE EE EEA AET 349 Traction definition ee
139. If you wish to mount snow chains to steel wheels make sure that you remove the respective wheels hubcaps first The hubcaps may otherwise be damaged You may wish to deactivate ESP gt page 66 when pulling away with snow chains installed This way you can allow the wheels to spin in a controlled manner achieving an increased driving force cutting action Slippery road surfaces A Warning If the vehicle becomes stuck in snow make sure snow is kept clear of the exhaust pipe and from around the vehicle with the engine running Otherwise deadly carbon monoxide CO gases may enter vehicle interior resulting in unconsciousness and death To assure sufficient fresh air ventilation open a window slightly on the side of the vehicle not facing the wind A Warning The outside temperature indicator is not designed to serve as an ice warning device and is therefore unsuitable for that purpose Indicated temperatures just above the freezing point do not guarantee that the road surface is free of ice The road may still be icy especially in wooded areas or on bridges A Warning On slippery road surfaces never downshift in order to obtain braking action This could result in drive wheel slip and reduced vehicle control Your vehicle s ABS will not prevent this type of control loss Do not engage the transfer case in position LOW when driving on ice or packed snow At speeds below 18 mph 30 km h vehicle steering is
140. Mercedes Benz GL Operator s Manual Symbols Registered trademarks e AdBlue is a registered trademark of the Association of German Automobile Manufacturers VDA e BabySmart is a registered trademark of the Siemens Automotive Corp e Bluetooth is a registered trademark of the Bluetooth SIG Inc ESP and PRE SAFE are registered trademarks of Daimler AG e HomeLink is a registered trademark of Prince a Johnson Controls Company e SIRIUS and related brands are registered trademarks of SIRIUS XM Radio Inc In this Operator s Manual you will find the following symbols A Warning Warning notices draw your attention to hazards that endanger your health or life or the health or life of others H Warning notices draw your attention to hazards that could cause damage to your vehicle Practical tips or other information that could be helpful to you gt This symbol indicates instructions that you must follow gt A number of these symbols appearing in succession indicates instructions with several steps gt page This symbol tells you where to look for further information on a topic gt D This symbol marks a warning or procedure which is continued on the next page Display Text in the multifunction display COMAND display Welcome to the world of Mercedes Benz Before you drive off please familiarize yourself with your vehicle and read this manual especially the safety and warning n
141. PA 60 PSI P40 00 2133 31 You will find recommended tire pressure specifications Q for tires in a cold state and for a fully loaded vehicle on the Tire and Loading Information placard The tire pressure specifications apply to tires which are installed at the factory Important notes on tire pressures A Warning If the tire pressure drops repeatedly check the tires for punctures from foreign objects and or whether air is leaking from the valves or from around the rim The tire temperature and pressure increase when the vehicle is in motion This is dependent on the driving speed and the load If you wish to drive at high speeds of 100 mph 160 km h or higher when this is allowed use the tire pressure table on the inside of the fuel filler flap to set the correct tire pressures when the wheels are cold If the tire pressure is not set correctly this can lead to an excessive build up of heat and a sudden loss of pressure For more information contact a qualified specialist workshop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Tires and wheels Ride comfort may be affected if the tire pressure is adjusted to the recommended value for speeds of over 100 mph 160 km h Make sure that the tire pressure for normal speeds is adopted again _ Tires and wheels Additional specifications of tire pressure values for loads can also be found on the tire pressure table on the inside of the fuel filler flap The ti
142. Please respond in accordance with the display messages and follow the additional notes in this Operator s Manual The on board computer saves certain display messages You can call up the display messages in the message memory menu The message memory menu is only shown if any display messages have been stored gt Press the memory menu is shown If there are display messages the multifunction display shows for example 2 messages gt Using eH or CE button repeatedly until either the original menu or the message A or Vv scroll through the display messages When the ignition is switched off all display messages are deleted apart from some high priority display messages Once the causes of the high priority display messages have been rectified the corresponding display messages are also deleted N gt a 5 5 o mhe 5 2 O rs 5 2 O A Display messages e On board computer and displays Safety systems Display messages ESP Unavailable See Operator s Manual ESP Inoperative See Operator s Manual Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions A Risk of accident ESP Electronic Stability Program and therefore also PRE SAFE are temporarily unavailable The self diagnosis function might not be complete for example BAS Brake Assist System has also been deactivated The brake system contin
143. Pull the left hand steering wheel paddle shifter The shift range is restricted In order to prevent the engine from overrevving the automatic transmission does not shift down when the engine speed is too high if the maximum engine speed for the shift range is reached and you continue to accelerate the automatic transmission shifts up in order to prevent the engine from overrevving even if the shift range is restricted Derestricting the shift range gt Pull the right hand steering wheel paddle shifter The shift range is derestricted Clearing the shift range restriction gt Pull and hold the right hand steering wheel paddle shifter until D is shown again in the multifunction display The automatic transmission shifts from the current shift range directly to D Selecting the ideal shift range gt Pull the left hand steering wheel paddle shifter and hold it in position The automatic transmission shifts to the gear which allows ideal acceleration and deceleration To do this the automatic transmission shifts down one or more gears Automatic transmission Problems with the transmission Problem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The acceleration ability The transmission is in emergency mode is deteriorating It is only possible to shift into 2nd gear and reverse gear The transmission no gt Stop the vehicle longer changes gear gt Shift the transmission to position P gt Swi
144. Replace the bulb gt Insert the license plate lamp gt Replace and tighten screws Q P82 10 4941 31 V vertical axis H horizontal height measured from the center Setting the headlamps correctly is extremely important Setting the high beam headlamps also sets the low beam headlamps The term headlamps covers both high and low beam To check and adapt the headlamp setting proceed as follows gt Park the vehicle on level ground at a distance of 25 feet 7 6 m from a wall or similar gt Make sure that the vehicle load is in the normal range gt Switch on the low beam headlamps If the light of the headlamps is not distributed as shown in the illustration above follow the instructions below gt Open the hood gt page 294 E ED The adjustment screws are located under the cover gt Insert a suitable tool into the openings in the cover The directions of arrow and 4 indicate the angle at which the tool needs to be inserted in order to reach the adjustment screws gt Turn both screws uniformly until the vertical setting corresponds to Q Turn the screws clockwise to adjust the headlamp upwards and counterclockwise to adjust it downwards Gradation e Screw at arrow 0 67 angle of inclination e Screw at arrow 0 50 angle of inclination The left and right headlamp need to be adjusted individually If it is not possible to adjust the headlamps
145. SS GO press the Start Stop button repeatedly until all indicator lamps in the instrument cluster have gone out The windshield wipers could otherwise move and injure you H Do not pull the wiper blade Otherwise the wiper blade could be damaged H Do not clean wiper blades too often and do not rub them too hard Otherwise the graphite coating could be damaged This could cause wiper noise gt Fold the wiper arms away from the windshield gt Carefully clean the wiper blades with a damp cloth gt Fold the windshield wipers back again before switching on the ignition H Hold the wiper arm securely when folding back The windshield could be damaged if the wiper arm smacks against it suddenly Cleaning the headlamps gt Clean the plastic lamp lenses on the headlamps using a wet sponge and a mild cleaning agent e g Mercedes Benz car shampoo or cleaning cloths H Only use cleaning agents or cleaning cloths which are suitable for plastic headlamp lenses Unsuitable cleaning agents or cleaning cloths could scratch or damage the plastic headlamp lenses Cleaning the sensors P54 65 3954 31 gt Clean sensors of the driving systems with water car shampoo and a soft cloth H When cleaning the sensors with a power washer maintain a distance between the vehicle and the nozzle of the power washer of at least 11 8 in 30 cm Information about the correct distance is available from the equipment manufacturer
146. SS GO key in the vehicle and a second one outside the vehicle If you leave the KEYLESS GO key in the vehicle when you leave and lock the vehicle no message appears in the multifunction display Scenario 2 There is a KEYLESS GO key in the vehicle but none outside the vehicle If you get out of the vehicle and attempt to lock it the Key Detected In Vehicle message appears in the multifunction display The vehicle is not then locked When starting the engine and whilst driving KEYLESS GO also checks whether a valid SmartKey is in the vehicle by periodically establishing radio contact P80 30 2273 31 gt To unlock the vehicle touch the inner surface of the door handle gt To lock the vehicle press locking button Q If you pull on the handle of the tailgate only the cargo compartment of the vehicle is unlocked Changing the settings of the locking system You can change the setting of the locking system in such a way that only the driver s door and the fuel filler flap are unlocked This is useful if you frequently travel on your own gt To change the setting press and hold down the g and buttons simultaneously for approximately six seconds until the battery check lamp gt page 76 flashes twice The SmartKey now functions as follows gt To unlock the driver s door press the a button once gt To unlock centrally press the o button twice gt To lock ce
147. TRONIC by varying the time span between one and two seconds This time span determines the distance that DISTRONIC should maintain from the vehicle in front depending on the road speed You can see this distance in the multifunction display gt page 186 DISTRONIC displays in the speedometer A Warning DISTRONIC It is up to the driver to exercise discretion to X select the appropriate setting given road conditions traffic driver s preferred driving style and applicable laws and driving recommendations for safe following distance P54 32 8215 31 When DISTRONIC is activated one or two segments in the set speed range light up For design reasons the speed displayed in the speedometer may differ slightly from the speed set for DISTRONIC ae Driving systems les Driving and parking If DISTRONIC detects a vehicle in front segments 2 between the speed of the vehicle in front Q and stored speed light up A Warning An intermittent warning sounds and the distance warning lamp in the instrument cluster is illuminated if the Distronic system calculates that the distance to the vehicle ahead and your vehicle s current speed indicate that the Distronic will not be capable of slowing the vehicle sufficiently to maintain the preset following distance which creates a danger of a collision Immediately brake the vehicle to increase your distance to the preceding vehicle The warning
148. The warning lamp goes out and the warning tone ceases A Risk of accident There is insufficient brake fluid in the fluid reservoir gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions Do not continue driving under any circumstances gt Engage the parking brake gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop immediately gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display Do not add brake fluid This will not rectify the malfunction Driving with the brake warning lamp illuminated can result in an accident Have your brake system checked immediately if the brake warning lamp stays on Do not add brake fluid before checking the brake system Overfilling the brake fluid reservoir can result in spilling brake fluid on hot engine parts and the brake fluid catching fire You can be seriously burned Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Seat belts Problem FA After starting the engine the red seat belt warning lamp lights up for 6 seconds FA After starting the engine the red seat belt warning lamp lights up In addition a warning tone sounds for up to 6 seconds FA The red seat belt warning lamp lights up after the engine starts as soon as the driver s or the front passenger door is closed FA The red seat belt warning lamp flashes and an intermittent audib
149. To switch the reading lamp on off Rear overhead control panel 3rd row of seats To switch the left hand reading lamp on off To switch the right hand reading lamp on off gt To switch on off press the a button When the automatic interior lighting control is activated the button is flush with the overhead control panel The interior lighting automatically switches on if you e unlock the vehicle e open a door e remove the key from the ignition lock The interior lighting delayed switch off must be activated gt page 224 Interior lighting el The interior lighting switches off after a delay You can set the delayed switch off using the on board computer The interior lighting switches off automatically after five minutes in certain conditions This is the case when a door stays open and the key in the ignition lock is in position O or is removed H If the interior lighting has been switched on manually it will not be switched off automatically This can cause the battery to discharge Make sure that the interior lighting does not remain switched on too long after the engine has been switched off gt To switch the front interior lighting on off press the button gt To switch the rear interior lighting on off press the button gt To switch the reading lamps on off press the 4 button The interior
150. W RANGE off road gear gt page 157 e off road ABS gt page 66 e off road 4ETS gt page 67 off road ESP gt page 68 e hill start assist e differential locks gt page 207 e DSR Downhill Speed Regulation gt page 203 Observe the following notes e stop your vehicle and if necessary select the off road drive program gt page 204 or the LOW RANGE off road gear gt page 157 before driving off road e select a vehicle level that is suitable for the terrain Make sure there is always sufficient ground clearance to prevent damage to the vehicle e activate the differential lock if necessary e make sure that items of luggage and cargo are stowed safely and are well secured gt page 268 e always keep the engine running and in gear when driving on a downhill gradient Activate DSR gt page 203 e always keep the doors tailgate windows and the tilt sliding sunroof closed while the vehicle is in motion e adapt the speed to suit the terrain conditions The more uneven worn or steeper the terrain is the slower you should drive e drive slowly and at an even speed through the water Ensure that a bow wave does not form as you drive e drive with extreme care on unfamiliar off road routes where visibility is poor For safety reasons get out of the vehicle first and survey the off road route e look out for obstacles such as rocks holes tree stumps and furrows e check the depth of wat
151. Warning The set speed stored in memory should only be set again if prevailing road conditions and legal speed limits permit Possible acceleration or deceleration differences arising from returning to the preset speed could cause an accident and or serious injury to you and others gt Briefly pull the cruise control lever towards you gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal The first time cruise control is activated it stores the current speed or regulates the speed of the vehicle to the previously stored speed Setting a speed A Warning Keep in mind that it may take a brief moment until the vehicle has made the necessary adjustments Increase or decrease the set vehicle speed to a value that the prevailing road conditions and legal speed limits permit Otherwise sudden and unexpected acceleration or deceleration of the vehicle could cause an accident and or serious injury to you and others gt Press the cruise control lever to the pressure point up Q for a higher speed or down 2 for a lower speed gt Keep the cruise control lever pressed until the desired speed is reached gt Release the cruise control lever The new speed is stored Cruise control is not deactivated if you depress the accelerator pedal For example if you accelerate briefly to overtake cruise control adjusts the vehicle s speed to the last speed stored after you have finished overtaking Setting in 1 mph Canada 1 k
152. Warning Follow recommended tire inflation pressures Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires wear excessively and or unevenly adversely affect handling and fuel economy and are more likely to fail from being overheated Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tires can adversely affect handling and ride comfort wear unevenly increase stopping distance and result in sudden deflation blowout because they are more likely to become punctured or damaged by road debris potholes etc Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar Overloading the tires can overheat them possibly causing a blowout Overloading the tires can also result in handling or steering problems or brake failure Check the tire pressure at least once a month Only check and correct tire pressures when the tires are cold gt page 336 Checking the tire pressure manually In order to determine and adjust the tire pressures proceed as follows gt Remove the valve cap of the tire you wish to check gt Press the tire pressure gauge securely onto the valve gt Read the tire pressure and compare it with the recommended value on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the B pillar on the driver s side of your vehicle gt If necessary increase the tire pressure to the recommended value gt page 336 gt If the tire pressure
153. a list of approved engine oils and oil filters H Never use engine oil or an oil filter of a specification other than is necessary to fulfill the prescribed service intervals Do not change the engine oil or oil filter in order to achieve longer replacement intervals than those prescribed Otherwise you may cause damage to the engine or exhaust gas aftertreatment this is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Follow the instructions in the service interval display regarding the oil change Otherwise you may damage the engine and the exhaust gas aftertreatment Mercedes Benz recommends MOBIL OIL The table shows which engines oil have been approved for your vehicle Service products and capacities Model Engine MB model Approval GL 350 BlueTEC 642 229 51 GL 450 273 229 5 GL 550 273 229 5 MB Approval is stated on the containers Lubricant additives H Do not mix any lubricant additives with the engine oil This could damage the engine Damage resulting from the use of such lubricant additives in the engine oil is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Engine oil viscosity Viscosity describes the flow characteristics of a fluid If an engine oil has a high viscosity this means that it is thick a low viscosity means that it is thin Using the table below make sure that the SAE classification viscosity is sufficient for the temperatures at which the vehicle is operated The low tempera
154. a only The yellow engine diagnostics warning lamp lights up while the engine is running The yellow reserve fuel warning lamp lights up while the engine is running Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions There may be a malfunction for example e in the engine management e in the fuel injection system e in the exhaust system e in the ignition system for vehicles with gasoline engines The emission limit values may have been exceeded and the engine may be breaking in emergency mode gt Have the vehicle checked as soon as possible at a qualified specialist workshop In some states you are required to visit a qualified specialist workshop as soon as the yellow engine diagnostics warning lamp lights up due to the relevant applicable legislation If necessary check whether this is the case in the state you are in The fuel system pressure is too low The fuel filler cap is not closed correctly or the fuel system is leaking gt Check that the fuel filler cap is correctly closed gt If the fuel filler cap is not correctly closed close the fuel filler cap gt If the fuel filler cap is closed visit a qualified specialist workshop Vehicles with a diesel engine the fuel tank has been run completely dry and the engine will not start There is air in the fuel system gt page 162 The fuel level has fallen below the reserve range The fuel tank must be filled at least to the reserve fue
155. a slower moving vehicle in front will then not be maintained You will be driving at the speed you determine by the position of the accelerator pedal Driving systems Driving and parking PA Driving systems ES Driving and parking Driving If there is no vehicle in front DISTRONIC operates in the same way as cruise control If a slower moving vehicle is detected in front DISTRONIC causes your vehicle to brake and maintain the preset distance to the vehicle in front If DISTRONIC detects a faster moving vehicle in front it increases the driving speed but only up to the desired speed you have stored Z Warning If you depress the brake pedal DISTRONIC is deactivated DISTRONIC will then no longer brake your vehicle In such cases control the distance from vehicles traveling in front with the brake alone You could otherwise cause an accident and thereby injure yourself and others The driver remains fully responsible for the vehicle s distance from other vehicles the speed being driven and for braking in good time Stopping A Warning DISTRONIC must never be operated activated or deactivated by a passenger or from outside the vehicle If DISTRONIC detects that the vehicle in front is stopping it brakes your vehicle until it is stationary Depending on the specified minimum distance your vehicle will come to a standstill at a sufficient distance behind the vehicle in front The specified minimum
156. accurately have the Windshield wipers Lee adjustment performed at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Windshield wipers A Warning Wiper blades are components that are subject to wear and tear Replace the wiper blades twice a year preferably in the spring and fall Otherwise the windows will not be wiped properly As a result you may not be able to observe surrounding traffic conditions and could cause an accident H Do not operate the windshield wipers when the windshield is dry as this could damage the wiper blades Moreover dust that has collected on the windshield rear window can scratch the glass if wiping takes place when the windshield rear window is dry If itis necessary to switch on the windshield wipers in dry weather conditions always use washer fluid when operating the windshield wipers 12 Rain sensor set to low sensitivity 13 Rain sensor set to high sensitivity Combination switch 1 0 Windshield wipers off Intermittent wipe low e Intermittent wipe high Continuous wipe slow Continuous wipe fast L Single wipe To wipe the windshield using washer fluid gt Switch on the ignition gt Turn the combination switch to the corresponding position H Intermittent wiping with rain sensor due to optical influences and the windshield becoming dirty in dry weather conditions the w
157. ach backwards and grasp the sides of the head restraint gt Pull the lower edge of the head restraint forwards or backwards until it is in the desired position Removing and installing the rear head restraints A Warning Occupants should only travel sitting on seats which have the head restraints installed In the event of an accident this reduces the risk of injury for passengers seated in the rear compartment 2nd row of seats if you wish to remove install the head restraints from the outer seats you must fold the respective seat backrest forwards gt page 100 3rd row of seats if you wish to remove install the head restraints you must fold the respective seat backrest forwards gt page 100 Head restraints on the outer seats in the 3rd row of seats gt To remove pull the head restraint up to the stop gt Press release catch Q and pull the head restraint out of the guides gt 2nd row of seats fold back the seat backrest until it engages 3rd row of seats fold the seat up or down gt page 100 gt To re install insert the head restraint so that the notches on the bar are on the left when viewed in the direction of travel gt Push the head restraint down until you hear it engage in position gt 2nd row of seats fold back the seat backrest until it engages 3rd row of seats fold the seat up or down gt page 100 Seats steering wheel and mirrors Seats steering wheel and
158. ad restraints Head restraints are intended to help reduce injuries during an accident To avoid damage to the seats and the seat heating observe the following information e do not spill any liquids on the seats If liquid is spilled on the seats dry them as soon as possible e if the seat covers are damp or wet do not switch on the seat heating The seat heating should also not to be used to dry the seats e clean the seat covers as recommended see the Interior care section e do not transport heavy loads on the seats Do not place sharp objects on the seat cushions e g knives nails or tools The seats should only be occupied by passengers if possible e when the seat heating is in operation do not cover the seats with insulating materials e g covers bags seat covers child seats or booster seats H When you move the seats make sure that there are no objects in the footwell or behind the seats Otherwise you could damage the seats and the objects H When the rear bench seat is folded forwards the front seats cannot be moved to their rearmost position You could otherwise damage the seats and the rear bench seat H Make sure that the sun visor is folded up before adjusting the backrest and head restraint height The head restraint and sun visor could otherwise collide when the head restraint is fully extended The rear compartment head restraints can be removed gt page 99 8 Only for vehicles
159. ake sure nobody locks or unlocks the vehicle and or opens or closes doors or the tailgate The vehicle s level could change and you could endanger yourself and or others as a result Make sure that you do not operate the ADS button or the vehicle level control system when coupling decoupling the trailer gt Make sure that the automatic transmission is set to position P gt Apply the vehicle s parking brake gt Start the engine gt Close all doors and the tailgate gt Apply the trailer s parking brake Z Warning As soon as you disconnect the electrical connection between the trailer and the vehicle the vehicle will lower To help avoid personal injury make sure no one is near the wheel housing or underneath the vehicle before the electrical connection is disconnected When you decouple the trailer the vehicle is temporarily raised because the springs are relieved of load Be especially careful during this process as you could otherwise injure yourself and or others Make sure that any persons remaining in the vehicle do not press the switches for vehicle level control or the ADS b0 a To bo p m gt Detach the trailer cable and decouple the trailer gt Detach the trailer cable and decouple the trailer gt Switch off the engine Permissible trailer load and drawbar noseweight Weight specifications The Gross Trailer Weight GTW is the combined weight
160. all radio controlled systems These areas can best be seen from outside the vehicle by observing the light reflected off the windshield 129 pue JuLeu zUIeEN E WA 294 294 298 299 Car eee Ss Vehicle equipment Engine compartment 05 Service osnon e E cantcss A Engine compartment Maintenance and care Vehicle equipment This manual describes all the standard and optional equipment of your vehicle which was available at the time of purchase Country specific differences are possible Bear in mind that your vehicle may not feature all functions described here This also refers to safety related systems and functions Engine compartment Hood Opening the hood A Warning Do not pull the release lever while the vehicle is in motion Otherwise the hood could be forced open by passing air flow This could cause the hood to come loose and injure you and or others Z Warning Do not open the hood when the engine is overheated You could be seriously injured Observe the coolant temperature display to determine whether the engine may be overheated If you see flames or smoke coming from the engine compartment move away from the vehicle Wait until the engine has cooled If necessary call the fire department Z Warning There is a risk of injury if the hood is open even if the engine is not running Some engine components can become very hot To avoid the risk of burns onl
161. an lead to engine damage Therefore if you frequently drive short distances make sure to drive on highways or country roads for 20 minutes at least every 500 km Brakes Important safety notes Z Warning On slippery road surfaces never downshift in order to obtain braking action This could result in drive wheel slip and reduced vehicle control Your vehicle s ABS will not prevent this type of control loss Do not engage the transfer case in position LOW when driving on ice or packed snow At speeds below 18 mph 30 km h vehicle steering is adversely affected by the Off road ABS A Warning Make sure that you do not endanger other road users when you apply the brakes Downhill gradients H On long and steep gradients you must reduce the cargo on the brakes by shifting to a lower gear in good time This allows you to take advantage of engine braking and helps you to avoid overheating the brakes and wearing them out excessively When you take advantage of engine braking a drive wheel may not turn for some time e g on a slippery road surface This could cause damage to the drive train Such damage is not covered by the Mercedes Benz warranty ising tps es Heavy and light loads A Warning Depressing the brake pedal constantly results in excessive and premature wear to the brake pads It may also cause the brakes to overheat seriously impairing their effectiveness It may then not be possible to stop the
162. andle to stop the closing procedure e Immediately pull on the same outside door handle and hold firmly The door windows and the sliding sunroof will open for as long as the door handle is held but the door is not opened Using the SmartKey The SmartKey must be close to the driver s door handle gt Point the tip of the SmartKey at the driver s door handle gt Lock the vehicle by pressing the button gt Press and hold the button until the side windows and the sliding sunroof are fully closed gt Make sure that all the side windows and the sliding sunroof are closed gt To interrupt the convenience closing release the button Using KEYLESS GO The KEYLESS GO key must be outside the vehicle but must not be further than 3 ft 1m from a door gt Close all the doors Opening and closing J P80 30 2274 31 gt Keep locking button Q on the door handle pressed until the side windows and the sliding sunroof are fully closed gt Make sure that all the side windows and the sliding sunroof are closed gt To interrupt convenience closing release locking button C on the door handle Resetting the side windows You must reset each side window if e the battery has been disconnected or has become discharged e the side window can no longer be fully opened or closed gt Close all the doors gt Tu
163. anually s es 97 Adjusting rear sesirik 98 Installing removing rear s s 99 LURU ceereereee per rere S 97 see NECK PRO head restraints Heating see Climate control High beam flasher cee eeeeeeeeee 117 Hill start assist eee 150 Hood CIOSING vescsseccsves cesseececauecassssseovseeeees 295 OPENING sscecaicssscseies eair eraiste 294 Hydroplaning ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 170 Immobilizer ariii 69 Indicator and warning lamps ABS arere aE tore E 256 Brakes aneeminen ene 254 DISTRONIC civ ciitenseeieaes 260 Engine diagnostics s e 259 ES E EA 257 F eltank seee 259 Reserve fuel cscecessscecesneeceteees 259 DOdt DEM be cicstesecsstorstesoeszstceteeeseste 255 SRS E E E 258 Tire pressure MOnNItOT nesses 260 Insect protection on the radiator 295 Instrument cluster OVEIVIGW seres ia sE 28 Selecting the language on board COMPULER coringa eean 222 Submenu on board computer 221 Warning and indicator lamps 29 Instrument cluster lighting 28 Instrument lighting see Instrument cluster lighting Interior lighting Automatic Control neseser 119 Delayed switch off on board COMPUTEL s vccecveseedatevsvecostavave estey 224 Emergency lighting ceeeeeeeeeee 119 Manual control sssi 119 Reading lamp i csscsecsisccesscecsctsteceeese 118 Setting ambient lighting on board COMPUTED sseccseseccstsesscecsveatieeteeseese 223 ISOFIX LATCH type child seat
164. ar P54 32 Shifting to LOW RANGE off road gear from HIGH RANGE to LOW RANGE H Only carry out the gear change process if e the engine is running e the automatic transmission is in position N you are driving no faster than 25 mph 40 km h After switching off the ignition HIGH RANGE will not be automatically reactivated gt Press LOW RANGE button Q Indicator lamp flashes When the control system recognizes that all the conditions are fulfilled HIGH RANGE will shift to LOW RANGE A tone sounds and LOW RANGE indicator appears in the multifunction display Once the shifting process has been completed indicator lamp lights up While indicator lamp is flashing you can cancel the shifting process by pressing LOW RANGE button again Shifting out of LOW RANGE off road gear from LOW RANGE to HIGH RANGE H Only carry out the gear change process if e the engine is running e the automatic transmission is in position N e you are driving no faster than 43 mph 70 km h After switching off the ignition HIGH RANGE will not be automatically reactivated gt Press LOW RANGE button Q Indicator lamp 2 flashes When the control system recognizes that all the conditions are fulfilled LOW RANGE will shift to HIGH RANGE A tone sounds and indicator lamp and LOW RANGE indicator in the multifunction display go out While indicator lamp is flashing you can cancel the shifting
165. ars old and under may ride on the front seat if a BabySmart compatible child restraint system is installed on the front passenger seat Use only Mercedes Benz approved BabySmart compatible child restraint systems A BabySmart compatible child restraint system will deactivate the front passenger front air bag when installed properly The front passenger front air bag will not be deactivated if the child restraint systems that are installed are not BabySmart compatible or if BabySmart compatible child restraint systems are not installed correctly If the front passenger front air bag is deployed in a collision the child could be struck by the air bag This could lead to serious or fatal injury gt Adjust the seat and move the backrest to an almost vertical position gt page 94 gt Pull the seat belt smoothly through belt sash guide Q gt Without twisting it place the shoulder section of the seat belt over the center of the shoulder and the lap section across the hips gt Engage belt tongue 2 in buckle Seat belt adjustment if necessary the driver s and front passenger seat belts automatically adjust to the upper body gt page 56 gt If necessary adjust the seat belt to the appropriate height gt page 56 gt If necessary pull upwards on the shoulder section of the seat belt to tighten the belt across your body All seat belts in the vehicle except the driver s seat belt are equi
166. as follows gt Press the or button on the multifunction steering wheel or gt Use the volume controller of COMAND You can find information and a description of all available features under Owners Online at http www mbusa com System self test After you have switched on the ignition the system carries out a self diagnosis Loading stowing and features Le Loading stowing and features A Warning A malfunction in the system has been detected if any or all of the following conditions occur e The indicator lamp in the SOS button does not come on during the system self test e The indicator lamp in Roadside Assistance button 3 does not come on during the system self test e The indicator lamp in Information button r does not come on during the system self test e The indicator lamp in the SOS button Roadside Assistance button 3 or Information button remains illuminated constantly in red after the system self test e The message Tele Aid Inoperative or Tele Aid Not Activated appears in the multifunction display after the system self test If a malfunction is indicated as outlined above the system may not operate as expected In case of an emergency help will have to be summoned by other means Have the system checked at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center or contact the following service h
167. at are identified by white lines 4 7 40 2115 3 Bolt for the clamping claw Clamping claw Roof rails gt Ensure that clamping claw sits flush against the inner edge of roof rail 0 If necessary adjust the span width of the crossbar gt page 276 gt Slightly tighten up bolts on both sides in a clockwise direction gt Position rear crossbar 7 on roof rails so that the clamping claws engage in recesses 8 in the roof rails Loading stowing and features gt Ensure that clamping claw sits flush against the inner edge of roof rail 0 If necessary adjust the span width of the crossbar gt page 276 gt Slightly tighten up bolts on both sides in a clockwise direction gt Tighten up bolts on the front and rear crossbars Observe the tightening torque of 4 lb ft 6 Nm Z Warning Have the tightening torque checked after mounting the crossbars The screws could come loose if they are not tightened to a torque of 4 Ib ft 6 Nm gt Attach and lock protective caps 2 gt Stow the key and Allen key in the stowage compartment under the cargo compartment floor again gt page 274 Loading stowing and features Setting the span width of the crossbars A Warning Only install the crossbars at the exact locations designated on the roof rails The designated locations for the front crossbars are between the markings engraved on the inside of the roof rails T
168. at least once a month as well as after driving off road or on rough roads Maintenance and care of wheels and tires Damaged wheels can cause a loss of tire pressure e Regularly check the tire tread depth and the condition of the tread across the whole width of the tire gt page 335 If necessary turn the front wheels to full lock in order to inspect the inner side of the tire surface All wheels must have a valve cap to protect the valve against dirt and moisture Do not install anything on the valve such as tire pressure monitoring systems other than the standard valve cap or other valve caps approved by Mercedes Benz for your vehicle Regularly check the pressure of all the tires including the emergency spare wheel or the spare wheel particularly prior to long trips and correct the pressure as necessary gt page 336 Service life of tires The service life of tires depends on the following factors amongst other things e driving style e tire pressure e mileage Replace the tires after six years at the latest regardless of wear This also applies to the emergency spare wheel spare wheel Tire tread A Warning Although the applicable federal motor vehicle safety laws consider a tire to be worn when the tread wear indicators TWI become visible at approximately 4 in 1 6 mm we recommend that you do not allow your tires to wear down to that level As tread depth approaches in 3 mm the adhesio
169. at may cause undesired operation Unauthorized modification of this device P68 05 2204 31 could void the device s operating permit Remote control in the rear view mirror Canada only Garage door remote control is not part of This device complies with the RSS 210 the garage door opener requirements of Industry Canada ee To achieve the best result insert new Operation is subject to the following two batteries in garage door remote control conditions of your garage door drive before 1 The device must not cause harmful programming interference gt Erase the memory of the integrated remote control gt page 291 before programming it for the first time gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock gt Press and hold one of transmitter buttons to on the integrated remote 2 The device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Unauthorized modification of this device could void the user s authority to legally operate the device Loading stowing and features Programming the remote control control E E After a short time indicator lamp Q will Programming start flashing It flashes about once per second A Warning Only press the transmitter button on the integrated remote control if there are no persons or objects present within the sweep of the garage door People could otherwise be injured by the movement o
170. at your vehicle may not feature all functions described here This also refers to safety related systems and functions Occupant safety Overview of occupant safety Safety In this section you will learn the most important facts about the restraint system components of the vehicle The restraint systems are e Seat belts e Child restraint systems e LATCH type child seat mountings Additional protection is provided by e SRS Supplemental Restraint System e NECK PRO head restraints PRE SAFE e Air bag system components with PASSENGER air bag OFF indicator lamp USA only front passenger seat with Occupant Classification System OCS Canada only front passenger seat with BabySmart air bag deactivation system The protective functions of the systems work in conjunction with each other The systems are however autonomous A Warning Modifications to or work improperly conducted on restraint system components or their wiring as well as tampering with interconnected electronic systems can lead to the restraint systems no longer functioning as intended Air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices belt buckle tensioners for example could deploy inadvertently or fail to deploy Therefore never modify the restraint systems Do not tamper with electronic components or their software More information on the subject of children in the vehicle and child restraint systems can be found under the Children
171. ateceatits 227 Trip odometer Call SUP sy ss secesesesesecetescospsssaceeseats 218 Resetting on board computer 227 Trunk Automatic Opening eseese 82 83 Turn signal display message 237 Turn signals cosirer 117 TWR permissible trailer drawbar noseweight definition 356 Type plate see Vehicle identification plate Unlocking Emergency unlocking cccceeeee 80 From inside the vehicle central unlocking button eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeees 79 Vanity mirror SUM VISOR e nare E 278 Vehicle Data ACQUISITION vcses tiecoties 23 Emergency release 80 EgUPMENt soins enra 19 Ext rior VIEW scscecosssecssntsecaosesncessnsoueee 26 Individual settings on board COMPUTER csiseccssisceszelenccsdeeseceesssecaus 221 LOADING 22s sctaaeieeuesiee 344 LOWETINE ois cescccssedetsshasscadtcpsaccestesaces 320 Maintenance 0 6 sccececnssseccteteoeess 20 Parking Up ic cescssasisecessnesesceenssioaseesis 166 RAISING ccsd cecsscececaesanecesnceascteseeees 318 Reporting problems eeeseeeeees 22 TOWING AWAY reesei 327 NOW StAMEING sereine 327 TRANS POTN 8 svsessvsevesiessvsncceosseneseese gt 329 Vehicle data see Technical data Vehicle identification number see VIN Vehicle identification plate 363 Vehicle tool Kit 0 0 0 ee eeeeeeees 310 Video DVD i csicsesdoedseceiatecstiesaeelaccese 220 Video DVD on board computer 220 MIN eorn eneee oei
172. ately 4 of the total reservoir capacity gt Add washer fluid gt page 297 Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The SmartKey needs to be replaced gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The SmartKey is in the ignition lock gt Remove the SmartKey The display message is shown for a maximum of 60 seconds and is only a reminder You are opening the driver s door with the engine switched off The SmartKey is not in the ignition lock gt Take the SmartKey with you when you leave the vehicle You have put the wrong key in the ignition lock gt Use the correct key The batteries of the KEYLESS GO key are discharged gt Change the batteries gt page 75 Display messages E Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The KEYLESS GO key is not in the vehicle If the engine is switched off you can no longer lock the vehicle Not Detected centrally or start the engine red display message gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Engage the parking brake gt Locate the KEYLESS GO key The KEYLESS GO key is not detected while the engine is running because there is interference from a strong source of radio waves gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Engage the parking brake gt Operate the vehicle with
173. ately rinse acid splashes off with clean water Consult a doctor if necessary Wear eye protection Keep children away Observe this Operator s Manual Environmental note Do not dispose of batteries in the household rubbish Dispose of defective batteries in an environmentally responsible manner Take them to an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or to a special collection point for old batteries A Warning Failure to follow these instructions can result in severe injury or death Never lean over batteries while connecting You might get injured Battery fluid contains sulfuric acid Do not allow this fluid to come in contact with eyes skin or clothing In case it does immediately flush affected area with water and seek medical help if necessary A battery will also produce hydrogen gas which is flammable and explosive Keep flames or sparks away from battery avoid improper connection of jumper cables smoking etc Battery A Warning Do not place any metal objects on the battery as this could result in a short circuit Use leak proof batteries only to avoid the risk of acid burns in the event of an accident Take care that you do not become statically charged e g by wearing synthetic clothing or rubbing against textiles For this reason you also should not pull or push the battery over carpets or other synthetic materials Never touch the battery first First touch the outside body of the vehic
174. atest backrest curvature downwards to the lumbar region and press button 3 to move it upwards to the upper back region gt Use button 2 to adjust the side bolsters for optimal lateral support Adjusting the four way lumbar support Seats steering wheel and mirrors Le The lumbar support for the driver s seat can be individually adjusted to provide optimum support for your back To raise the backrest contour To soften the backrest contour To lower the backrest contour To harden the backrest contour Switching the seat heating on off Switching on off N Warning Repeatedly setting the seat heating to level 3 may result in excessive seat temperatures The health of passengers that have limited temperature sensitivity or a limited ability to react to excessively high temperatures may be affected or they may even suffer burn like injuries Therefore do not use seat heating level 3 repeatedly The three red indicator lamps in the button indicate the heating level you have selected If the battery voltage is too low the seat heating may switch off One or several indicator lamps in the seat heating button flash Rear compartment seats The system automatically switches down from level 3 to level 2 after approximately five minutes The system automatically switches down from level 2 to level 1 after approximately ten minutes The system automatically switches off approximately
175. ation H Only use commercially available ULTRA LOW SULFUR DIESEL FUEL ULSD 15 ppm MAXIMUM SULFUR that meets the ASTM D975 standard Failure to use ULTRA LOW SULFUR DIESEL FUEL ULSD can severely damage the vehicle s exhaust gas aftertreatment system H Do not fill the tank with gasoline Do not blend diesel fuel with gasoline or kerosene Otherwise the fuel system and the engine will be damaged Damage resulting from Service products and capacities the use of gasoline or kerosene is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty To prevent malfunctions diesel fuel with improved flow characteristics is available in the winter months Check with your fuel retailer Information on the fuel grade can usually be found on the gas pump If the information cannot be found on the gas pump ask service station personnel For further information contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or visit http www mbusa com USA only Diesel engines Fuels containing bio diesel FAME fatty acid methyl ester Mercedes Benz USA approves the use of B5 ULSD with a maximum of up to five percent by volume biodiesel for all diesel engines with common rail direct injection CDI and BlueTEC Pure biodiesel and diesel fuels that contain a higher percentage of biodiesel e g B20 may cause damage to the fuel system engine and are therefore not approved For further information please ask the service station personnel The label
176. ation plate on the B pillar on the driver s side gt page 344 Gross vehicle weight the gross weight of the vehicle all passengers cargo and trailer load noseweight if applicable must not exceed the permissible gross vehicle weight OTERO VELA AELE AR a EL E I Tires and wheels Trailer load noseweight The trailer load noseweight affects the gross weight of the vehicle If a trailer is attached the trailer load noseweight is included in the load along with occupants and luggage The trailer load noseweight is usually approximately 8 15 of the gross weight of the trailer and its cargo Maximum tire load A Warning Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar Overloading the tires can overheat them possibly causing a blowout Overloading the tires can also result in handling or steering problems or brake failure P The actual values for tires are specific to each vehicle and may deviate from the values in the illustration Maximum tire load is the maximum permitted weight for which the tire is approved Further information on tire loads gt page 350 Direction of rotation Tires with a specified direction of rotation have additional benefits e g if there is a risk of hydroplaning You will only gain these benefits if the correct direction of rotation is observed An arrow
177. atly reduced when the differential locks are manually engaged increasing the risk of an accident For safety reasons the locks are automatically released at a vehicle speed above 31 mph 50 km h Nevertheless you should only manually lock the differential if absolutely necessary because engaged locks will restrict the vehicle drivetrain while cornering and cause the vehicle to chatter This could cause you to lose control of the vehicle and cause an accident H The differential locks must not be activated when the vehicle is being towed or while the wheels are spinning Only engage the differential locks manually if traction in automatic mode is insufficient At speeds of up to 19 mph 30 km h you can engage the differential locks manually gt Start the engine gt Turn selector wheel Q to desired position or The indicator lamp in selector wheel lights up at the corresponding symbol The engaged differential appears in the multifunction display The differential lock for the transfer case is locked OFF road If you have not previously selected the off road menu gt page 220 in the on board computer the message disappears after about five seconds The differential locks are not controlled automatically The steerability of the vehicle is restricted considerably Drive carefully and accelerate gently for optimum traction H If the differential locks are activated manually the wheels scuff
178. ats are equipped with ETDs H If the front passenger seat is not occupied do not engage the seat belt tongue in the buckle on the front passenger seat Otherwise the Emergency Tensioning Device belt buckle tensioner could be triggered in the event of an accident ETDs belt buckle tensioners tighten the seat belts in an accident pulling them close against the body Occupant safety A oO Ge N a Occupant safety Safety e ETDs belt buckle tensioners do not correct incorrect seat positions or incorrectly fastened seat belts ETDs do not pull vehicle occupants back towards the backrest Seat belt force limiters when activated are employed to help reduce the force exerted by the seat belts on occupants during a crash The front belt force limiters are synchronized with the front air bags which take on a part of the deceleration force Thus the force exerted on the occupant is distributed over a greater area The ETDs belt buckle tensioners can only be activated when e the ignition is switched on e the restraint systems are operational see SRS warning lamp gt page 36 e the belt tongue is engaged in the buckle on each of the three point seat belts in the front e the front passenger seat is occupied and the belt tongue is engaged in the buckle on the front passenger side The ETDs on the outside seats in the second row and on the seats in the third row are triggered independently of the lock st
179. atus of the seat belts The ETDs are triggered depending on the type and severity of an accident e in the event of a head on or rear end collision if the vehicle decelerates or accelerates rapidly in a longitudinal direction during the initial stages of the impact e in the event of a side impact on the side opposite the impact if the vehicle decelerates or accelerates rapidly in a lateral direction e in certain situations if the vehicle overturns and the system determines that it can provide additional protection If the ETDs belt buckle tensioners are triggered you will hear a bang and a small amount of powder may also be released Only in rare cases will the bang affect your hearing The powder that is released generally does not constitute a health hazard The srs SRS warning lamp lights up If the belt buckle tensioners have been triggered on the front seats the buckle will be pulled down and will be almost flush with the upper edge of the seat The srs SRS warning lamp is lit A Warning The belt buckle tensioners on the front seats only function if the belt buckles can be pulled down unobstructed They must not be restricted in any way Therefore do not grab the belt buckles and do not place any objects under the belt buckles Otherwise the tensioning of the belt by the buckle is restricted or will not function and will not provide any additional protection A Warning Pyrotec
180. ave attained a pressure of at least 180 kPa 1 8 bar 26 psi A Warning The air hose can become hot during inflation Please exercise appropriate caution H Do not operate the electric air pump for longer than eight minutes at a time without a break It may otherwise overheat The air pump can be operated again once it has cooled down If after five minutes a pressure of 180 kPa 1 8 bar 26 psi has been achieved see gt page 315 If after five minutes a pressure of 180 kPa 1 8 bar 26 psi has not been achieved see gt page 315 TIREFIT kit version 2 P40 10 5509 31 gt Pull connector with the cable and hose out of the housing gt Screw hose onto flange of TIREFIT sealant filler bottle Q gt Place TIREFIT sealant filler bottle head downwards into recess 2 of the electric air pump Flat tire P40 10 5016 31 gt Remove the cap from valve 7 on the faulty tire gt Screw filler hose onto valve 7 gt Insert connector into the socket in the footwell of the 2nd row of seats gt page 281 H None of the other sockets or cigarette lighters are designed for operating the electric air pump gt Turn the key to position 1 gt page 147 in the ignition lock gt Press on off switch 3 on the electric air pump to l The electric air pump is switched on The tire is inflated First TIREFIT is pumped into the tire The pressure can briefly rise to approxi
181. aving been removed gt Vehicles with KEYLESS GO remove the Start Stop button from the ignition lock gt page 147 gt All occupants must get out of the vehicle Make sure that they are not endangered as they get out of the vehicle gt Make sure that no one is near the danger area whilst a wheel is being changed Anyone who is not directly assisting in the wheel change should for example stand behind the barrier gt Get out of the vehicle Pay attention to traffic conditions when doing so gt Close the driver s door Only operate the electric air pump using the socket in the footwell of the 2nd row of seats gt page 281 even if the ignition is turned off An emergency cut off ensures that the on board voltage does not drop too low If the on board voltage is too low power to the sockets is automatically cut off This ensures that there is sufficient power to start the engine TIREFIT kit Using the TIREFIT kit You can use the TIREFIT kit to seal small punctures particularly those in the tire tread You can use TIREFIT at outside temperatures down to 4 F 20 C A Warning TIREFIT is a limited repair device TIREFIT cannot be used for cuts or punctures larger than approximately 0 16 in 4 mm and tire Flat tire damage caused by driving with extremely low tire inflation pressure or on a flat tire or a damaged wheel Do not drive the vehicle under such circumstances Contact the neare
182. ay gt page 231 typical adult or an individual that is the size of a typical adult has been detected on the passenger seat the system then determines the occupant cannot be a child A Warning If the 3 Pass ar sasaa indicator lamp illuminates and remains illuminated when the weight of a typical adult or someone larger than a small individual has been detected on the passenger seat the system then determines the occupant cannot be a child Do not allow any occupant to use the passenger seat until the system has been repaired Problem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The Xj Pass air saca The OCS is malfunctioning indicator lamp doesnot Make sure there is nothing between the seat cushion and the illuminate and or does child seat not remain illuminated when the weight of a typical 12 month old gt Check the installation of the child restraint system gt Make sure there are no objects applying additional weight onto child in a standard child the seat restraint or less gt Make sure there are no objects applying additional weight onto unoccupied child the seat Head restraints that press against the roof or books restraint has been that are behind or trapped between the seat for example apply detected on the front force to the seat OCS senses such forces as additional weight passenger seat gt If the Xj Pass ar sasaa indicator lamp does not illum
183. ay message ceecee 246 Setting on board computer 226 DVD audio on board computer 219 Es EASY ENTRY feature 3rd row Of SEATS sccsenceseseseees Activating deactivating on board Computer ee eeeeeeeeeeeneeees 225 EASY EXIT feature 0 eeeeeeee 107 3rd row Of SEATS 2 sesccseeceeecozseees 101 Crash reSpOnsive 00 eeseeeeeeeseeees 107 EASY PACK cargo compartment management system 00 271 EASY PACK load securing kit 271 EBD Electronic Brake force Distribution Display message esee 236 F ncton Notes sessies re 68 Electrical fuses see Fuses Electronic Brake force Distribution see EBD Electronic Stability Program see ESP Electronic Traction Support see 4ETS Emergency call see mbrace Emergency release Fuel filler flap s c ecsscsecesscopeccasess 161 WOMIGIOScissscbs cesta insiactssschessesenadestsgiaass 80 Emergency running mode Automatic transmission s s s 157 Emergency spare wheel Storage lOCALOM s scs vsescvessenseeeeseoss 311 Emergency tensioning device Function Safety guidelines Emissions purification Service and warranty information Engine Irregular running Starting problems Starting the engine with the key Starting with KEYLESS GO SWILCHINE Off sssscvsvecesesssscdsscedspsonscess Warning lamp engine diagnostics Engine electronics Malfunction Engine emergency stop Engine number Engine oil Adding Checking t
184. aying a service message on board Computer sisses 299 Service products AdBlue special additives 367 Brake fluid Senna 369 Coolant Engine s sssssisssssssesss 369 EniSim Oessoeri 368 Filling capacity seeen 365 RU S EAEE e AAAA 366 Important safety notes 0 0 0 0 364 NOECS occ ETEA 364 Refrigerant air conditioning SYSTEM sc csssceccsvseecstiaeess Washer fluid Settings Factory on board computer On board computer Shift ranges 00 eee Side impact air bag 00 0 ee Side marker lamp display message neers 239 Side windows Convenience closing feature 87 Convenience opening feature 86 Hinged side windows ce eee 86 Important safety information 84 Opening closing Resetting csssssccsssccteiscesencseeceees Troubleshooting Sliding sunroof Important safety information 88 TROUDIGSHOOEING sirere 90 see Tilt sliding sunroof SmartKey Changing the battery ce 76 Changing the programming 75 Checking the battery sessies Important safety notes MalUNGION 5 ix ernee seventies retecses Snow chains c eet eeeteeeees Dashboard Front passenger footwell Luggage compartment 0 0 Rear Compartment sceeeeeeeees SOS see mbrace Spare wheel Notes data cossirs ionin Storage lOCAtION assises ceist see Emergency spare wheel Speedometer Additional speedomete
185. ays carry children in a rearward facing child restraint system on a rear seat if it is absolutely necessary to install a rearward facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat make sure the Zis pass ar eac indicator lamp is illuminated indicating that the front passenger front air bag is disabled If the Zj Pass ar sasaa indicator lamp does not light up or goes out when the child restraint system is installed check the anchorages of the restraint system Check the Zi pass ar saca indicator lamp regularly while driving to ensure that the Zis pass ar sacan indicator lamp is illuminated If the 3 Pass ar sacan indicator lamp lights up or remains out you may only carry a child on the front passenger seat once the system has been repaired A child in a rear facing child restraint on the passenger seat will be seriously injured or even killed if the passenger front air bag inflates Occupant safety lets e when securing a child in a child restraint system on the front passenger seat you must move the front passenger seat as far back as possible use a child restraint system that is suitable for the age size and weight of the child observe the manufacturer s installation instructions in order to install and secure the child restraint system correctly e for children larger than the typical 12 month old child the passen
186. blocked two times will cause the sliding sunroof to close without the anti entrapment feature for as long as you hold the switch Opening and closing 4 an SJOJIIU pue J294M Suliae s sjeas K 94 94 95 105 108 110 Memory functions c0000 Steering wheel ccseeeeeeeees Mirrors eese e eee ee Correct driver s seat position Seats 2 03 0 eee s Vehicle equipment 05 ra Correct driver s seat position Seats steering wheel and mirrors Ls Vehicle equipment This manual describes all the standard and optional equipment of your vehicle which was available at the time of purchase Country specific differences are possible Bear in mind that your vehicle may not feature all functions described here This also refers to safety related systems and functions Correct driver s seat position Observe the important safety notes on gt page 95 gt Check whether you have adjusted seat properly Electrical seat adjustment gt page 96 When adjusting the seat make sure e you are as far away from the driver s air bag as possible e you are sitting in a normal upright position e you can fasten the seat belt properly 7 USA only e you have moved the backrest to an almost vertical position e you have set the seat cushion angle so that your thighs are gently supported e you can depress the pedals properly gt Check whet
187. bn p m Adapt your driving style to suit the vehicle level ESP cannot reduce the risk of an accident if you drive too fast ESP cannot override the laws of physics H When driving on extremely rough terrain select a high vehicle level in good time Make sure that there is always sufficient ground clearance to prevent damage to the vehicle H Remove the key from the ignition before raising one or more wheels with the appropriate equipment Information on Off road driving see gt page 173 Vehicles without the extended Off Road Pro engineering package Basic setting The extent to which the vehicle is raised or lowered depends on the basic setting selected Select e Raised level for off road driving e Highway high speed level for normal roads ia Driving and parking Driving systems The individual vehicle levels differ from highway level as follows e 2 3 in 60 mm in raised level e 0 in 0 mm in highway level e 0 6 in 15 mm in high speed level Raised level Only select raised level if this is appropriate for the road conditions Otherwise fuel consumption increases and handling may be affected Your selection remains stored even if you remove the key from the ignition lock gt Start the engine If indicator lamp is not lit gt Press button 4 The vehicle rises to raised level While the adjustment is taking place a message appears in the multifunc
188. by adjusting the seat and steering wheel If you have any difficulties please contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center e Do not lean your head or chest close to the steering wheel or dashboard e Keep hands on the outside of the steering wheel rim Placing hands and arms inside the rim can increase the risk and potential severity of hand arm injury when the driver front air bag inflates Adjust the front passenger seat as far back as possible from the dashboard when the seat is occupied Occupants especially children should never place their bodies or lean their heads in the area of the door where the side impact air bag inflates This could result in serious injuries or death should the side impact air bags be deployed Always sit as upright as possible wear the seat belt properly and use an appropriately sized child restraint infant restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child Canada only Children 12 years old and under must never ride in the front seat except in an authorized Mercedes Benz child restraint that is compatible with the BabySmart child restraint system The BabySmart air bag deactivation system installed in the vehicle will deactivate the front passenger front air bag when it is installed properly Otherwise the child could be struck by the air bag when it inflates in a crash This could lead to serious or fatal injury Failure to follow these instructions can result
189. ccupant compartment during a collision or sudden maneuver The cargo net cannot prevent the movement of large heavier objects into the passenger compartment in an accident Such items must be properly secured using the cargo tie down rings in the cargo compartment floor Passenger use of seats behind installed cargo net is restricted because of the footwell being taken up by the net When the vehicle is loaded with objects that extend beyond the seat backrests using a cargo net is particularly important For reasons of safety a cargo net should always be used when transporting cargo Preparing the cargo net The cargo net can be used in two different positions behind the B pillar or the C pillar gt M rs e The brackets behind B pillar are required for the cargo compartment enlargement gt page 266 The corresponding cargo tie down rings to tighten the net are located in the footwell of the rear bench seat gt page 268 e The brackets behind C pillar are required for the cargo compartment behind the 2nd row of seats The corresponding cargo tie down rings for tensioning the net are in the cargo compartment or on the backrests of the folded down 3rd row of seats gt page 268 gt Undo the two Velcro fasteners of the safety net stowage gt Unroll and unfold the cargo net The upper and lower guide rods must engage audibly Attaching the cargo net Cargo net attached behind the C pillar
190. cedes Benz vehicles Damage or malfunctions can result that are not covered e by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty e by an existing Limited Warranty e by an extended Limited Warranty 2 Technical data AdBlue Important safety guidelines For BlueTEC vehicles only AdBlue is a non flammable non toxic colorless odorless and water soluble fluid H Only use AdBlue that complies with ISO 22241 Do not add any special additives to AdBlue and do not thin AdBlue with water This could destroy the BlueTEC exhaust gas aftertreatment kcal Technical data H Rinse surfaces that have come into contact with AdBlue immediately with water or remove AdBlue using a damp cloth and cold water If the AdBlue has already crystallized use a sponge and cold water to clean it AdBlue residues crystallize after time and contaminate the affected surfaces High outside temperatures If AdBlue is heated to above 122 F 50 C for an extended period of time e g due to direct sunlight on the AdBlue tank AdBlue may start to decompose Ammonia vapors develop as a result A Warning When opening the filler cap of the AdBlue tank ammonia gas vapors may escape Refill AdBlue in a well ventilated area only Ammonia gas vapors have a pungent odor and are particularly irritating for your skin mucous membranes and eyes Inhaling ammonia gas vapors will cause burning eyes nose and throat as well as coughing and
191. chains which have been specially approved for your vehicle by Mercedes Benz or are of a corresponding standard of quality H Vehicles with the Adaptive Damping System ADS do not drive in ADS SPORT mode if snow chains have been mounted The vehicle may otherwise be damaged H There is not enough space for snow chains on some wheel sizes Observe the information under Tires and wheels in the Technical Data section to avoid damage to the vehicle or the wheels e Only use snow chains when driving on an area completely covered by snow Do not exceed the maximum permissible speed of 30 mph 50 km h Remove the snow chains as soon as possible when you are no longer driving on snow covered roads e Local regulations may restrict the use of snow chains Applicable regulations must be observed if you wish to mount snow chains e Snow chains must not be mounted on emergency spare wheels If you intend to mount snow chains please bear the following points in mind e you may not attach snow chains to all wheel tire combinations see the Tires and wheels section in the Technical data chapter e mount snow chains only in pairs and only on the rear wheels Observe the manufacturer s installation instructions H if snow chains are mounted on the front wheels the snow chains could grind against the bodywork or components of the chassis This could result in damage to the vehicle or the tires H Vehicles with steel wheels
192. child restraint system s metal parts for example could become very hot and the child could be burned by these parts A Warning Do not carry heavy or hard objects in the passenger compartment or cargo compartment unless they are firmly secured in place Unsecured or improperly positioned cargo increases a child s risk of injury in the event of e strong braking maneuvers e sudden changes of direction e an accident You can open a door from inside the vehicle even if it has been locked unless the child proof locks have been activated gt page 64 Open the door only when the traffic conditions permit If the vehicle has been opened with the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO key opening from inside triggers the anti theft alarm system Switch off the alarm gt page 69 gt Pull door handle If the door is locked locking knob C pops up The door is unlocked and can be opened You can centrally lock or unlock the vehicle from the inside This feature may be useful if for example you wish to unlock the front passenger door from the inside or lock the vehicle before you pull away The central locking unlocking button does not lock or unlock the fuel filler flap The buttons are located on both front doors You cannot unlock the vehicle centrally from the inside if the vehicle has been locked with the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO It is only possible to lock the vehicle centrally if the front passenger door
193. cle weight rating is specified on the vehicle Definitions for tires and loading identification plate on the B pillar on the driver s side Maximum weight of the laden vehicle The maximum weight is the sum of the unladen weight of the vehicle the weight of the accessories the maximum load and the weight of the optional equipment installed at the factory Kilopascal kPa Metric unit for tire pressure 6 9 kPa is the equivalent of 1 psi Another unit for tire pressure is bar 100 kilopascal kPa is the equivalent of 1 bar Load index In addition to the load bearing index the load index may also be imprinted on the sidewall of the tire This specifies the load bearing capacity more precisely Unladen weight The weight of a vehicle with standard equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel oil and coolant It also includes the air conditioning system and optional equipment if these are installed on the vehicle but does not include passengers or luggage Por Tires and wheels Maximum tire load The maximum tire load in kilograms or pounds is the maximum weight for which a tire is approved Maximum permissible tire pressure Maximum permissible tire pressure for one tire Le Tires and wheels Definitions for tires and loading Maximum load on one tire This is calculated by dividing the maximum axle load of one axle ion lt 2 Standard unit of measurement for tire pressure Re
194. conditions when doing this gt Depress the parking brake gt Carry out the gear change process again If the gear change process has been carried out the Stop vehicle engage parking brake message disappears Differential lock General notes Differential locks are available only in vehicles with the Off Road Pro engineering package Your vehicle is equipped with the following e A differential lock for the transfer box this controls the balance between the front and rear axles e A differential lock for the rear axle this controls the balance between the wheels and the rear axle Differential locks improve the vehicle s traction 4ETS gt page 67 controls the balance between the wheels on the front axle Information on Off road driving see gt page 173 Information about the differential and differential locks When the vehicle is driving around a curve the wheels on the outside of the curve have to cover a greater distance and therefore have to turn faster than the wheels on the inside The differential a transmission in the drive train balances these different rotational speeds out making cornering possible The disadvantage of a differential the wheels with the least grip are driven the hardest Example one wheel on a driven axle is on a snow covered surface and therefore has no traction This wheel has the most driving force since the differential distributes most of the force to the wheel wit
195. control If the 3 ass arean indicator lamp is unit will not allow front passenger front air bag illuminated the front passenger front air bag deployment when the OCS has classified the is deactivated and will not be deployed front passenger seat occupant as weighting as much as or less than a typical 12 month old child in a standard child restraint or if the front passenger seat is classified as being empty b gt za Occupant safety Safety If the 3 Pass ar sacan indicator lamp is not illuminated the front passenger front air bag is activated and will be deployed e in the event of certain frontal impacts e if impact exceeds a preset deployment threshold e independently of the side impact air bags If the front passenger front air bag is deployed the rate of inflation will be influenced by the rate of relevant vehicle deceleration as assessed by the air bag control unit e the front passenger s weight category as identified by the OCS For further information see Air bag display messages gt page 231 A Warning Accident statistics show that children secured in the rear seats are safer than children secured in the front passenger seat For this reason we strongly advise that you always secure children in the rear seats Regardless of the seat position children under 12 years must be secured correctly in a suitable infant or child restraint system or booster seat suitable f
196. coolant type and the cooling system design The renewal interval in the Service Booklet is only valid if the coolant is added or renewed with Mercedes Benz approved products Therefore only use MB 326 0 antifreeze corrosion inhibitor or another Mercedes Benz approved product of the same specification Information on other Mercedes Benz approved products of the same specification can be obtained at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center or on the Internet at http bevo mercedes benz com The coolant is checked at every service date at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The antifreeze corrosion inhibitor concentration in the cooling system should e beat least 50 This will protect the cooling system against freezing down to around 35 F 37 C e not exceed 55 antifreeze protection down to 49 F 45 C otherwise heat will not be dissipated as effectively If the coolant level is too low MB 326 0 antifreeze corrosion inhibitor should be added Have the cooling system checked for leaks Windshield and headlamp cleaning system A Warning Washer solvent antifreeze is highly flammable Do not spill washer solvent antifreeze on hot engine parts because it may ignite and burn You could be seriously burned gt Use MB Windshield Washer Concentrate MB SummerFit gt At temperatures above freezing add 1 part MB SummerFit to 100 parts water e g 1 34 fl oz 40 ml MB SummerFit to 1 gal 4 0 I of water
197. could become very hot and the child could be burned by these parts Z Warning Do not carry heavy or hard objects in the passenger compartment or cargo compartment unless they are firmly secured in place Unsecured or improperly positioned cargo increases a child s risk of injury in the event of e strong braking maneuvers e sudden changes of direction e an accident General information If you cannot open or lock the vehicle with the SmartKey either the battery in the SmartKey is empty the SmartKey is faulty or the vehicle battery is discharged gt Check the battery in the SmartKey and replace it if necessary gt page 76 gt Unlock the driver s door using the mechanical key gt page 75 gt Lock the vehicle using the mechanical key gt page 75 gt Have the vehicle battery and battery contacts checked by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If the SmartKey is faulty contact Roadside Assistance or an authorized Mercedes Benz Center SmartKey functions General notes USA only This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC regulations Operation is subject to the following conditions 1 This device must not cause any harmful interference and 2 This device must be able to accommodate interference that is received including interference which could cause unwanted functions Unapproved modifications to this device may lead to withdrawal of permission to operate it Canada only This
198. ctive e g a Roadside Assistance call or an MB info call In this case an emergency call will take priority and override all other active calls The indicator lamp of the respective button flashes until the call is ended An emergency call can only be terminated by the Response Center All other calls can be ended by pressing the button on the multifunction steering wheel or the corresponding button for ending a telephone call on COMAND When an mbrace call has been initiated COMAND is muted The mobile phone is no longer connected to COMAND If you must use your mobile phone we recommend that you do this only when the vehicle is stationary and in a safe location Downloading destinations in COMAND Information on the components and operating principles of COMAND can be found in the separate COMAND operating instructions Destination Download gives you access to a database with over 10 million points of interest POIs which can be downloaded onto the navigation system of your vehicle If you know the destination you can download the address or obtain the location of points of interest POIs or important destinations in the surrounding area You are prompted to confirm route guidance to the entered address gt Select Yes using the lt q select on COMAND gt Press the x button on COMAND to confirm button or The system calculates the route and subsequently start
199. d gt Make sure that the SmartKey is in position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt Press button for the right hand exterior mirror or button 3 for the left hand exterior mirror The indicator lamp in the corresponding button lights up in red The indicator lamp goes out again after some time You can adjust the selected mirror using adjustment button as long as the indicator lamp is lit gt Press adjustment button up down to the right or to the left until the exterior mirror is set to a position that provides you with a good overview of traffic conditions Folding the exterior mirrors in or out electrically gt Make sure that the SmartKey is in position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt Briefly press button Q Both exterior mirrors fold in or out Make sure that the exterior mirrors are always folded out fully while the vehicle is in motion as they may otherwise vibrate If you are driving faster than 30 mph 47 km h you can no longer fold in the exterior mirrors Resetting the exterior mirrors If the battery has been disconnected or completely discharged the exterior mirrors must be reset The exterior mirrors will otherwise not fold in when you select the Fold in mirrors when locking function in the on board computer gt page 226 gt Make sure that the SmartKey is in position 1 in the ignition lock gt Briefly press button Q Folding the exterior mirrors in or out
200. d for another second gt Make sure that the tilt sliding sunroof can be opened or closed fully again using the opening closing process gt page 89 gt If the tilt sliding sunroof can be raised fully at the rear it is set correctly If this is not the case you must repeat the previously described steps Problems with the sliding sunroof Problem the sunroof cannot be closed and you cannot see the cause Z Warning You could be severely or even fatally injured when closing the sliding sunroof with increased closing force or if the anti entrapment feature is deactivated Make sure that nobody can become trapped when closing the sliding sunroof If the sliding sunroof is obstructed during closing gt Immediately after the sliding sunroof blocks pull the __ switch in the overhead control panel down to the point of resistance and hold it until the sliding sunroof is closed The sliding sunroof is closed with increased force If the sliding sunroof is obstructed during closing again gt Immediately after the sliding sunroof blocks pull the __ switch in the overhead control panel down to the point of resistance and hold it until the sliding sunroof is closed The sliding sunroof is closed without the anti entrapment feature Sliding sunroof Lee A Warning Pressing and holding the sliding sunroof switch to close the sliding sunroof immediately after it had been
201. d or deformed wheels could result in a loss of tire pressure and damage the tire bead Therefore check the wheels before driving off road and replace them if necessary Check list after driving off road A Warning If you feel a sudden significant vibration or ride disturbance or you suspect that possible damage to your vehicle has occurred you should turn on the hazard warning flashers carefully slow down and drive with caution to an area which is a safe distance from the road Inspect the tires and the vehicle underbody for possible damage If the vehicle appears Driving tips unsafe have the vehicle towed to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center or tire dealer for repairs Driving over rough terrain places greater demands on your vehicle than driving on normal roads After driving off road check the vehicle This allows you to detect damage promptly and reduce the risk of an accident to yourself and other road users gt Deactivate the off road drive program gt page 204 or the LOW RANGE off road gear gt page 157 gt Deactivate DSR gt page 203 gt Set the differential lock setting to AUTO on the selector wheel gt page 207 gt Lower the vehicle level again to a level suitable to the road conditions e g to the highway high speed level gt Clean the headlamps and rear lights and check for damage gt Clean the front and rear license plates gt Clean the wheels tires wheel arch and
202. d selected on the on board computer The steeper the downhill gradient the greater the DSR braking effect on the vehicle When driving on flat stretches of road or on an uphill gradient the DSR braking effect is minimal or non existent The speed is set to 4 mph 6 km h at the factory you can adjust this in the on board computer gt page 226 A Warning Downhill Speed Regulation DSR is a convenience system designed to assist the driver during vehicle operation The system setting must be appropriate to the topographical and weather conditions encountered which can change quickly The driver is responsible for the vehicle speed and for safe brake operation at all times Depending on the programmed speed actual vehicle speed and gradient switching on DSR while driving can cause the vehicle to slow down rapidly and you may hear a sound caused by the activation of the vehicle s brake system through DSR Sudden and unexpected deceleration can result in loss of vehicle control causing an accident and or serious personal injury to you and others Do not switch on DSR in a situation where rapid deceleration could result in a loss of vehicle control DSR controls the set speed when it is active and the automatic transmission is in the D Off road driving systems R or N position You can drive at a higher or a lower speed than that set on the on board computer at any time by accelerating or braking A Warning If you d
203. dashboard e fuse box in the engine compartment on the right hand side of the vehicle when viewed in the direction of travel e fuse box in the cargo compartment on the right hand side of the vehicle when viewed in the direction of travel The fuse allocation chart is located in the vehicle tool kit gt page 310 in the stowage compartment under the trunk floor H Do not use a pointed object such as a screwdriver to open the cover in the dashboard You could damage the dashboard or the cover gt To open pull cover outwards in the direction of the arrow and remove it gt To close clip in cover Q on the front of the dashboard gt Fold cover Q inwards until it engages gt Open the hood gt page 294 Example shows GL 450 GL 350 BlueTEC GL 550 is similar gt Remove any existing moisture from the fuse box using a dry cloth gt To open open clamps 2 gt Fold up cover Q and remove it towards the front of the vehicle gt To close check whether the rubber seal is lying correctly in cover Q gt Insert cover Q at the rear of the fuse box into the retainer gt Fold down cover Q and close clamps H The cover must be seated properly otherwise moisture or dirt could impair the function of the fuses gt Close the hood gt page 295 gt Open the tailgate S gt To open insert a suitable object e g a coin into the slot of release button Q on
204. dditional forces are applied to the Manual seat the weight the system detects may be too low gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Engage the parking brake gt Switch off the ignition gt Have the occupant get out of the vehicle gt Set the seat higher gt page 96 gt Make sure that no objects are exerting force on the seat e g books bags etc lying under behind or beside the seat These forces may otherwise cause the system to detect too low a weight and interpret the seat occupant s weight as less than it actually is gt Make sure that the seat is unoccupied and has no objects placed on it close the front passenger door and switch on the ignition Observe the 3 rass air sacl gt page 42 indicator lamps and the multifunction display and check the following Seat unoccupied and ignition switched on e the Xa Pass ar sasaa indicator lamp must light up and remain lit When the indicator lamp is on OCS gt page 42 has disabled the front passenger air bag e the display messages Front Passenger Airbag Enabled See Operator s Manual or Front Passenger Airbag Disabled See Operator s Manual cannot appear in the multifunction display Wait for a period of at least 60 seconds until the necessary system checks have been completed and to make sure that the display messages do not appear in the multifunction di
205. display in the multifunction display shows P Starting procedure with the SmartKey gt To start a gasoline engine turn the SmartKey to position 3 in the ignition lock gt page 147 and release it as soon as the engine is running gt To start a diesel engine turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock gt page 147 The 00 preglow indicator lamp in the instrument cluster lights up gt When the 00 preglow indicator lamp goes out turn the SmartKey to position 3 ing hi gt page 147 and release it as soon as the engine is running You can start the engine without preglow if the engine is warm Using KEYLESS GO to start the engine A Warning As long as the SmartKey is in your vehicle the vehicle can be started Therefore never leave children unattended in the vehicle as they could otherwise accidentally start the engine When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle A child s unsupervised access to a vehicle could result in an accident and or serious personal injury The Start Stop button can be used to start the vehicle without inserting the SmartKey in the ignition lock The SmartKey must be in the vehicle gt The Start Stop button must be inserted in the ignition lock To start the engine with the SmartKey instead of with KEYLESS
206. distance is set using the thumbwheel on the cruise control lever DISTRONIC is deactivated automatically when stopping e on flat stretches of road or on downhill gradients when the vehicle is stationary e while the vehicle is still moving on uphill gradients to prevent the vehicle from unexpectedly rolling back when DISTRONIC is deactivated If DISTRONIC is deactivated you will hear a warning tone gt To prevent the vehicle from rolling away apply the foot brake or parking brake Setting a speed A Warning Keep in mind that it may take a brief moment until the vehicle has made the necessary adjustments Increase or decrease the set vehicle speed to a value that the prevailing road conditions and legal speed limits permit Otherwise sudden and unexpected acceleration or deceleration of the vehicle could cause an accident and or serious injury to you and others gt Press the cruise control lever to the pressure point up Q for a higher speed or down 2 for a lower speed gt Keep the cruise control lever pressed until the desired speed is reached gt Release the cruise control lever The new speed is stored DISTRONIC is activated and adjusts the vehicle s speed to the new speed stored Setting in 1 mph Canada 1 km h increments gt Briefly press the cruise control lever to the pressure point up Q for a higher speed or down 2 for a lower speed The last speed stored is increased or reduced Se
207. do not lock when you brake This allows you to continue steering the vehicle when braking ABS works from a speed of about 5 mph 8 km h upwards regardless of road surface conditions ABS works on slippery surfaces even when you only brake gently The warning lamp in the instrument cluster lights up when the ignition is switched on It goes out when the engine is running Braking If ABS intervenes when braking you will feel a pulsing in the brake pedal gt If ABS intervenes continue to depress the brake pedal with force until the braking situation is over gt To make a full brake application depress the brake pedal with full force A Warning If the ABS malfunctions other driving systems such as the BAS or the ESP are also switched off Observe indicator and warning lamps that may come on as well as messages in the multifunction display that may appear If the ABS malfunctions the wheels may lock during hard braking reducing the steering capability and extending the braking distance The pulsating brake pedal can be an indication of hazardous road conditions and functions as a reminder to take extra care while driving Off road ABS An ABS system specifically suited to off road terrain is activated automatically if the off road drive program gt page 204 is activated or the LOW RANGE off road gear gt page 157 is selected At a speed below 18 mph 30 km h the front wheels loc
208. down situation However the accessibility of your vehicle will be determined by our authorized Mercedes Benz Service technician or the tow service provider on a case by case basis Additional charges may be applicable for a breakdown location determined not to be a reasonably accessible roadside location as determined by our authorized technician and tow service provider Change of address or ownership In the event of a change of address be sure to send in the Change of Address Notice found in the Service and Warranty Information Booklet or simply call the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center in the USA at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 or Customer Service in Canada at 1 800 387 0100 This will assist us in contacting you in a timely manner should the need arise If you sell your Mercedes please leave all literature with the vehicle to make it available to the next operator If you bought this vehicle used be sure to send in the Notice of Purchase of Used Truck found in the Service and Warranty Information Booklet or call the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center in the USA at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 or Customer Service in Canada at 1 800 387 0100 Vehicle operation outside the USA and Canada If you plan to operate your vehicle in foreign countries please be aware that e Service facilities or replacement parts may not be readily available e Unleaded gasoline for vehicles with
209. drive for a few minutes after cleaning Braking heats the brake discs and brake pads thus drying them The vehicle can then be parked up Cleaning the paintwork Scratches corrosive deposits areas affected by corrosion and damage caused by inadequate care cannot always be completely repaired In such cases visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Remove impurities immediately where possible whilst avoiding rubbing too hard gt Soak insect remains with insect remover and rinse off the treated areas afterwards gt Soak bird droppings with water and rinse off the treated areas afterwards gt Remove coolant brake fluid tree resin oils fuels and greases by rubbing gently with a cloth soaked in petroleum ether or lighter fluid gt Use tar remover to remove tar stains gt Use silicone remover to remove wax H Do not affix e stickers e films e magnetic plates or similar items Fs Maintenance and care Maintenance and care to painted surfaces You could otherwise damage the paintwork If water no longer forms beads on the painted surface paint care products should be used that have been approved and recommended by Mercedes Benz This is the case approximately every three to five months depending on climatic conditions and the care product used If dirt has entered the paint surface or the paintwork has become dull a paint cleaner shou
210. e indicator lamp in the instrument switch and the 2 indicator lamp in the cluster lights up instrument cluster light up gt To switch off the low beam If you set the light switch to S00 or 2 headlamps turn the light switch to _o while the engine is running the manual setting overrides the daytime running lamps Daytime running lamps Automatic headlamps Daytime running lamps in Canada In Canada the daytime running lamps A Warning function is required by law It can therefore If the light switch is set to auro the low beam not be deactivated headlamps will not come on automatically if it is foggy This could endanger you and gt Turn the light switch to o or auro i others Therefore turn the light switch to With the engine running depending on the Lights and windshield wipers ambient light either the daytime running ea iicg lamps or the low beam headlamps are The automatic headlamp feature is only an switched on aid The driver is responsible for the vehicle s If the low beam headlamps are switched lighting at all times on the gt indicator lamp on the light R switch and the 2 indicator lamp in the A Warning instrument cluster light up In low ambient lighting or foggy conditions only switch from position auro to 2 with the vehicle at a standstill in a safe location Switching from auto to 2 will briefly sw
211. e The TWR is the maximum permissible weight that the ball coupling of the trailer tow hitch can support Narrow bars tread wear bars that are distributed over the tire tread If the tire tread is level with the bars the wear limit of 4 in 1 6 mm has been reached Distribution of the vehicle occupants Distribution of vehicle occupants over designated seat positions in a vehicle Maximum permissible payload weight Nominal load and luggage load plus 68 kilograms 150 Ib multiplied by the number of seats in the vehicle Wheel tire combinations Points to remember A Warning Observe the Important safety information gt page 334 H For safety reasons Mercedes Benz recommends that you only use tires wheels and accessories which have been approved by Mercedes Benz specifically for your vehicle These tires have been specially adapted for use with the control systems such as ABS or ESP and are marked as follows e MO Mercedes Benz Original e MOE Mercedes Benz Original Extended tires with run flat characteristics e MO1 Mercedes Benz Original AMG Only use Mercedes Benz Original Extended tires on wheels that have been specifically approved by Mercedes Benz If you use other tires wheels and accessories Mercedes Benz cannot accept any responsibility for damage that may result from this Further information about tires wheels and approved combinations can be obtained from any authorized Me
212. e Check Tires Please correct the tire pressures Vehicle Display messages Simic io P or i to start engine Auxiliary Battery Malfunction Depress brake to shift out of P Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Due to a source of radio interference no signals can be received from the wheel sensors The tire pressure monitor is temporarily malfunctioning gt Drive on The TPMS restarts automatically as soon as the problem has been solved A Risk of accident The tire pressure in one or more tires has dropped suddenly gt Stop the vehicle without making any sudden steering or braking maneuvers Pay attention to the traffic conditions as you do so gt If necessary change the wheel gt page 350 A Risk of accident The tire pressure in one or more tires has dropped significantly gt Stop the vehicle without making any sudden steering or braking maneuvers Pay attention to the traffic conditions as you do so gt If necessary change the wheel gt page 350 gt Check the tire pressure If necessary correct the tire pressure gt page 341 The tire pressure is insufficient in at least one of the tires or the tire pressure difference between the wheels is too great gt Check the tire pressures at the next opportunity If necessary correct the tire pressure gt page 341 Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions You have attempted to start the engine with the transmission i
213. e command for vehicle remote unlocking has been received If you pull the tailgate handle for more than 20 seconds before receiving authorization for remote unlocking from the Response Center you must wait 15 minutes before you can pull on the handle of the tailgate again Stolen Vehicle Recovery Services If your vehicle has been stolen gt Contact the police The police will issue an incident report This report has a number gt This number will be forwarded to the Response Center together with your PIN The Response Center will then attempt to covertly contact the mbrace system The Response Center contacts you and the local law enforcement authority if the vehicle is located However only the law enforcement authority is informed of the location of the vehicle if the anti theft alarm system remains activated for longer than thirty seconds mbrace is automatically connected to the Customer Assistance Center Garage door opener Important safety notes Up to three different door and gate systems can be operated using the remote control integrated in the overhead control panel 40 USA only Certain garage door openers are not compatible with the integrated remote control If you experience difficulties with the programming of the integrated remote control contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call the following telephone assistance service e USA Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center on 1
214. e total of more than 30 calendar days Please send your written notice to Mercedes Benz USA LLC 2 Valid only for vehicles with a gasoline engine EA Introduction Customer Assistance Center One Mercedes Drive Montvale NJ 07645 0350 Maintenance The Service and Warranty Information Booklet describes all necessary maintenance work that should be performed at regular intervals Always have the Service and Warranty Information Booklet with you when you bring the vehicle to an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The service advisor will record each service in the Service and Warranty Information Booklet for you Roadside Assistance The Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance Program provides factory trained technical help in the event of a breakdown Calls to the toll free Roadside Assistance number will be answered by Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Representatives 24 hours a day 365 days a year 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 USA 1 800 387 0100 Canada For additional information refer to the Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance Program brochure in the USA or the Roadside Assistance section of the Service and Warranty Information Booklet in Canada You will find both in your vehicle literature portfolio In accordance with standard program guidelines Roadside Assistance is prepared to provide vehicle service up until a reasonable distance from the next paved roadway We will make every effort to assist in a break
215. e 132 Only change the temperature setting in small increments Start at 72 F 22 C REAR OFF For Canada only gt To increase reduce the rear compartment temperature using the front control panel turn the SmartKey in the ignition lock to position 2 gt Press the 4 4 button The display changes to rear compartment climate control gt Turn control clockwise or counter clockwise gt page 132 Only change the temperature setting in small increments Start at 72 F 22 C To return to the standard display press the 4 button Climate control jy The rear display changes to the standard display automatically after three seconds gt To increase reduce the temperature in the rear compartment using the rear control panel turn the SmartKey in the ignition lock to position 2 gt Turn thumbwheel 8 2 clockwise or counter clockwise gt page 132 Only change the temperature setting in small increments Start at 72 F 22 C Climate control lac Setting the air distribution Multi zone automatic climate control you can set the air distribution individually for the driver s and front passenger sides Front control unit directs the airflow through the defroster vents 4 directs the airflow through the defroster vents directs the airflow through the defroster vents w directs the airflow through the footwell and side air
216. e 356 I igctcle in 1 laneeerreree mer ereerrerrrnrrere 349 TWR permissible trailer drawbar noseweight definition 356 Uniform tire quality classification standards definition eee 354 Unladen weight definition 355 Wear indicator definition 356 Wheel rim definition 0 0 0 0 355 Tires and wheels important safety information 2 sci sseecscdeeesanes 334 Top Tethers 62 Towing Important safety guidelines 327 Towing a trailer DIVINE UPS sscscccescsccssacessstechisenecseds 209 Towing away Installing the towing eye 327 Removing the towing eye 5 5 328 Trailer Coupling Up siisii 209 D COUPIING sccis iesin 211 Display message ssec 237 POWER SUPDPIY scisssescssriciecrersisssessis 212 TOWING oc scscassovacecesssvececoosscncecnesccees 210 Trailer loads and drawbar NOSEWEIHES 000 eee eee eceeeeeteeee 211 Trailer towing ee 155 Blind Spot Assist s e 202 E eee E 68 PARKTRONIG sesei ces cccsses cheeses staneenes 197 Transfer case 0 eee eeeeeeeeeeneeeees 157 SHIR TAN SOS perecre 158 Transmission position display 153 Transmission positions 154 Traveling uphill Brow of Millieri sienen 178 Driving downhill siscssccessccasesseseseceess 178 Maximum gradient climbing GAPADINIEY sasts2scaststescsasetcageseceteeoecaxs 178 Trip computer on board COMPUTER c5ccas5issGevestecaetssiecet
217. e Belt Adjustment gt Press the A or ZE button to select a different display Switching the fold in mirrors when locking function on off When you activate the Fold In Mirrors When Locking function the exterior mirrors are folded in when the vehicle is locked When you switch on the ignition the exterior mirrors fold out again If you have switched the function on and you fold the exterior mirrors in using the button on the door gt page 108 they will not fold out automatically The exterior mirrors can then only be folded out using the button on the door gt Press or CEI on the steering wheel to select the Settings menu gt Press to call up the selection of submenus gt Press the or Comfort submenu button to select the gt Press A to select Fold In Mirrors When Locking gt Press or to activate deactivate the Fold In Mirrors When Locking function gt Press the 4 or ZE button to select a different display Additional functions menu Switching the distance warning function on off This function is only available with DISTRONIC gt Press or CEI on the steering wheel to select the Additional functions menu gt Press the 4 or 52 button to select the Distance Warning function gt P
218. e E E eee 5 Sa ne A Warning Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the Loading the vehicle es P00 10 4520 31 Maximum permissible gross vehicle _ weight rating Details that are shown as examples on the Tire and Loading Information placard are only examples The maximum permissible gross vehicle weight rating is vehicle specific and may differ from that which is illustrated You can find the valid maximum permissible gross vehicle weight rating for your vehicle on the Tire and Loading Information placard JADING INFORMATION occupant exceed XXXX kg or Le pokds total des occupants et pepetan me doit jamais d passer XXXX kg ow JOOX ib s SEE OWNERS MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATIONS P40 00 2131 31 gt The Tire and Loading Information placard gives you details on maximum permissible gross vehicle weight rating Q The gross weight of occupants and luggage must never exceed XXX kilograms or XXX pounds The gross weight of all vehicle occupants cargo luggage and trailer load noseweight if applicable must not exceed the specified value lumber of seats l o Details that are shown as examples on Tire and Loading Information placard are only examples The number of seats is vehicle specific and can differ from the details shown The number of seats in your vehicle can be found on
219. e NECK PRO luxury head it You can be seriously injured or killed b gt Ea Occupant safety Correct use of the seat belt Safety In the same crash the possibility of injury or death is lessened if you are properly wearing your seat belt The air bags can only protect as intended if the occupants are properly wearing their seat belts A Warning Never ride in a moving vehicle with the seat backrest in an excessively reclined position as this can be dangerous You could slide under the seat belt in a collision If you slide under it the seat belt would apply force at the abdomen or neck That could cause serious or even fatal injuries The seat backrest and seat belt provide the best restraint when the wearer is in a position that is as upright as possible and the seat belt is properly positioned on the body A Warning Never let more people ride in the vehicle than there are seat belts available Make sure everyone riding in the vehicle is correctly restrained with a separate seat belt Never use a seat belt for more than one person at a time A Warning Damaged seat belts or seat belts that have been subjected to stress in an accident must be replaced and their anchoring points must also be checked Only use seat belts which have been approved by Mercedes Benz Do not make any modifications to the seat belts This can lead to unintended activation of the ETDs or to their failure to activate when necessary
220. e assistance Jumper cables and further information about jump starting can be obtained from any authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Make sure that the two vehicles do not touch gt Apply the parking brake firmly 43 Only vehicles with a gasoline engine 44 Only vehicles with a gasoline engine Roadside assistance Jump starting gt Shift the transmission to position P gt Switch off all electrical consumers e g radio blower etc gt Open the hood gt page 294 P54 10 3199 31 Position number identifies the charged battery of the other vehicle or an equivalent jump starting device H Never swap the terminal connections gt Lift up cover Q of positive terminal 2 in the direction of the arrow gt Connect positive terminal 2 on your vehicle to positive terminal 3 of donor battery using the jumper cable beginning with your own battery gt Start the engine of the donor vehicle and run it at idling speed gt Remove cover from earth point gt Connect negative terminal of donor battery to earth point of your vehicle using the jumper cable connecting the jumper cable to donor battery first gt Start the engine gt First remove the jumper cable from earth point and negative terminal then from positive terminal and positive terminal 3 each time disconnecting from the battery on your own vehicle first gt Have the battery checked at a qualified speciali
221. e automatically selects highway level if you are driving faster than 55 mph 88 km h Depending on the ADS setting the vehicle is lowered to high speed level at speeds higher than this If you are towing a trailer the vehicle is not lowered to high speed level Vehicles with the extended Off Road Pro engineering package Basic settings The extent to which the vehicle is raised or lowered depends on the basic setting selected Select e Off road level 3 for freeing the vehicle in impassable terrain at low speeds only e Off road level 2 for driving on normal off road terrain e Off road level 1 for driving on easily negotiable off road terrain e Highway high speed level for normal roads The individual vehicle levels differ from highway level as follows e 3 5 in 90 mm in off road level 3 e 2 3 in 60 mm in off road level 2 e 1 2 in 30 mm in off road level 1 e 0 in 0 mm in highway level e 0 6 in 15 mm in high speed level Off road levels A Warning Vehicle off road level 3 is not intended for use on paved roads This vehicle level is intended for clearing impracticable situations at low speed exclusively The vehicle has a very high center of gravity in off road level 3 This increases the overturning hazard b0 a ge oo p m e Select off road level 3 exclusively for clearing impracticable situations at low speed e Adapt your driving style to
222. e crossbars or loading items on them Each individual step of the installation instructions the warning notices the general safety precautions and the instructions for use must be followed exactly If the crossbars are not mounted correctly they and the objects attached to them could come loose from your vehicle and cause an accident thereby injuring you and other persons and or causing damage to property including damage to your vehicle A Warning Every time the crossbars are mounted before you set off on a journey and periodically during longer journeys check all the screws on the crossbars to make sure that they are secure and tighten them if necessary Repeat these checks at regular intervals as road surface conditions dictate and at least after every 1500 miles 2500 km of continuous use Otherwise the crossbars mounted accessories and the objects attached to them could come loose from the vehicle causing an accident thereby injuring you and other persons and or causing damage to property including damage to your vehicle Do not use lubricant on the screws of the crossbars The screws could work loose and the crossbars could become detached from your vehicle together with the objects attached to them causing an accident thereby injuring you and other persons and or causing damage to property including damage to your vehicle A Warning Only install the crossbars at the exact locations designated on the
223. e due to the following passenger seat occupant is classified as e objects hanging on the seat being up to or less than the weight of a typical 12 month old child in a standard child restraint the 8 pass amssceaa indicator lamp will illuminate when the engine is started and remain illuminated indicating that the front passenger front air bag is deactivated e objects lodged underneath the seat e objects lodged between the seat and the center console e objects lodged between the seat and the goar When the OCS senses that the front other passengers exerting weight on the passenger seat is classified as being empty seat the 3 pass arsaa indicator lamp will e objects applying pressure to the back of illuminate when the engine is started and the seat remain illuminated indicating that the front Make sure that the seat always has clearance passenger front air bag is deactivated in all directions When the OCS senses that the front If the front passenger seat the seat coveror passenger seat occupant is classified as the seat cushion are damaged have the being heavier than the weight of a typical necessary repair work carried out at an 12 month old child seated in a standard child authorized Mercedes Benz Center restraint or as being a small individual such For safety reasons Mercedes Benz as a young teenager or a small adult the recommends that you only use seat
224. e e nr 370 i Technical data Technical data Vehicle equipment This manual describes all the standard and optional equipment of your vehicle which was available at the time of purchase Country specific differences are possible Bear in mind that your vehicle may not feature all functions described here This also refers to safety related systems and functions Genuine Mercedes Benz parts All Mercedes Benz Centers maintain a supply of genuine Mercedes Benz parts for necessary service and repair work In addition strategically located parts delivery centers provide for quick and reliable parts service More than 300 000 different parts are available for Mercedes Benz models Genuine Mercedes Benz parts are subjected to stringent quality inspections Every part has been specifically developed manufactured or selected for and adapted to Mercedes Benz vehicles Only genuine Mercedes Benz parts should therefore be used H The use of non approved parts could impair the vehicle s safety For this reason Mercedes Benz recommends genuine Mercedes Benz parts and approved conversion parts and accessories for your vehicle model Environmental note Daimler AG also supplies reconditioned major assemblies and parts which are of the same quality as new parts They are covered by the same Limited Warranty entitlements as new parts Always specify the vehicle identification number and engine number when ordering 52 O
225. e following e Move steering wheel adjustment stalk e Press one of the memory position buttons e Press memory button M Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Children could open the driver s door and unintentionally activate the easy entry exit feature which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury gt Press or CEI on the steering wheel to select the Settings menu gt Press 4 to call up the selection of submenus gt Press the or Comfort submenu gt Press 4 to select the Easy entry Function function gt Press the or to activate or deactivate the Easy entry Function function gt Press the 4 or select a different display button to select the button to E Switching the belt adjustment on off Further information on belt adjustment gt page 56 gt Press or ZP on the steering wheel to select the Settings menu gt Press to call up the selection of submenus gt Press the or Comfort submenu gt Press the 4 button to select Belt Adjustment button to select the Py On board computer and displays fe Menus and submenus La On board computer and displays gt Press the or button to activate or deactivat
226. e following ADS Vehicle using six sensors in the front bumper settings and four sensors in the rear bumper e AUTO for normal driving situations indicator lamps and 8 are off e SPORT for sporty driving indicator lamp 2 is on In comparison to AUTO or COMF the vehicle is 0 6 in 15 mm lower e COMF for a more comfortable ride indicator lamp 3 is on gt Start the engine gt Press button Q repeatedly until the P54 65 3984 31 desired setting is selected Sensors in the front bumper left hand side example p TRONIC Range of the sensors Important safety notes The sensors must be free of dirt ice and lt functi vna slush otherwise they may not function correctly Clean the sensors regularly taking The PARKTRONIC is a supplemental system care not to scratch or damage them It is not intended to nor does it replace the gt page 303 ra Driving systems 160 50 ona 6 60 bd ray 40 20 O in 0 24 48 in P54 65 3985 31 Side view le Driving and parking 100 50 O cm 0 e0 120 cm 40 20 O in 0 24 48 in P54 65 3683 31 Top view Front sensors Center Approx 40 in 100 cm Corners Approx 24 in 60 cm Rear sensors Center Approx 48 in 120 cm Corners Approx 32 in 80 cm H When parking pay particular attention to objects above or below the sensors such as flower pots or trailer drawbars PARKTRONIC does not detect such objects when they are in the immediat
227. e is located behind the side trim panel in the cargo compartment Refueling Les gt Open the tailgate gt Open the right hand side trim panel gt page 123 i 20 3500 gt Pull emergency release Q in the direction of the arrow The fuel filler flap is unlocked gt Open the fuel filler flap fan Driving and parking P Refueling Problems with the fuel and fuel tank ES Driving and parking Problem Fuel is leaking from the vehicle The fuel filler flap cannot be opened The fuel tank in a diesel engine vehicle has been run completely dry and the engine will not start Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions A Risk of explosion or fire The fuel line or fuel tank is defective gt Turn the SmartKey to position 0 gt page 147 in the ignition lock immediately and remove it gt Do not restart the engine under any circumstances gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop The fuel filler flap is not released or The SmartKey batteries are discharged gt Unlock the vehicle using the mechanical key gt page 75 gt Open the tailgate gt Manually unlock the fuel filler flap using the emergency release gt page 161 The fuel filler flap is released but the opening mechanism is jammed gt Manually unlock the fuel filler flap using the emergency release gt page 161 gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop There is air in the fuel system gt Ref
228. e of each tire is shown in the multifunction display The tire pressure values in the on board computer may deviate from the inflation pressure as measured using a tire pressure checker at the filling station The tire pressures shown in the on board computer refer to pressures at sea level At high altitudes a tire pressure checker will display a higher tire pressure than the on board computer In this case do not reduce the tire pressure If radio transmitting equipment e g radio headphones a two way radio is operated in or near the vehicle this can lead to the function of the tire pressure monitor being impaired This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must withstand any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Checking the tire pressure electronically gt Make sure that the key is in position 2 gt page 147 in the ignition lock gt Press and hold the or ZF button on the multifunction steering wheel until the standard display appears in the multifunction display gt page 218 gt Press and hold the 4 or X7 button until the current tire pressure of each tire is shown in the multifunction display
229. e sizes example Some tire pressure tables only show the rim diameter instead of the complete tire size e g R18 The rim diameter is a component of the tire size and can be read from the tire sidewall gt page 351 P40 00 2182 31 For vehicles towing a trailer the fully laden value on the tire inflation pressure label located on the inside of the fuel filler flap is valid for the rear axle Tire pressure too low or too high Underinflated tires A Warning Follow recommended tire inflation pressures Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires wear excessively and or unevenly adversely affect handling and fuel economy and are more likely to fail from being overheated Underinflated tires can e wear excessively and or unevenly e adversely affect fuel economy e fail from being overheated e adversely affect handling Overinflated tires can A Warning Follow recommended tire inflation pressures Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tires can adversely affect handling and ride comfort wear unevenly increase stopping distance and result in sudden deflation blowout because they are more likely to become punctured or damaged by road debris potholes etc Overinflated tires can e adversely affect handling e wear excessively and or unevenly e be more likely to become damaged e adversely affect ride comfort e increase stopping distance Checking the tire pressures Important safety notes A
230. e steering wheel to select the Telephone menu You will see one of the following display messages in the multifunction display e Ready or the name of the network provider the mobile phone has found a network and is ready to receive e No Service No network is available Accepting a call If someone calls you when you are in the Telephone menu a display message appears in the multifunction display for example Call From Unknown N Do f gt Press on the steering wheel to accept an incoming call If you are not in the Telephone menu you can still accept a call Rejecting or ending a call A gt Press the wheel button on the steering If you are not in the Telephone menu you can still accept a call Dialing a number from the phone book You can enter new telephone numbers into the phone book via the mobile phone see the separate operating instructions If your mobile phone is operational you can select and dial a number from the phone book at any time gt Press or CEI on the steering wheel to select the Telephone menu gt Press the 2 or 52 button to select the desired name To start scrolling rapidly press and hold the Z or X7 button for longer than one second gt Press g to start dialing or gt If you do not want to make a call press the E button
231. e steering wheel to select the standard display Standard display Trip odometer Odometer You can select the following functions in the Standard display menu by pressing 4 or VE e tire pressure loss warning system gt page 339 Canada only e tire pressure monitor gt page 341 USA only e coolant temperature gt page 218 e digital speedometer or outside temperature gt page 218 e ASSYST PLUS service interval display gt page 299 gt To reset the trip odometer press and hold the R reset button in the instrument cluster until the trip odometer is reset Displaying the coolant temperature A Warning Driving when your engine is overheated can cause some fluids which may have leaked into the engine compartment to catch fire You could be seriously burned Steam from an overheated engine can cause serious burns which can occur just by opening the engine hood Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam coming from it Stop the vehicle in a safe location away from other traffic Turn off the engine get out of the vehicle and do not stand near the vehicle until the engine has cooled down gt Press or CEI on the steering wheel to select the standard display gt Press the 4 or lt 7 button to select the coolant temperature Under normal driving conditions with the correct anti corrosion and antifreeze additive concen
232. e up on the accelerator pedal e Adapt your speed and driving style to the prevailing road conditions Failure to observe these guidelines could cause the vehicle to skid The 4MATIC cannot prevent accidents resulting from excessive speed H Never tow the vehicle with one axle raised This may damage the transfer case Damage of this sort is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty All wheels must remain either on the ground or be fully raised Observe the instructions for towing the vehicle with all wheels in full contact with the ground 0 In wintry driving conditions the maximum effect of 4MATIC can only be achieved if you use winter tires M S tires with snow chains if necessary H When testing the parking brake operate the vehicle only briefly for a maximum of ten seconds ona brake test dynamometer When doing this turn the key to position 0 or 1 in the ignition Failure to do this can cause damage to the drive train or the brake system H Function or performance tests may only be performed on a 2 axle dynamometer If you wish to operate the vehicle on such a dynamometer please consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Center beforehand You could otherwise damage the drive train or the brake system Information on Off road driving see gt page 173 DSR Downhill Speed Regulation Important safety guidelines DSR is an aid to assist you when driving downhill It keeps the speed of travel at the spee
233. e vehicle is to be set in motion by other means e g in a car wash or by towing You can activate DISTRONIC in the following circumstances e if the engine has been started and you have been driving for up to two minutes e while driving except if you brake e if the parking brake is not applied e if ESP is activated e if the transmission is in position D Activating while driving When driving at speeds below 20 mph 30 km h you can only activate DISTRONIC PLUS if the vehicle in front has been detected and is shown in the multifunction display If the vehicle in front is not shown in the multifunction display and is no longer being detected because it has changed lanes for example DISTRONIC is deactivated and you hear a warning tone gt Briefly pull the cruise control lever towards you 4 or press it up C or down to the pressure point DISTRONIC is activated gt Keep the cruise control lever pressed up or down until the desired speed is set gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal Your vehicle adapts its speed to that of the vehicle in front but only up to the desired stored speed You can use the cruise control lever to set the stored speed and the thumbwheel on the cruise control lever to set the specified minimum distance gt page 185 If you do not fully release the accelerator pedal the DISTRONIC Override message appears in the multifunction display The set distance to
234. e vehicle s brake lights do not light up when the parking brake is engaged A Warning When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Children could release the parking brake and or shift the automatic transmission out of park position P either of which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury gt To apply depress parking brake 2 firmly When the engine is running the snake USA only or Q Canada only indicator lamp lights up in the instrument cluster gt To release depress the brake pedal and keep it depressed gt Pull release handle Q When the ignition is switched on or the engine is running the erake USA only or Canada only indicator lamp goes out in the instrument cluster Parking up the vehicle If you leave the vehicle parked up for longer than four weeks the battery may be damaged by exhaustive discharge gt Disconnect the battery or connect it to a trickle charger You can obtain information about trickle chargers from a qualified specialist workshop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If you leave the vehicle parked up for longer than six weeks the vehicle may suffer damage as a result of lack of use gt Visit a qualified spec
235. e vicinity of the vehicle You could damage the vehicle or the objects Ultrasonic sources such as an automatic car wash a truck s compressed air brakes or a pneumatic drill could cause PARKTRONIC to malfunction Minimum distance Center Approx 8 in 20 cm Corners Approx 6 in 15 cm If there is an obstacle within this range all warning displays light up and a warning tone sounds If the distance falls below the minimum the distance may no longer be shown Warning displays The warning displays show the distance between the sensors and the obstacle The warning display for the front area is located on the dashboard above the center air vents The warning display for the rear area is in the roof lamp in the rear compartment Warning display for the front area Segments on the left hand side of the vehicle Segments on the right hand side of the vehicle Segments showing operational readiness The warning display for each side of the vehicle is divided into five yellow and two red segments PARKTRONIC is operational if yellow segments showing operational readiness light up The selected transmission position determines which warning display is active when the engine is running Transmission Warning display position D Front area activated RorN Rear and front areas activated P No areas activated One or more segments light up as the vehicle approaches an obstacle depending on the vehicle s dista
236. easy entry exit feature is activated To stop steering wheel movement do one of the following e Move steering wheel adjustment stalk e Press one of the memory position buttons e Press memory button M Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Children could open the driver s door and unintentionally activate the easy entry exit feature which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury The EASY ENTRY EXIT feature makes getting in and out of your vehicle easier The steering wheel swings upwards when you e remove the key from the ignition lock e open the driver s door and KEYLESS GO is in position 1 e open the driver s door and the key is in position O or 1 in the ignition lock The steering wheel only moves upwards if it has not already reached the upper end stop The steering wheel is moved to the last selected position when e the driver s door is closed and e you insert the key into the ignition lock or e in vehicles with KEYLESS GO you press the Start Stop button once When you close the driver s door with the ignition switched on the steering wheel is also automatically moved to the previously set position The last position of the steering wheel is stored when you switch off the ignition or when you store the setting with the memory function gt page 110 You can activate and deactivate the EASY ENTRY EXIT feature in the o
237. ed If you then increase the speed again the message remains in the multifunction display The newly set level is not displayed T G until the vehicle has been set to a level If you drive faster than 60 mph 96 km h off suitable for the current speed road level 1 is canceled The vehicle is If you maintain or reduce your speed you will gwered to highway level see a message such as the following in the display while the vehicle is being lowered fee You will see a message in the multifunction display for example Driving and parking Off road Off road Szo NE 3 Max MPH The vehicle is lowered to off road level 2 E on the ADS setting gt page 194 Once off road level 2 has been reached you the vehicle is lowered to high speed level at will see a message in the multifunction higher speeds When you drive at under display for example 25 mph 40 km h again the vehicle is raised to highway level again SEIS OFF road Highway high speed level HE fod Z H Make sure that there is enough ground clearance when the vehicle is being lowered It could otherwise hit the ground damaging the underbody If you select an off road level when driving at too high a speed the Level Selection Not Permitted message appears in the multifunction display You can select from the following e Off road level 1 up to 60 mph 96 km h e Off road level 2 up to 40 mph 64 km h e Off road level 3 up to 12
238. ed to the wheel or wheels with traction Traction control remains active even if you deactivate ESP gt Activate the off road drive program gt page 204 or engage the LOW RANGE off road gear gt page 157 if appropriate for the driving conditions Safety a Off road 4ETS Electronic Traction System A 4ETS system specifically suited to off road terrain is activated automatically if the off road drive program is activated gt page 204 or the LOW RANGE off road gear gt page 157 is selected Deactivating activating ESP A Warning The ESP should not be switched off during normal driving other than in the circumstances described below Disabling the system will reduce vehicle stability in driving maneuvers Do not switch off the ESP when a spare wheel is mounted ESP is activated automatically when the engine is running It may be best to deactivate ESP in the following situations e when using snow chains e in deep snow e on sand or gravel Z Warning Activate ESP as soon as the situations described above no longer apply ESP will otherwise not be able to stabilize the vehicle if the vehicle starts to skid or a wheel starts to spin ra Driving safety systems If you deactivate ESP ESP no longer improves driving stability e the engine s torque is no longer limited and the drive wheels can spin The spinning of the wheels results in a cutting action which provides bet
239. eeac ie ssess SmartKey Opening and closing IBS Vehicle equipment This manual describes all the standard and optional equipment of your vehicle which was available at the time of purchase Country specific differences are possible Bear in mind that your vehicle may not feature all functions described here This also refers to safety related systems and functions SmartKey Important safety notes Z Warning When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey from the starter switch Always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle even if they are secured in a child restraint system or with access to an unlocked vehicle A child s unsupervised access to a vehicle could result in an accident and or serious personal injury The children could e injure themselves on parts of the vehicle e be seriously or fatally injured through excessive exposure to extreme heat or cold e injure themselves or cause an accident with vehicle equipment that can be operated even if the SmartKey is removed from the starter switch or removed from the vehicle such as seat adjustment steering wheel adjustment or the memory function If children open a door they could injure other persons or get out of the vehicle and injure themselves or be injured by following traffic Do not expose the child restraint system to direct sunlight The child restraint system s metal parts for example
240. eeeeeeeeeeeeees 242 Important safety guidelines SmartKey scessessceecsteceescsdecseseesaaceaies 75 JUMP StartiNg oo cece eeeeeeeeteeeeee 325 Replacing SmartKey seeeeee 76 Safety Notes cccceccesssseeeeeeeeeees 322 Belt see Seat belts Blind Spot Assist Activating deactivating on Hoard COMPUTED vesssiscdecsssssassssecerees 226 Display message ssec 246 FUNCtION NOTES sesesssrserrecererserrrrens 200 Trailer tOWINS sisese ei 202 BlueTEC TE EE EE EE 367 Adding AdBlue cccccceseseseeees 163 Brake fluid NOLES areare 369 Brake fluid level eee eeeeeeees 298 Brake lamp display message 238 Brakes NBS 2 ssesadsistasenscses cove REEE e raien enaiis 65 BAS cvaicsssenccgenstensntsctestissssoscaebie oaanseess 66 Brake fluid Notes es eeeeeeeeeees 369 Display message eec 236 Maintenance eiin 169 Parking brake sece 166 170 Warning lamp seeeseeeeeneeceeeeeees 254 Braking Important safety instructions 168 Breakdown see Accident notes see Flat tire Bulbs Backup lamp sisese cee eeseeeseeeeeeneeeees 123 High beam headlamps 645 122 License plate lamp eee eeeeeeeeeee 124 Low beam headlamps 00 121 IQVETWIEW asivsvscevesbatsstecesssonsececenseeoes 120 Parking lamps sessir 122 Rear fog AMP rreperi 123 Replacing csser eesis 123 Standing lamps front s s s 122 Turn signals front neee
241. eel right When the climate control panel is switched Center vent thumbwheel left on off the air supply through the rear compartment air vents is also switched on gt To open close turn thumbwheels off P and to the right or left Setting the side air vents 23 Vehicles with multi zone automatic climate control A Setting the air vents Center vents in the rear compartment 3rd row of seats Rear compartment air vent left Rear compartment air vent right Rear compartment air vent thumbwheel right Rear compartment air vent thumbwheel left gt To open close turn thumbwheels or 4 up or down Climate control Le Setting the rear compartment side air vents B pillar air vent B pillar air vent Thumbwheel for B pillar air vent rear Thumbwheel for B pillar air vent front gt To open close turn thumbwheels or 4 up or down ae gt BAY Vehicle equipment 0005 146 Notes on breaking in a new vehicle 146 Driving ccs ice terete reece een cee 146 Automatic transmission 152 Refueling 2 2 5 ee ee eee 159 Parking e comer E ES 165 Driving tips e a eee 167 Driving systems ccceceeeeeeee 179 Off road driving systems 202 Towing a trailer c eee 209 Driving and parking ER Driving and parking Driving This manual describes all the standard and
242. eens Stowage compartments Stowage areas ececeeceeeeesteeeees Vehicle equipment 05 Loading guidelines ee Stowage compartments Le Loading stowing and features Vehicle equipment This manual describes all the standard and optional equipment of your vehicle which was available at the time of purchase Country specific differences are possible Bear in mind that your vehicle may not feature all functions described here This also refers to safety related systems and functions Loading guidelines A Warning Always fasten items being carried as securely as possible Use cargo tie down rings and fastening materials appropriate for the weight and size of the load In an accident during hard braking or sudden maneuvers loose items will be thrown around inside the vehicle This can cause injury to vehicle occupants unless the items are securely fastened in the vehicle To help avoid personal injury during a collision or sudden maneuver exercise care when transporting cargo Do not pile luggage or cargo higher than the seat backrests The cargo compartment is the preferred place to carry objects Always use cargo tie down rings and if so equipped always use the cargo net when transporting cargo Never drive a vehicle with the tailgate open Deadly carbon monoxide CO gases may enter vehicle interior resulting in unconsciousness and death The gross vehicle weight
243. ehicle in motion A Warning Do not adjust the driver s seat while driving Adjusting the seat while driving could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle Never travel in a moving vehicle with the seat backrest in an excessively reclined position as this can be dangerous You could slide under the seat belt in a collision If you slide under it the seat belt would apply force at the abdomen or neck This could cause serious or fatal injuries The seat backrest and seat belts provide the best restraint when the wearer is in a position that is as upright as possible and seat belts are properly positioned on the body A Warning Your seat belt must be adjusted so that you can correctly fasten your seat belt Observe the following points e adjust the seat backrest until your arms are slightly angled when holding the steering wheel e adjust the seat to a comfortable seating position that still allows you to reach the accelerator brake pedal safely The position should be as far back as possible with the driver still able to operate the controls properly e adjust the head restraint so that it is as close to the head as possible and the center of the head restraint supports the back of the head at eye level e never place hands under the seat or near any moving parts while a seat is being adjusted Failure to do so could result in an accident and or serious personal injury A Warning The electrically adjustable
244. elease the brake pedal gt Carefully depress the accelerator pedal H if a warning tone sounds and the Release Park Brake message appears in the instrument cluster the parking brake is still applied Release the parking brake The vehicle locks centrally once you have pulled away The locking knobs in the doors drop down You can open the doors from the inside at any time You can also deactivate the automatic locking feature gt page 224 Upshifts take place at higher engine speeds after a cold start This helps the 150 Driving es Driving and parking catalytic converter to reach its operating temperature more quickly Hill start assist Hill start assist helps you when pulling away forwards or in reverse on an uphill gradient It holds the vehicle for a short time after you have removed your foot from the brake pedal This gives you enough time to move your foot from the brake pedal to the accelerator pedal and depress it before the vehicle begins to roll A Warning Never leave the vehicle when it is held by hill start assist After approximately one second hill start assist will no longer brake your vehicle and it could roll away gt Take your foot off the brake pedal Once you have taken your foot off the brake pedal the vehicle is held for around one second gt Pull away Hill start assist will not function if e you are pulling away on a level road or a downhill gradient e the tra
245. elt during travel to make sure it is properly positioned Never place your feet on the instrument panel dashboard or on the seat Always keep both feet on the floor in front of the seat When using a seat belt to secure infant restraints toddler restraints or children in booster seats always follow the child seat manufacturer s instructions A Warning Do not pass seat belts over sharp edges They could tear Do not allow the seat belt to get caught in the door or in the seat adjustment mechanism This could damage the seat belt Occupant safety eee Never attempt to make modifications to seat belts This could impair the effectiveness of the seat belts Fastening seat belts A Warning According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained on the rear seats than on the front passenger seat Thus we strongly recommend that children be placed in the rear seat whenever possible Regardless of seating position children 12 years old and under must be seated and properly secured in an appropriately sized child restraint system or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child For additional information see the Children in the vehicle section A child s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restraints are not properly secured in the vehicle and or the child is not properly secured in the child restraint A Warning Canada only children 12 ye
246. ensor The DISTRONIC b gt A Display messages O On board computer and displays Currently Unavailable See Operator s Manual message will be displayed in the multifunction display and DISTRONIC will be turned off Tires A Warning Do not drive with a flat tire A flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle You may lose control of the vehicle Continued driving with a flat tire will cause excessive heat build up and possibly a fire A Warning Follow recommended tire inflation pressures Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires wear excessively and or unevenly adversely affect handling and fuel economy and are more likely to fail from being overheated Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tires can adversely affect handling and ride comfort wear unevenly increase stopping distance and result in sudden deflation blowout because they are more likely to become punctured or damaged by road debris potholes etc Display messages Tire Pressure Check Tires Check tires then restart Run Flat Indicator Run Flat Indicator Inoperative lire pressure displayed after driving for a few minutes Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions A Risk of accident The tire pressure loss warning system has detected a significant loss in pressure gt Stop the vehicle without making any sudden steering or braking maneuvers Pay attention to the traffic conditions as you do so gt Check the t
247. ent display button to select the to set daytime running button to E Switching the surround lighting on off If you activate the surround lighting function and the light switch is set to auro the following will light up if it is dark and you unlock the vehicle using the SmartKey e the parking lamps e the license plate lamp e the tail lamps e the fog lamps e the low beam headlamps 2 e the side marker lamps The surround lighting switches off automatically after 40 seconds or when the driver s door is opened gt Press or CEI on the steering wheel to select the Settings menu gt Press 4 to call up the selection of submenus 31 Only for vehicles with front fog lamps 32 Only for vehicles without front fog lamps gt Press the or button to select the Lighting submenu gt Press Z to select Surround Lighting Function gt Press the or button to activate or deactivate the Surround Lighting function gt When leaving the vehicle turn the light switch to position auro The surround lighting is activated gt Press the 4 or ZA button to select a different display Setting the ambient lighting gt Press or ZP on the steering wheel to select the Set
248. epress the accelerator pedal with DSR activated the vehicle can drive faster than the programmed set speed You should therefore drive downhill with particular caution as it could lead to an accident and or serious injury to you or others Keep in mind that as soon as you remove your foot from the accelerator pedal with DSR switched on DSR will start regulating the vehicle s speed including use of brakes if required Depending on the programmed set speed actual vehicle speed and gradient DSR can cause the vehicle to slow down rapidly Sudden and unexpected deceleration can result in loss of vehicle control causing an accident and or serious personal injury to you and others Information on Off road driving see gt page 173 Activating deactivating DSR Activating You can only activate DSR when driving at speeds below 20 mph 30 km h Vehicles without the Off Road Pro engineering package Driving and parking lies Driving and parking i e a CaN Vehicles with the Off Road Pro engineering package gt Press button 4 Indicator lamp lights up The DSR symbol and a message such as the following appear in the multifunction display 76 F 4MPH DSR If the vehicle s speed is too high the DSR symbol and the Max Speed 20 mph Canada 30 km h message are shown in the multifunction display Deactivating gt Press button 4 Indicator lamp 2 goes out The DSR symbol appears in the m
249. er before fording rivers and streams e do not stop in water and do not switch the engine off e drive quickly on sand to overcome the rolling resistance Otherwise the vehicle could dig itself into the sand e do not jump with the vehicle This interrupts the vehicle s traction e always keep the engine running and in gear when driving on slopes e do not shift the automatic transmission to transmission position N Check list before driving off road gt Engine oil level check the engine oil and top it up if necessary The oil supply can only be guaranteed on steep slopes if the engine oil level is sufficient H If the engine oil warning lamp lights up while the vehicle is in motion stop the vehicle in a safe place as soon as possible Check the engine oil level The engine oil warning lamp warning must not be ignored Continuing the journey while the symbol is displayed could lead to engine damage gt Wheel changing tool kit check that the jack is working and make sure you have the wheelbrace a robust tow cable and a folding spade in the vehicle gt Wheels and tires check the tire tread depth and tire pressure A table with the recommended tire pressures can be found on the B pillar on the driver s side of your vehicle gt Check for damage and remove any foreign objects e g small stones from the wheels tires gt Replace any missing valve caps gt Replace dented or damaged wheels gt Wheels dente
250. er console 31 Center console Vehicles without the Off Road Pro engineering package a d At a glance ra Be Function Page Function Page COMAND APS see the ATA indicator lamp 69 separate operating instructions OJ ESP 66 Seat heating 104 Selects ADS settings 194 Seat ventilation 105 _ DSR 203 PARKTRONIC 195 _ Hazard warning lamps iiz Level control 189 Offroad program 204 By pass air sac indicator Ashtray 279 lamp USA only 42 Cigarette lighter 280 Ey pass air sac indicator Cup holder 277 lamp Canada only 48 Stowage compartment 264 Stowage compartment 264 Vehicles with the Off Road Pro engineering packag At a glance a Clee ee 166 Function COMAND APS see the separate operating instructions Seat heating Seat ventilation Engages the differential locks LOW RANGE off road gear DSR Level control ATA indicator lamp Selects ADS settings 104 105 207 157 203 189 69 194 Function ESP PARKTRONIC Hazard warning lamps EA pass air eac indicator lamp USA only EP pass air eac indicator lamp Canada only Ashtray Cigarette lighter Cup holder Stowage compartment Page 66 195 Wis 42 48 279 280 BUY 264 Overhead control panel Function w To switch the left hand reading lamp on off To switch the rear interior lighting o
251. er s side the Tire and Loading Information placard shows the maximum possible number of occupants and the maximum possible vehicle load It also contains details of the tire sizes and corresponding pressures for tires installed at the factory 2 The vehicle identification plate is on the B pillar on the driver s side The vehicle identification plate informs you of the gross vehicle weight rating It is made up of the vehicle weight all vehicle occupants the fuel and the cargo You can also find information about the maximum gross axle weight rating on the front and rear axle The maximum gross axle weight rating is the maximum weight that can be carried a 4 by one axle front or rear axle Never exceed the maximum load or the Maximum permitted tire pressure maximum gross axle weight rating for the example front or rear axle The actual values for tires are specific to each vehicle and may deviate from the values in the illustration Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tires can adversely affect handling and ride comfort wear unevenly increase stopping distance and result in sudden deflation blowout because they are more likely to become punctured or damaged by road debris potholes etc BL oO L 3 ao pa N o E When adjusting the tire pressures always observe the recommended tire pressure for your vehicle gt page 336 Loading the vehicle Tae eee EL ey 4 pi Sir
252. eration gt Have all maintenance work performed at the service intervals specified in the Service Booklet or indicated by the service interval indicator Fuel consumption is also increased by driving in cold weather in stop and go traffic on short trips and in mountainous areas Drinking and driving A Warning Drinking and driving and or taking drugs and driving are very dangerous combinations Even a small amount of alcohol or drugs can affect your reflexes perceptions and judgment p Driving and parking The possibility of a serious or even fatal accident are greatly increased when you drink or take drugs and drive Do not drink or take drugs and drive or allow anyone to drive who has been drinking or taking drugs Pedals A Warning Make sure absolutely no objects are obstructing the pedals range of movement Keep the driver s footwell clear of all obstacles If there are any floormats or carpets in the footwell make sure that the pedals still have sufficient clearance During sudden driving or braking maneuvers the objects could get caught between the pedals You could then no longer brake or accelerate This could lead to accidents and injury sia Driving ips ER Driving and parking Coasting with the engine switched off Z Warning There is no power assistance for the steering and the brake when the engine is not running Steering and braking requires significantly more effort and you could lose co
253. ercent The aspect ratio is calculated by dividing the tire width by the tire height Tire code tire code 8 specifies the tire type R represents radial tires D represents diagonal tires B represents diagonal radial tires Optionally tires with a maximum speed of over 149 mph 240 km h may have ZR in the size description depending on the manufacturer e g 245 40 ZR 18 Rim diameter rim diameter is the diameter of the bead seat not the diameter of the rim flange The rim diameter is specified in inches in Load bearing index load bearing index is a numerical code that specifies the maximum load bearing capacity of a tire A Warning The tire load rating must always be at least half of the GAWR of your vehicle Otherwise sudden tire failure may be the result which could cause an accident and or serious injury to you or others Always replace rims and tires with rims and tires having the same specifications designation manufacturer and type as shown on the original part a Tires and wheels A Warning Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar Overloading the tires can overheat them possibly causing a blowout Overloading the tires can also result in handling or steering problems or brake failure Example The load bearing index 91 is equivalent to a maximum load of 1356 Ibs 615
254. erences are possible Bear in mind that your vehicle may not feature all functions described here This also refers to safety related systems and functions Important safety notes Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center if you require information on tested and recommended tires and wheels for summer and winter driving Advice on purchasing and caring for tires is also available there A Warning Replace rims or tires with the same designation manufacturer and type as shown on the original part For further information contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If incorrectly sized rims and tires are mounted the wheel brakes or suspension components can be damaged Also the operating clearance of the wheels and the tires may no longer be correct A Warning Worn old tires can cause accidents If the tire tread is worn to minimum tread depth or if the tires have sustained damage replace them When replacing rims only use genuine Mercedes Benz wheel bolts specified for the particular rim type Failure to do so can result in the bolts loosening and possibly an accident Retreaded tires are not tested or recommended by Mercedes Benz since previous damage cannot always be recognized on retreads The operating safety of the vehicle cannot be assured when such tires are used A Warning If you feel a sudden significant vibration or ride disturbance or you suspect that possible damage to your vehicle has occurred you s
255. ering e If possible avoid abrupt braking Depress the brake pedal moderately at first so that the trailer can activate its own brakes Then increase the pressure on the brake pedal If the automatic transmission continues to shift back and forth between two gears when driving up or downhill restrict the shift range Select shift range 4 3 2 or 1 A lower gear and lower speed reduce the risk of engine failure Towing a trailer bee e On long and steep gradients that are difficult to drive down in shift range 1 switch to the off road drive program or engage the LOW GEAR off road gear When driving downhill shift to a lower gear to utilize the engine s braking effect Avoid continuous brake application as this may overheat the vehicle brakes and if installed the trailer brakes If the coolant temperature increases dramatically while the air conditioning system is switched on switch off the air conditioning system Coolant heat can additionally be dissipated by opening the windows and by setting the blower fan and the interior temperature to maximum When overtaking pay particular attention to the extended length of your vehicle trailer combination Due to the length of your vehicle trailer combination you will have to travel an additional distance beyond the vehicle you are overtaking before returning to the previous lane Decoupling a trailer A Warning While you are coupling or decoupling a trailer m
256. ersist have PARKTRONIC checked at a qualified warning displays are lit specialist workshop You also hear a warning tone for approximately two seconds PARKTRONIC is deactivated after approximately 20 seconds and the indicator lamp in the PARKTRONIC button lights up Only the red segments The PARKTRONIC sensors are dirty or there is interference inthe PARKTRONIC gt Clean the PARKTRONIC sensors gt page 303 warning displays are lit en PS PARKTRONIC is Switch the ignition back on deactivated after The problem may be caused by an external source of radio or approximately 20 ultrasound waves seconds gt See if PARKTRONIC functions in a different location Rear view camera Important safety guidelines The rear view camera is an optical parking aid It shows the area behind your vehicle in the COMAND APS display Z Warning Make sure no persons or animals are in or near the area in which you are parking maneuvering Otherwise they could be injured P54 00 2772 31 Rear view camera The rear view camera is located in the handle View through the camera strip Gr the tailgate The area behind the vehicle is displayed as a mirror image as in the rear view mirror A Warning The rear view camera is only an aid and may display obstacles e from a distorted perspective e inaccurately e may not display obstacles at all The rear view camera does not relieve you of the responsibility to be caut
257. es 31 Central locking Automatic locking on board COMPUTEL lt 0 ssesecesctuvtecesetceatessateess 224 SMAKE era 72 Changing bulbs Headlamps erenneren 120 Changing gears oe 154 Changing the programming SmartKey cecssveccceeeccvcs races 75 Checklist After driving off road oo eee 175 Before driving off road eee 175 Child proof locks Rear GOONS 2 ssdccsssecsustsedansessecesaecesees 64 Special seat belt retractor 61 Children In the VehICle c2 5 ccsccecnsssseccesecteesee Restraint systems Child seat Automatic recognition sesse 48 Automatic recognition air bag deactivation self test eee 50 ISOFIX LATCH type child seat ANGHOMS eiiie e erinin E ss 62 Special seat belt retractor 61 MOP TEMEN esscstcsssccesissetssasdesserssiocaiers Troubleshooting Cigarette lighter 0 0 eens Climate control Activating deactivating 0 136 Activating deactivating air recirculation MOdE eeeeeeeeseeeees 141 Controlling automatically 138 Cooling with air dehumidification 137 Defrosting the windshield 140 Demisting the windows 06 141 Dual zone automatic climate COMBO se nee S 131 Important safety information 130 Indicator lAMP 0 eeeeeeeeseeeeeeneeeees 138 Multi zone automatic climate CONTON ocios eisencicdscieesiansevessseavaiees 132 Problems with cooling with air dehumidification
258. es are under about 41 F 5 C e after approximately five minutes if cooling with air dehumidification is deactivated e after approximately 30 minutes if outside temperatures are over about 41 F 5 C The air recirculation mode does not switch off automatically if outside temperatures exceed 79 F 26 C After about 30 minutes outside air will be added 22 Switching the residual heat on off It is possible to make use of the residual heat of the engine to continue heating the stationary vehicle for up to 30 minutes after the engine has been switched off The heating time depends on the temperature that has been set The blower will run at a low speed regardless of the airflow setting 22 Vehicles with multi zone automatic climate control Ifyou activate the residual heat function at high temperatures only the ventilation will be activated The blower runs at medium speed gt Turn the SmartKey to position O in the ignition lock or remove it gt To switch on press the 4 The indicator lamp inthe 4 up gt To switch off press the 4 The indicator lamp in the 4 6 out button button lights button button goes Residual heat is deactivated automatically e after about 30 minutes e when the ignition is switched on e if the battery voltage drops e if the coolant temperature is too low Setting the air vents Important safety n
259. esponding switch gt To close pull the corresponding switch Opening and closing If you press the switch beyond the point of resistance an automatic opening closing process is started in the corresponding direction You can stop automatic operation by pressing again You can continue to operate the side windows after you switch off the engine This function remains active for five minutes or until one of the front doors is opened Opening and closing the hinged side windows You can operate the hinged side windows electrically The hinged side windows can only be operated from the driver s seat Z Warning Make sure that nobody can become trapped as you close the hinged side windows If there is a risk of somebody becoming trapped release the switch or push the switch again to reopen the side window Door control panel gt Make sure that the key is in position 2 in the ignition lock gt To open press switch Q and release Both hinged side windows open fully ee side windows gt To close pull switch and release Both hinged side windows close fully gt To stop the closing procedure press switch again The hinged side window opens fully if the hinged side windows are blocked when closing the closing procedure is interrupted and the hinged side windows open again slightly For safety reasons the hinged side windows can only be opened again after four seconds Co
260. essage for a few seconds e g Service A In Miles Service A due now Service A Exceeded By Miles The letter indicates how much time the workshop will require to carry out the service work The letters displayed range from A for a short service duration to H for a long service duration The service interval display does not take into account any periods of time during which the battery is disconnected Maintaining the time dependent service schedule gt Note down the service due date displayed in the multifunction display before disconnecting the battery or gt Subtract the battery disconnection periods from the service date shown on the display after reconnecting the battery Hiding the service message gt Press the R reset button on the instrument cluster gt page 28 Displaying the service message gt Switch on the ignition gt Press or CP to select the standard display menu on the steering wheel gt page 218 gt Select 4 or XY interval display The service due date appears in the multifunction display to select the service Points to remember A qualified specialist workshop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Center will reset the service interval display after the necessary service work has been carried out You can obtain more information e g on maintenance work at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or directly at Mercedes Benz H If
261. estraint from becoming a projectile in the event of an accident Special seat belt retractor A Warning Observe Important safety instructions gt page 59 All seat belts in the vehicle except the driver s seat belt are equipped with a special seat belt retractor The activated special seat belt retractor ensures that the seat belt cannot slacken after being fastened Installing a child restraint system gt Always comply with the manufacturer s installation instructions gt Pull the seat belt smoothly from the inertia reel gt Engage the seat belt tongue in the belt buckle Activating the special seat belt retractor gt Pull the seat belt out fully and let the inertia reel retract it again While the seat belt is retracting you should hear a ratcheting sound The special seat belt retractor is activated gt Push down on the child restraint system to take up any slack Removing a child restraint system deactivating the special seat belt retractor gt Always comply with the manufacturer s installation instructions gt Press the seat belt release button and guide the belt tongue to the belt outlet The special seat belt retractor is deactivated A Warning Never release the seat belt buckle while the vehicle is in motion since the special seat belt retractor will be deactivated Children in the vehicle EA Safety 2A Children in the vehicle Safety O LATCH type child restrain
262. etachable trailer couplings e Do not install hired trailer couplings or other detachable trailer couplings on the bumpers of your vehicle e To reduce the risk of damage to the ball coupling remove it from the ball coupling recess when not in use Coupling up a trailer A Warning While you are coupling or decoupling a trailer make sure nobody locks or unlocks the vehicle and or opens or closes doors or the tailgate The vehicle s level could change and you could endanger yourself and or others as a result Make sure that you do not operate the ADS button or the vehicle level control system when coupling decoupling the trailer Observe the maximum permissible trailer dimensions width and length Most federal states and all Canadian provinces require by law bo E a To bo S T m e safety chains between the towing vehicle and the trailer The chains should be cross wound under the trailer drawbar They must be fastened to the vehicle s trailer coupling not to the bumper or the axle Allow for enough play in the chains to facilitate turning tight corners e a separate brake system for certain types of trailer e a Safety switch for braked trailers Check the specific legal requirements applicable to your federal state If the trailer detaches from the towing vehicle the safety switch applies the trailer s brakes H Do not connect the trailer s brake system if featured to
263. ets Points to observe before use H If you are using all sockets in the vehicle make sure that you do not exceed the maximum current draw of 55 A Otherwise you will overload the fuses The socket can be used for accessories with a maximum power consumption of 180 W e g lamps or chargers for mobile phones If you use the socket for long periods when gt Press marking the engine is switched off the battery may Stowage compartment Q opens discharge gt Remove cover from socket 2 gt Turn the key to position 2 in the ignition lock On vehicles with the smoker s package you must remove the cigarette lighter in order to use the socket gt page 280 Socket in the front passenger footwell Socket in the rear compartment Loading stowing and features eT IE ns gt Lift up the cover of socket Q gt Lift up the cover of socket Q Socket in the cockpit H If accessories are connected make sure Socket in the cargo compartment that a maximum current draw of 15 A is not exceeded Otherwise you will overload the fuse The socket is located in the cargo compartment on the left hand side trim H The socket is not suitable for operating the electric air pump A Features O Loading stowing and features gt Lift up the cover of socket 4 You can also use the socket when the ignition is switched off An emergency cut out ensures that the on board voltage does not dro
264. evaluates the vehicle deceleration When the first deployment threshold is reached the front air bag is filled with enough gas to reduce the risk of injuries The front air bag is fully deployed if a second deployment threshold is exceeded within a few milliseconds Vehicles with OCS USA only front passenger front air bag deployment is also influenced by the passenger s weight category as identified by the Occupant Classification System OCS gt page 42 Vehicles with OCS USA only the lighter the passenger side occupant the higher the vehicle deceleration rate required for second Occupant safety stage inflation of the front passenger front air bag In the second stage the front air bags are inflated with the maximum amount of propellant gas available The air bags will not deploy in impacts which do not exceed the system s preset deployment thresholds You will then be protected by the fastened seat belts H Vehicles with BabySmart Canada only do not place objects heavier than 20 Ib 9 kg on the front passenger seat as this could be interpreted as the seat being occupied In the event of an accident the restraint systems on the front passenger side are deployed Have restraint systems replaced that have been deployed The front passenger front airbag will only deploy if e the system based on the OCS weight sensor readings detects that the front passenger seat is occupied USA only e the Xj pass
265. f the door Indicator lamp flashes immediately the first time that the transmitter button is programmed If this transmitter button has already been programmed indicator lamp Q will only start flashing at a rate of once per second after 20 seconds have elapsed gt Keep the transmitter button depressed gt Point transmitter button of garage door remote control G towards the transmitter buttons on the rear view mirror from a distance of 2 to 12 inches 5 to 20 cm The distance between garage door remote control and the integrated garage door opener depends on the system of the garage door drive You might require Le Loading stowing and features several attempts You should test every position for at least 20 seconds before trying another position gt Keep transmitter button on garage door remote control pressed until indicator lamp starts to flash rapidly The programming has been successful if indicator lamp Q flashes rapidly gt Release transmitter buttons 2 or on the integrated remote control or transmitter button on the garage door remote control If indicator lamp Q goes out after approximately 20 seconds and has not flashed rapidly gt Release transmitter buttons 2 or on the integrated remote control or transmitter button on the garage door remote control gt Repeat the procedure for the other transmitter buttons When doing so vary the distance bet
266. ff road This is particularly the case when the vehicle is heavily laden The maximum permissible distance that can be driven in run flat mode depends to a large extent on the loads placed on the vehicle It can be shorter due to high speeds a heavy cargo sudden changes in direction the road surface condition outside temperature etc or further if you drive carefully and conservatively Do not continue to drive in run flat mode if e you hear banging noises e the vehicle starts to shake e you see smoke and smell rubber e ESP is intervening constantly e there are tears in the sidewalls of the tire After driving in run flat mode you must have the wheel s checked for damage at a qualified specialist workshop which has the necessary specialist knowledge and tools to carry out the work required The faulty tire must be replaced in every case Mercedes Benz recommends that you use an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for this purpose In particular work relevant to safety or on safety related systems must be carried out at a qualified specialist workshop When replacing one or all tires make sure that you only use tires marked MOExtended and of the specified size for the vehicle Vehicles featuring the MOExtended run flat system are not equipped with TIREFIT Roadside assistance mA Battery Roadside assistance kit at the factory It is therefore recommended that you additionally equip your
267. ff the rear fog lamp press the light switch in as far as it will go The yellow o indicator lamp on the light switch goes out gt To switch on vehicles without front fog lamps turn the key in the ignition lock to position 2 or start the engine gt Turn the light switch to 2 When the light switch is set to auto you cannot switch on the rear fog lamp gt Pull the light switch out to the stop The yellow o indicator lamp on the light switch lights up gt To switch off the rear fog lamp press the light switch in as far as it will go The yellow o indicator lamp on the light switch goes out AW 11 Only if daytime running lamps have been activated via the on board computer Turn signals High beam headlamps Right turn signal High beam flasher Left turn signal gt To indicate briefly press the combination switch briefly to the pressure point in the direction of arrow or The corresponding turn signal flashes three times gt To indicate press the combination switch beyond the pressure point in the direction of arrow or High beam headlamps gt To switch on the high beam headlamps turn the key in the ignition lock to position 2 or start the engine gt Turn the light switch to 2 gt Press the combination eats beyond the pressure point in the direct
268. flap Increased vehicle weight due to optional equipment The combined weight of all standard and optional equipment available for the vehicle regardless of whether it is actually installed on the vehicle or not Wheel rim The part of the wheel on which the tire is mounted GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating The GAWR is the maximum gross axle weight rating The actual load on an axle must never exceed the gross axle weight rating The gross axle weight rating can be found on the vehicle identification plate on the B pillar on the driver s side Speed index The speed index is part of the tire identification Specifies the speed range for which the tire is approved GTW Gross Trailer Weight The GTW is the weight of a trailer including the weight of the load luggage accessories etc on the trailer GVW Gross Vehicle Weight The gross vehicle weight includes the weight of the vehicle including fuel tools the spare wheel accessories installed occupants luggage and the drawbar noseweight if applicable The gross vehicle weight must not exceed the gross vehicle weight rating GVWR as specified on the vehicle identification plate on the B pillar on the driver s side GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating The GVWR is the maximum permissible gross weight of a fully loaded vehicle the weight of the vehicle including all accessories occupants fuel luggage and the drawbar noseweight if applicable The gross vehi
269. fuel lines Notify a qualified specialist workshop and have the fuel tank and fuel lines drained completely Gasoline Fuel grade H You should only refuel with unleaded premium grade gasoline as this avoids damaging the catalytic converter If engine running problems are apparent have the cause checked immediately and repaired Excess unburned fuel can otherwise enter the catalytic converter leading to overheating and possibly causing a fire Only refuel with unleaded premium grade gasoline with a specified minimum octane number of 91 average value of 96 RON 86 MON Usually you will find information about the fuel grade on the pump If you cannot find bo E a ge bo p m ae Refueling E Driving and parking Diesel fuel with improved cold flow properties is available during the winter months Further information on fuel properties can be obtained from oil companies e g at filling the label on the gasoline pump ask the gas station staff You can find further information under Fuel gt page 366 by consulting an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or stations visiting http www mbusa com USA only Refueling Fuel filler fl Diesel Eee The fuel filler flap is unlocked or locked Fuel grade automatically when you open or close the E Only refuel with ULTRA LOW SULFUR vehicle with the SmartKey or using KEYLESS DIESEL FUEL ULSD 15 ppm SULFUR GO The position of the fue
270. functioning gt Have the BabySmart system checked as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center A Warning If the 8 rass areas indicator lamp illuminates and remains illuminated when the weight of a typical adult or someone larger than a small individual has been detected on the passenger seat the system then determines the occupant cannot be a child Do not allow any occupant to use the passenger seat until the system has been repaired Problem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Canada only The The BabySmart system is malfunctioning Rf pss ar onc Gia gt Make sure there is nothing between the seat cushion and the indicator lamp doesnot child restraint system illuminate or does not remain illuminated with a BabySmart compatible child restraint system gt Check the installation of the child restraint system gt If the By Pass ar sasaa indicator lamp does not illuminate have the BabySmart system checked as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center properly installed on Do not transport a child on the front passenger seat until the the front passenger BabySmart system has been repaired seat PRE SAFE system to the prevailing road weather and traffic conditions Z Warning The PRE SAFE system is intended to reduce PRE SAFE takes pre emptive measures to the effects of an accident on vehicle pr
271. g lights on off on board computer 223 Switching the exterior lighting delayed switch off on off on board computer scssseevssceectecssecses 223 Switching the surround lighting on off on board computer 223 Light sensor display message 240 Loading guidelines ee 264 Locking AUtOMAlIC eco sacesieese eee 79 Emergency locking sesseseeseeeees 80 From inside the vehicle central locking button visscsessseecseecesecciescesen 79 Low beam headlamp display message n e 237 LOW RANGE Display MeSSage ceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 245 Off road gear oo eeeeeeeseeeeeeee 157 205 LOW RANGE off road gear 157 205 Luggage met eee eeeeceseeeeeeeeneeees 266 Lumbar support 4 way lumbar Support essen 104 Luxury head restraints 0 97 Main beam headlamps display message ceee 238 Malfunction message see Display messages Malfunctions relevant to safety REPOMUIMS saneras eesin 23 mbrace Call Priors 287 Display message seee 231 Downloading destinations COMAND ci scccicescssecscesessscaiasesateecs 287 Emergency Call scc ccc c scccsstecseeccesees 284 Important safety notes 283 Locating a stolen vehicle 288 MB info call button eee 286 Roadside Assistance button 285 SEIPTOSE E EEA 283 SYSTE ssc eviecevasseducs cevvecvesvestanserss 283 Vehicle remote unlocking 287 Mechanical ke
272. g effect of the engine which relieves the load on the brake system and prevents the brakes from overheating and wearing too quickly If a slower moving vehicle is detected in front DISTRONIC causes your vehicle to brake and maintain the preset distance to the vehicle in front Driving systems ede A Warning The Distronic requires familiarity with its operational characteristics We strongly recommend that you review the following information carefully before operating the system A Warning When DISTRONIC brakes the brake pedal is pulled back i e operated automatically The area around the pedal must not be blocked by obstacles e do not place any objects in the footwell e ensure that floormats and carpets are fixed securely In particular do not place several floormats on top of one another e do not place your foot under the brake pedal as it could become trapped Non compliance could lead you to cause an accident in which you and or others could be seriously injured A Warning The Distronic is a convenience system Its speed adjustment reduction capability is intended to make cruise control more effective and usable when traffic speeds vary It is not however intended to nor does it replace the need for extreme care The responsibility for the vehicle s speed distance to the preceding vehicle and most importantly brake operation to ensure a safe stopping distance always remains with the driver
273. ge the catalytic converter and create a risk of fire Do not use a rapid charging device to start the engine Make sure the jumper cables are not damaged Make sure the jumper cables are not touching any other metal objects when they are connected to the battery If your vehicle s battery is discharged the engine can be jump started from another vehicle or from a second battery using jumper cables Observe the following points gt The battery is not accessible in all vehicles If the other vehicle s battery is not accessible jump start the vehicle using a second battery or a jump starting device gt Only jump start the vehicle when the engine is cold and the catalytic converter system has cooled down gt Do not start the engine if the battery is frozen Let the battery thaw first gt Jump starting may only be performed from batteries with a nominal voltage of 12 V If you jump start using a battery with higher voltage it may damage the electrical systems of the vehicle gt Only use jumper cables which have a sufficient cross section and insulated terminal clamps gt Make sure that the jumper cables cannot come into contact with parts such as the pulley or the fan These parts move when the engine is started and while it is running gt If the battery is fully discharged leave the battery that is being used to jump start connected for a few minutes before attempting to start This charges the battery a little Roadsid
274. ger front air bag is activated Deployment of the driver front air bag does not mean that the front passenger front air bag also should have deployed The OCS may have determined e that the seat was empty or occupied by a person with a weight up to or less than that of a typical 12 month old child seated in a standard child restraint e that the seat was occupied by a small person e g a young teenager or a small adult or a child that weighs more than a typical 12 month old child in a child restraint system These are examples of when OCS disables the front passenger front air bag This occurs even though the impact fulfills the criteria for deployment of the driver s front air bag itt Sg If the key has been removed from the ignition lock or is in position 0 indicator lamp EA pass ar sac C does not light up A Warning If the red srs SRS warning lamp in the instrument cluster and the By pass ar sac indicator lamp light up simultaneously OCS is malfunctioning The front passenger front air bag is disabled in this case Have the system checked as soon as possible by qualified technicians Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Only have the seat repaired or replaced at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center In order to ensure proper operation of the air bag system and OCS e do not place any objects with a total weight of more than 4 4 Ib 2 kg
275. gt Release belt sash guide release a and make sure that the belt sash guide has engaged Releasing seat belts gt Press release button gt page 55 and guide belt tongue gt page 55 back towards belt sash guide gt page 55 H Make sure that the seat belt is fully rolled up Otherwise the seat belt or belt tongue will be trapped in the door or in the seat mechanism This could damage the door the door trim panel and the seat belt Damaged seat belts can no longer fulfill their protective function and must be replaced Consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Belt warning for driver and front passenger Regardless of whether the driver s and front passenger seat belts have already been fastened the amp seat belt warning lamp lights up for six seconds each time the engine is started It then goes out once the driver and the front passenger have fastened their seat belts If the driver s seat belt is not fastened after the engine is started an additional warning tone will sound The warning tone goes out after approximately six seconds or once the driver s seat belt is fastened If after six seconds the driver or front passenger have not fastened their seat belts and the doors are closed e the 2 seat belt warning lamp remains illuminated as long as either the driver s or front passenger seat belt is not fastened e if the vehicle speed once exceeds 15 mph 25 km h the am
276. gt page 157 e Select the off road drive program gt page 204 e Restrict the shift range to 1 or 2 e Avoid high engine speeds e Enter and exit the water at a flat place and at a steady walking pace Driving tips Off road fording H Under no circumstances should you accelerate before entering the water The bow wave could cause water to enter and damage the engine and other assemblies e Drive slowly and at an even speed through the water e Do not stop H Do not open any of the vehicle s doors while fording Otherwise water could get into the vehicle interior and damage the vehicle s electronics and interior equipment e Water offers a high degree of resistance and the ground is slippery and in some cases unstable Therefore it is difficult and dangerous to pull away in the water e Ensure that a bow wave does not form as you drive e Clean any mud from the tire tread after fording e Apply the brakes to dry them after fording Driving and parking Winter driving Important safety notes Have your vehicle winterproofed at a qualified specialist workshop e g at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center at the onset of winter Observe the notes in the Winter operation section gt page 173 Vehicles with a diesel engine do not cover the radiator e g with a protective cover The measuring function of the Onboard Diagnosis System may otherwise provide inaccurate values Some of these values a
277. gt page 321 Jack Vehicle preparation is not necessary on Wheel bolt F ne a ock vehicles with the MOExtended run flat olding wheel choc system Fuse allocation chart Stowage well Vehicles featuring the MOExtended run flat system are not equipped with the TIREFIT kit at the factory It is therefore recommended that you additionally equip Mini al mawra rnia ee or vehicle with the TIREFIT kit if you Roadside assistance The Minispare emergency spare wheel can mount tires that do not feature run flat be found in the stowage well under the cargo properties e g winter tires You can obtain compartment floor a TIREFIT kit from an authorized Mercedes gt Lift the trunk floor up gt page 310 Benz Center for example gt Take out the jack gt Make sure that highway level is selected gt page 189 gt Stop the vehicle as far away as possible from traffic on solid non slippery and level ground gt Switch on the hazard warning lamps gt Firmly depress the parking brake gt Bring the front wheels into the straight ahead position gt Move the DIRECT SELECT lever to P gt Switch off the engine LLLI LLL Lm A Pees 41 Vehicles with air suspension Roadside assistance gt Vehicles without KEYLESS GO remove the key from the ignition lock gt Vehicles with KEYLESS GO open the driver s door The on board electronics have status 0 which is the same as the key h
278. gue is not engaged in the seat belt buckle the side impact air A Occupant safety Safety Oo bag on the front passenger side will not deploy The side impact air bag on the front passenger side will deploy if the front passenger seat belt is fastened regardless of whether the front passenger seat is occupied or not H Vehicles with BabySmart Canada only do not place objects heavier than 20 Ib 9 kg on the front passenger seat as this could be interpreted as the seat being occupied In the event of an accident the restraint systems on the front passenger side are deployed Have restraint systems replaced that have been deployed Window curtain air bags A Warning Observe Important safety instructions gt page 38 The window curtain air bags enhance the level of protection for the head but not chest or arms of the vehicle occupants on the side of the vehicle on which the impact occurs The window curtain air bags are installed into the side of the roof frame and run from the front door A pillar to the rear windows D pillar Window curtain air bags Q are deployed e on the side on which an impact occurs e at the start of an accident with a high rate of lateral vehicle deceleration or acceleration e g in a side impact e regardless of whether the front passenger seat is occupied e independently of seat belt use e if the vehicle overturns and the system determines that window curtain air bag
279. h the least resistance The wheel on the opposite side of this axle which is on a solid surface and could therefore enable traction does not have any driving force 4ETS eliminates this disadvantage and ensures good steerability by braking the spinning wheel automatically and thereby directing more force to the wheel that is on a solid surface and can provide traction Off road driving systems ESP and 4ETS are traction systems that are ideally suited to road driving and driving on easily negotiable off road terrain The LOW RANGE off road gear also improves off road capability Difficult off road conditions require additional measures such as locking one or more differentials Your vehicle has two differential locks one central differential lock for the transfer case and one differential lock for the rear axle Both differential locks can be activated using the selector wheel on the center console When the central differential for the transfer case is locked the speed of the front wheels is the same as the speed of the rear wheels When the differential for the rear axle is locked both of the rear wheels turn at the same speed independent of their individual torques Note that activating the differential locks significantly reduces the steerability of the vehicle For your safety the safety of others and to prevent damage to the vehicle the differential locks must not be activated on paved roads Note that the differen
280. h warning lamp may light up a diesel engine Never mix diesel with gasoline or kerosene as this may result in damage to the engine or fuel system For further information on warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster see gt page 259 gt Remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock KEYLESS GO the driver s door is open This returns the ignition to position 0 which corresponds to the SmartKey being removed The driver s door can be closed again gt Press the fuel filler flap in the direction of arrow 1 The fuel filler flap opens slightly gt Open the fuel filler flap gt Turn the fuel filler cap counter clockwise and remove it gt Insert the fuel filler cap into the holder bracket on the inside of filler flap gt Completely insert the filler neck of the fuel pump nozzle into the tank and refuel gt Only fill the tank until the pump nozzle switches off H Overfilling the fuel tank could damage the fuel system Closing gt Replace the fuel filler cap and turn it clockwise The fuel filler cap audibly engages Close the fuel filler flap before locking the vehicle A locking pin otherwise prevents the fuel filler flap from closing after the vehicle has been locked gt Close the fuel filler flap A Warning Avoid contact with the vehicle walls as they may contain sharp edges Otherwise you could injure yourself while releasing the fuel filler flap The emergency releas
281. hat the fuel filler cap is correctly closed gt Refuel at the nearest gas station gt Only use commercially available vehicular ULTRA LOW SULFUR DIESEL FUEL ULSD 15 ppm SULFUR MAXIMUM Vehicles with a diesel engine the engine air filter is contaminated and must be replaced gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Vehicles with a diesel engine there is water in the fuel filter The water must be drained off gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The AdBlue tank is empty gt Have the AdBlue tank filled as soon as possible at a qualified specialist workshop gt page 163 Visit a qualified specialist workshop The AdBlue level has fallen to a minimum gt Have the AdBlue tank filled as soon as possible at a qualified specialist workshop gt page 163 Visit a qualified specialist workshop N a a me me oO P gt a z e me Sm a O a Display messages e On board computer and displays Driving systems Display messages Go Level Selection Not Permitted Cfo Compressor Cooling Down i Malfunction Rising Max 12 MPH D Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions You cannot change the vehicle level because e you are exceeding the permissible speed for the selected vehicle level e you are towing a trailer e the trailer coupling socket is being used e g for a bicycle rack gt Drive more slowly and then
282. he automatic transmission selects park position P automatically and locks the wheels Observe the following to make sure that the automatic transmission stays in position N gt Make sure the vehicle is stationary and the ignition is switched off gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 gt page 147 in the ignition lock Use the SmartKey instead of the Start Stop button on vehicles with KEYLESS GO gt Depress and hold the brake pedal gt Shift the automatic transmission to position N gt Release the brake pedal gt Release the parking brake gt Switch off the ignition and leave the SmartKey in the ignition lock H Make sure that the side windows are completely closed that the ventilation heating is switched off and that the windshield wiper switch is set to 0 Otherwise the rain light sensor could be activated triggering unintended wiper movements This can cause damage to the vehicle After using an automatic car wash wipe off wax from the windshield and the wiper blades This will prevent smears and reduce wiping noises caused by residue on the windshield Washing by hand Carefully remove all deposits of road salt as soon as possible when driving in winter Also clean the insides of the wheels when washing the underbody of the vehicle gt Do not use hot water and do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight gt Use a soft car sponge for cleaning gt Use a gentle cleaning agent e g a Me
283. he designated locations for the rear crossbars are between the gaps on the roof rails Otherwise the crossbars mounted accessories and the objects attached to them could come loose from the vehicle causing an accident thereby injuring you and other persons and or causing damage to property including damage to your vehicle The span width of the crossbars for your vehicle is set at the factory The span widths only fit in the intended positions on the vehicle Only install the crossbars at the marked positions and observe stickers 3 FRONT and REAR r P77 40 2116 31 Bolt for the clamping claw Clamping claw Bolts for adjusting the span width 2 per side Cover strip gt Pull cover strip 2 out of the groove until bolts Gi on both ends of the crossbar are visible gt Turn bolts Q on both sides approximately two turns counterclockwise gt Align the crossbars on the marked positions on the roof rails gt Ensure that clamping claws sit flush with the roof rails on both sides If necessary pull out or slide into clamping claws gt Tighten bolts Observe the tightening torque of 4 lb ft 6 Nm The width of the clamping claw is not set correctly Z Warning Have the tightening torque checked after mounting the crossbars The screws could come loose if they are not tightened to a torque of 4 lb ft 6 Nm gt Press cover strip 2 piece by piece into the groove of the crossba
284. he oil level Display message Lubricant additives Notes about oil grades VISCOSILY wsedestesstectetetseeterecGoeasiiees ESP Electronic Stability Program Activating deactivating Display message Important safety information Trailer stabilization Warning lamp Exhaust check cccececceeeeeeeees Exhaust tail pipe cleaning instructions Exterior lighting see Lights Exterior mirrors Adjusting Dipping automatic Folding in out automatically Folding in out electrically Folding in when locking on board computer Out of position Setting Storing settings memory FUNCH ts sossetcesiees aoe a anas 110 Storing the parking position 109 Exterior VieW e 26 a at Filling capacity see Technical data First aid Kit 00 0 eee eeeeseeeeeeeeeees 309 Flat tire Changing a wheel mounting the SPare WHEEL ics sscsesescesseseesessisbectess 316 MOExtended run flat system 321 Preparing the vehicle eee 311 Raising the vehicle sesser 318 THIREEID Kits isssssasetesesesessiscaisesapeserets 312 Floormat aee 291 Front fog lamp display message eerren 239 Fuel ACILIVES siceeceoeriestsccstecstvescdeusie teres 367 NOTES eare E 366 Premium grade unleaded gasoline 366 Refueling cscri iresi 159 Specifications sessisiissenie 366 Troubleshooting ssiisisiisrrrassiisssss 162 Fuel consumption Current on board computer 227 NOES 20 s seccsesssevsctecaessnectanstaneyes
285. he tire pressure If necessary correct the tire pressure gt page 341 gt If necessary change a wheel gt page 350 The TPMS is faulty gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked every other week when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar or if available the tire inflation pressure label on the inside of the fuel filler flap If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Ped indicated on the Tire and Loading Information placard or if available the tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure warning lamp when one or more of your tires are significantly underinflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure warning lamp illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly underinflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Underinflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affec
286. heat function on off Display Reduces the airflow Activates deactivates air recirculation mode Directs the airflow through the center and side air vents left Directs the airflow to the footwells and side air vents left Notes tips Only use the defrosting function briefly until the windshield is clear again Set the temperature to 72 F 22 C Activate climate control using the auto and A C REST buttons The indicator lamps in the auro and A C REST buttons light up Activate climate control using the auto and A C REST buttons The indicator lamps in the auro and A C REST buttons light up Use the residual heat function if you want to heat or ventilate the vehicle interior when the ignition is switched off The residual heat function can only be activated or deactivated with the ignition switched off fe oO oO oO 8 Climate control Lao Function Switches the MONO function on off Interior temperature sensor ae Operating the control systems Notes tips Use the MONO function if you want to adopt the temperature air distribution and airflow settings from the driver s side for all climate control zones The indicator lamp in the mono button lights up Rear control panel O 8 Sets the temperature Increases the airflow Se
287. heated Wait briefly Stop vehicle engage parking brake Go Service Required If parked engage pk brake Go Max Speed 25 MPH Go Max Speed 40 MPH Display messages ee Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions A Risk of accident You are exceeding the speed permissible for the selected off road level gt Adjust your driving style to the altered handling characteristics gt Only make slight steering movements and avoid fast steering movements gt Take account of the altered handling characteristics gt Do not driver faster than 12 mph 20 km h The differential locks are faulty gt Do not drive faster than 50 mph 80 km h gt Have the vehicle checked at a qualified specialist workshop The differential locks are too hot and have been disengaged gt Drive on carefully gt Allow the differential locks to cool down The differential locks reengage as soon as they have cooled down A gearshift process has been canceled LOW RANGE is in the neutral position There is no connection between the engine and the drive wheels gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Engage the parking brake Do not continue driving under any circumstances gt Repeat the gearshift process The LOW RANGE system is malfunctioning gt Do not drive faster than 50 mph 80 km h gt Engage the parking brake to park gt Have
288. heavy load or a load on the roof Restarting the tire pressure loss warning system Restart the tire pressure loss warning system if you have e changed the tire pressure e changed the wheels or tires e mounted new wheels or tires gt Before restarting make sure that the tire pressures are set properly on all four tires for the respective operating conditions using the Tire and Loading Information placard on the B pillar on the driver s side or the tire pressure table on the fuel filler flap gt Observe the notes in the section on tire pressures gt page 336 A Warning The tire pressure loss warning system can only give reliable warnings if you have set the correct tire pressure If an incorrect tire pressure is set these incorrect values will be monitored A tire with insufficient pressure results in vehicle instability when driving thus increasing the risk of an accident gt Make sure that the key is in position 2 gt page 147 in the ignition lock gt Press and hold the or F button on the multifunction steering wheel until the standard display appears in the multifunction display gt page 2 18 gt Press the lt 7 or Z button until the Run Flat Indicator Active Menu R Button message appears in the multifunction display gt Press the reset button gt page 28 on the instrument cluster The Restart Run Flat Indicator Yes Cancel message appears in the multifunction display
289. her the head restraint is adjusted properly gt page 97 When doing so make sure that you have adjusted the head restraint so that the back of your head is supported at eye level by the center of the head restraint Observe the important safety notes on gt page 105 gt Check whether steering wheel Q is adjusted properly Adjusting the steering wheel manually gt page 106 Adjusting the steering wheel electrically gt page 106 When adjusting the steering wheel make sure e you can hold the steering wheel with your arms slightly bent e you can move your legs freely e you can see all the displays in the instrument cluster clearly Observe the important safety notes on gt page 53 gt Check whether you have fastened seat belt properly gt page 55 The seat belt should e fit snugly across your body e be routed across the middle of your shoulder e be routed in your pelvic area across the hip joints gt Before starting off adjust the rear view mirror and the exterior mirrors gt page 108 in such a way that you have a good view of road and traffic conditions gt Vehicles with memory function save the seat steering wheel and exterior mirror settings gt page 110 Important safety notes A Warning In order to avoid possible loss of vehicle control all seat head restraint steering wheel and rear view mirror adjustments as well as fastening of seat belts must be done before setting the v
290. hildren ride in the rear always secure the rear doors with the child proof locks You secure each door individually with the child proof locks on the rear doors A door secured with a child proof lock cannot be opened from inside the vehicle When the vehicle is unlocked the door can be opened from the outside gt To activate press the child proof lock lever down in the direction of arrow gt Make sure that the child proof locks are working properly gt To deactivate press the child proof lock lever up in the direction of arrow Q Override feature for the rear side windows A Warning Observe Important safety instructions gt page 59 al Panic alarm A Warning When children ride on the vehicle s rear seats activate the override switch Otherwise the children could be injured e g by trapping themselves in the rear side window gt To activate deactivate press switch 4 Switch Q engages or extends If the switch is pushed in it is only possible to operate the side windows in the rear using the switches on the driver s door Panic alarm P80 00 2160 31 gt To activate press and hold Panic button Q for about one second An alarm sounds and the exterior lighting flashes gt To deactivate press again or gt Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock panic button 1 or gt Press the KEYLESS GO Start Stop button The KEYLESS GO key must be i
291. hill e Drive slowly e Do not drive at an angle down steep inclines Steer into the line of fall and drive with the front wheels aligned straight Otherwise the vehicle could slip sideways tip and rollover e Before tackling steep downhill gradients select shift range 1 e Activate DSR If this is not sufficient brake gently When doing so make sure that the vehicle is facing in the direction of the line of fall e Check that the brakes are working normally after a long downhill stretch The special off road ABS setting enables the front wheels to be locked accurately briefly and repeatedly causing them to dig into the loose ground Note that when the front wheels are fully braked they slide easily over the ground surface and therefore steering is impaired Driving abroad An extensive Mercedes Benz Service network is also available in other countries The Service Hotline s current telephone numbers for use when you are abroad are to be found in the Service24h section of the Service Booklet Driving systems Driving systems Cruise control Important safety notes Cruise control maintains a constant road speed for you It brakes automatically in order to avoid exceeding the set speed On long and steep downhill gradients especially if the vehicle is laden or towing a trailer you must select shift range 1 2 or 3 in good time By doing so you will make use of the braking effect of the engine which relieves
292. hnical ETDs belt buckle tensioners that were activated must be replaced For your safety when disposing of the pyrotechnic ETDs belt buckle tensioners always follow our safety instructions These instructions are available from any authorized Mercedes Benz Center The PRE SAFE system is equipped with electrically reversible pre tensioners that do not need replacing after deployment Children in the vehicle Important safety notes A Warning When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock Always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle even if they are secured in a child restraint system or with access to an unlocked vehicle A child s unsupervised access to a vehicle could result in an accident and or serious personal injury The children could e injure themselves on parts of the vehicle e be seriously or fatally injured through excessive exposure to extreme heat or cold e injure themselves or cause an accident with vehicle equipment that can be operated even if the SmartKey is removed from the ignition lock or removed from the vehicle such as seat adjustment steering wheel adjustment or the memory function If children open a door they could injure other persons or get out of the vehicle and injure themselves or be injured by following traffic Do not expose the child restraint system to direct sunlight The child restraint system s me
293. hould turn on the hazard warning flashers carefully slow down and drive with caution to an area which is a safe distance from the road Inspect the tires and the vehicle underbody for possible damage If the vehicle appears unsafe have the vehicle towed to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center or tire dealer for repairs A Warning Do not drive with a flat tire A flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle You might lose control of the vehicle Continued driving with a flat tire or driving at high speed with a flat tire will cause excessive heat build up and possibly a fire H For safety reasons Mercedes Benz recommends that you only use tires wheels and accessories which have been approved by Mercedes Benz specifically for your vehicle These tires have been specially adapted for use with the control systems such as ABS or ESP and are marked as follows e MO Mercedes Benz Original e MOE Mercedes Benz Original Extended tires with run flat characteristics e MO1 Mercedes Benz Original AMG Only use Mercedes Benz Original Extended tires on wheels that have been specifically approved by Mercedes Benz If you use other tires wheels and accessories Mercedes Benz cannot accept any responsibility for damage that may result from this Further information about tires wheels and approved combinations can be obtained from any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Further information about ti
294. ht Rating GVWR is specified on the type plate located on the B pillar on the driver s side of your vehicle Mercedes Benz recommends loading the trailer so that the drawbar noseweight remains between 8 and 15 of the permissible gross trailer weight The weight of additional accessories passengers and cargo reduces the permissible trailer load and drawbar noseweight for your vehicle Checking the vehicle and trailer weight e To check that the weights of the towing vehicle and the trailer comply with the maximum permissible values have the vehicle trailer combination including the driver passengers and cargo with a fully laden trailer weighed on a calibrated weighbridge e Check the permissible axle weight of the front and rear axle the Gross Trailer Weight GTW and the drawbar noseweight Check the permissible axle weight of the front and rear axle the Gross Trailer Weight GTW and the drawbar noseweight Vehicle equipment 005 214 Important safety notes 214 Displays and operation 214 Menus and submenus 217 Display messages 0 ccceeee 229 Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster 0 0 eee 254 n a KO a a me o Som o a E fo me Sa 2 O Displays and operation Vehicle equipment This manual describes all the standard a
295. ialist workshop and seek advice General driving tips Important safety instructions A Warning Please do not forget that your primary responsibility is to drive the vehicle A driver s attention to the road must always be his her primary focus when driving For your safety and the safety of others we recommend that you pull over to a safe location and stop before placing or taking a telephone call If you choose to use the telephone while driving please use the hands free device and only use the telephone when road weather and traffic conditions permit Some jurisdictions prohibit the driver from using a mobile telephone while driving a vehicle Only operate the COMAND Cockpit Management and Data System if road weather and traffic conditions permit Otherwise you may not be able to observe traffic conditions and could endanger yourself and others Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30 mph approximately 50 km h your vehicle is covering a distance of 44 feet approximately 14 m every second Drive sensibly save fuel To save fuel observe the following notes gt Keep tires at the recommended inflation pressures gt Remove unnecessary cargo gt Remove the roof carrier when not in use gt Remove the basic carrier bars when not in use gt Maintain a low engine speed until the engine is warm 25 Observe all legal requirements Driving tips gt Avoid frequent acceleration and decel
296. ical key into the lock of the driver s door as far as it will go P72 10 3691 31 gt Firmly turn the mechanical key counter clockwise as far as it will go to position and hold it in this position gt Pull the door handle quickly The locking knob pops up The door is unlocked gt Turn the mechanical key back and remove it gt Pull the door handle again Locking the vehicle If the vehicle can no longer be locked centrally with the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO gt Close the front passenger door the rear door on the front passenger side and the tailgate gt Open the driver s door and the rear door on the driver s side gt Press the locking button on the driver s door gt page 79 The locking knobs in the front passenger door and in the rear doors drop down gt Press down the locking knobs in the front passenger and rear doors manually if necessary gt Close the driver s door from the outside gt Press down the locking knob of the driver s door by reaching in through the open rear door Make sure that you have the SmartKey on your person and that it has not been left in the vehicle gt Close the rear door on the driver s side gt Make sure that the doors and the tailgate are locked Ifyou lock the vehicle as described above the fuel filler flap is not locked The anti theft alarm system is not primed Cargo compartment Important safety notes a Do
297. icates a distance of approximately 10 in 0 25 m The distance only applies to objects at ground level Blue line Q depicts the width required for the vehicle It is used to align the vehicle with the edge of the road e g the curb les Driving and parking Blind Spot Assist Important safety guidelines Blind Spot Assist uses a radar sensor system to monitor the areas on both sides of your vehicle It is active at speeds above approximately 20 mph 30 km h A warning display in the exterior mirrors draws your attention to vehicles in the monitored area If you then indicate a turn towards that side before changing lane you will also receive visual and audible collision warnings For this purpose Blind Spot Assist uses sensors in the rear bumper A Warning Blind Spot Assist is only an aid designed to assist driving It may fail to detect some vehicles and is no substitute for attentive driving Blind Spot Assist cannot detect road and traffic conditions It may fail to detect narrow vehicles such as motorcycles or bicycles or may only detect them too late Monitoring may be affected by dirty sensors strong spray or poor visibility caused by snow rain or mist for example In this case vehicles are detected late or not at all Always pay attention to traffic conditions and your surroundings Otherwise you may fail to recognize dangers in time cause an accident and injure yourself and others USA only This de
298. ice Make sure that your system is activated and ready for use and press the MB info call button to register If you cannot carry out any of the steps mentioned the system may not be activated If you have any questions concerning activation please contact one of the following service hotlines e USA Response Center under 866 990 9007 e Canada Customer Service under 1 888 923 8367 Shortly after successfully registering with the mbrace service a user ID and password will be sent to you by post You can use this password to log in to the mbrace section under Owners Online at http www mbusa com 35 The system is called TELEAID in Canada 36 USA only 37 USA only The mbrace system is available if e it has been activated and is operational Activation requires an available cellular phone network a valid SIM card and a service subscription to a surveillance service provider e the battery is sufficiently charged e the corresponding cellular phone network is available for transmitting data to the customer center Determining the location of the vehicle on a map is only possible if there is sufficient GPS reception and the vehicle position can be forwarded to the customer center The mbrace system The mbrace system provides three different services e automatic and manual emergency call e Roadside Assistance call e MB info call To control the volume during an mbrace call proceed
299. ich have been tested and approved by Mercedes Benz for your vehicle model Using other seat covers may interfere with or prevent the deployment of the side impact air bags Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for availability Occupant safety ee When deployed the side impact air bags offer additional protection for the thorax of the vehicle occupants on the side of the vehicle on which the impact occurs However they do not protect the e head e neck e arms Front side impact air bags Q and rear side impact air bags deploy next to the outer seat cushions The side impact air bags are deployed e on the side on which an impact occurs e at the start of an accident with a high rate of lateral vehicle deceleration or acceleration e g in a side impact e independently of seat belt use e independently of the front air bags e independently of the ETDs belt buckle tensioners The side impact air bags are generally not deployed if the vehicle overturns unless the system detects high vehicle deceleration or acceleration in a lateral direction and determines that they can offer additional protection to that provided by the seat belt The side impact air bags are not deployed in side impacts which do not exceed the system s deployment threshold Vehicles with OCS USA only if the OCS detects that the front passenger seat is not occupied and the front passenger seat belt is not fastened the belt ton
300. ies replaced at a qualified specialist workshop e g at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center SmartKey Opening and closing E SmartKey Opening and closing A Warning Batteries contain toxic and caustic substances For this reason keep batteries out of the reach of children If a battery has been swallowed seek medical help immediately A Warning The SmartKey batteries contain perchlorate material which may require special handling and regard for the environment Observe government disposal guidelines California residents see www dtsc ca gov HazardousWaste Perchlorate index cfm Checking the battery P80 35 2449 31 gt Press the or a button The SmartKey battery is working properly if battery charge indicator lamp Q lights up briefly If battery charge indicator lamp 4 does not light up briefly during the test the SmartKey battery is discharged gt Replace the SmartKey battery gt page 76 You can obtain a SmartKey battery at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center If the SmartKey battery is checked within signal range of the vehicle pressing the being locked or unlocked respectively or a button results in the vehicle Changing the battery You require a CR 2025 3 V cell battery gt Take the mechanical key out of the SmartKey gt page 75 as a P80 35 2421 31 gt Press mechanical key 2 into the
301. iew camera gt Make sure that the key is in position 2 in the ignition lock gt Make sure that the rear view camera function is selected in COMAND APS see the separate operating instructions for COMAND APS gt Engage reverse gear The area behind the vehicle is shown in the COMAND APS display with guide lines Guide lines in the COMAND APS display Z Warning Use of rear view camera can be dangerous if you are color blind or have impaired color vision Only use rear view camera if you can see and distinguish all colored guidelines shown by rear view camera on the COMAND system display A Warning Please note that objects that do not touch the ground may appear to be further away than they actually are for example e the bumper of a vehicle parked behind you e the trailer drawbar e the ball coupling of a trailer tow hitch e the rear end of a truck e a slanted post In such cases you should not use the guide lines to judge the distance You may misjudge the distance which increases the risk of impacting the objects Even if the object you approach is directly on the ground do not approach the object any closer than the red guide line Driving and parking su Driving systems A 9 P54 65 3644 31 Guide lines 2 and show the approximate distance from the rear of the vehicle Yellow guide line 2 indicates a distance of approximately 3 ft 1 m and red guide line ind
302. ights gt To switch on press the 4 The indicator lamp in the 4 up gt To switch off press the 4 button The indicator lamp in the 4 button goes out The cooling with air dehumidification function has a delayed switch off feature Problems with the cooling with air dehumidification function If the indicator lamp in the 4 button does not go out when switched off the cooling with air dehumidification function is switched off due to a malfunction You can no longer activate the cooling with air dehumidification function gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop Setting climate control to automatic A Warning If you switch off the cooling function the vehicle will not be cooled when weather conditions are warm The windows can fog up more quickly Window fogging may impair visibility and endanger you and others In automatic mode the set temperature is maintained automatically at a constant level The system automatically regulates the temperature of the dispensed air the airflow and the air distribution Automatic mode will achieve optimal operation if cooling with air dehumidification is also activated If desired cooling with air dehumidification can be deactivated Controlling the front climate control using the front control panel gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock gt Set the desired tem
303. ilgate touches an object the closing procedure is interrupted and the tailgate reopens gt To interrupt the closing procedure pull or push the remote operating switch for tailgate Opening the tailgate from the inside Z Warning Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle Children could open the tailgate from the inside which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury H Always make sure there is sufficient space when opening You can unlock and open the tailgate from inside the vehicle The handle is on the lower part of the tailgate window on the right hand side when viewed in the direction of travel vse side windows Opening and closing _ gt Press handle Q in the direction of arrow 2 as far as it will go and hold it there gt From this position pull handle Q in the direction of arrow Q as far as it will go and hold it there gt Swing the tailgate upwards Vehicles with the EASY PACK tailgate If you do not open the tailgate after unlocking it will lock again automatically after a few seconds Limiting the opening angle of the tailgate Important safety guidelines You can limit the opening angle of the tailgate in the top half of its opening range This could be useful for example if there is insufficient space above the tailgate H Make sure there is sufficient clearance to open the tailgate fully when setting the opening angle The tailgate could
304. ill be available again as soon as the vehicle s on board electrical system voltage increases If the warning lamp is still on gt Have the battery and alternator checked at a qualified specialist workshop Self diagnosis is not yet complete gt Carefully drive a suitable distance making slight steering movements at a speed above 12 mph 20 km h Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Problem erake USA only Canada only ILA The red brake warning lamp the yellow ESP and ESP OFF warning lamps and the yellow ABS warning lamp are lit while the engine is running A warning tone also sounds A The yellow ESP warning lamp flashes while the vehicle is in motion A The yellow ESP warning lamp flashes while the vehicle is in motion Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions A Risk of accident EBD is faulty Therefore ABS BAS PRE SAFE hill start assist and ESP trailer stabilization are also not available due to a malfunction The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard for example gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop A Risk of accident ESP or traction control has intervened because there is a
305. in the parcel net on the back of the front passenger seat OCS may otherwise be unable to correctly assess the occupant s weight category e do not place any objects under or near the front passenger seat e do not hang or fasten any objects on the seats e do not store any objects such as books between the front passenger seat and the center console or the front passenger door e do not slide the front passenger seat backwards against any hard objects e sit with the seat belt fastened correctly and in a position that is as upright as possible with your back against the backrest e while seated an occupant should not position him herself in such a way as to cause the occupant s weight to be lifted from the seat bottom as this may result in the OCS being unable to correctly approximate the occupant s weight category e read and observe all warnings in this chapter 5 Occupant safety System self test The X pass ar sasaa indicator lamp illuminates when you e turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock e press the KEYLESS GO Start Stop button once or twice If an adult occupant is properly sitting on the passenger seat and the OCS classifies the occupant as an adult the By pass air sasaa indicator lamp illuminates and goes out again after approximately 6 seconds If the seat is not occupied and the OCS classifies the front passenger seat as being unoccupied
306. inate have the OCS checked as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Do not transport a child on the front passenger seat until the OCS has been repaired gt Read and observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt page 231 ey Occupant safety Safety Oo Z Warning If the amp Pass ar saca indicator lamp does not illuminate or remains out with the weight of a typical 12 month old child in a standard child restraint or less or is unoccupied on the front passenger seat do not transport a child on the front passenger seat until the system has been repaired BabySmart air bag deactivation system How the air bag deactivation system functions The BabySmart system is standard equipment in Canada A Warning Accident statistics show that children secured in the rear seats are safer than children secured in the front passenger seat For this reason Mercedes Benz strongly advises that you always secure children in the rear seats Regardless of the seat position children under 12 years must be secured correctly in a suitable infant or child restraint system or booster seat suitable for the size and weight of the child Secure the child restraint system with e the seat belt of the vehicle e the seat belt and a Top Tether belt e the ISOFIX child seat securing system and a Top Tether belt The child restraint system
307. indshield wipers may be activated inadvertently This could then damage the windshield wiper blades or scratch the windshield For this reason you should always switch off the windshield wipers in dry weather In the or position the appropriate wiping frequency is set automatically according to the intensity of the rain In the position the rain sensor is more sensitive than in the position causing the windshield wiper to wipe more frequently Intermittent wiping is interrupted when you stop the vehicle and open a front door This wn Sm oO z lt N me z me 7 e 90 Windshield wipers Lights and windshield wipers Les prevents a person from being splashed inadvertently when getting into or out of the vehicle Intermittent wiping continues when all doors are closed and e you shift the automatic transmission to drive position D or reverse gear R or e you change the wipe setting on the combination switch To prevent smearing on the windshield or noise when wiping wipe the windshield occasionally with washer fluid Switching the rear window wiper on off Combination switch Switch To wipe with washer fluid I To switch on intermittent wiping 0 To switch off intermittent wiping To wipe with washer fluid N 2 3 4 5
308. ine checked for leaks if engine oil has to be added more often than usual Information on approved engine oils can be obtained from any qualified specialist workshop or on the Internet at http www mbusa com USA only H The oil level is too low Avoid long journeys with too little engine oil There is a risk of engine damage The display messages and the corresponding symbol that indicate that the oil level is too low must not be ignored Display messages ee Display messages ik Reserve Fuel Gas Cap Open Ultra Low sulfur Diesel Fuel Only Replace air filter Clean Fuel Filter Check Additive See Operator s Manual A Remaining Starts 20 Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions There is only a small amount of fuel in the fuel tank gt Refuel at the nearest gas station The fuel level has fallen below the reserve range The fuel tank must be filled up to at least the reserve fuel level otherwise engine running may be impaired gt Refuel at the nearest gas station The fuel system pressure is too low The fuel filler cap is not closed correctly or the fuel system is leaking gt Check that the fuel filler cap is correctly closed gt If the fuel filler cap is not correctly closed close the fuel filler cap gt If the fuel filler cap is closed visit a qualified specialist workshop Vehicles with a diesel engine the fuel level has fallen below the reserve range gt Check t
309. ion display N A a y me me he o P gt a E oO me Som e 4 O A Displays and operation OLEE Miles 26753 Trip odometer Total distance recorder Gear indicator Status line with outside temperature or speed gt page 222 Further information on the gear indicator gt page 153 ee On board computer and displays Menus and submenus Menu overview The number of menus shown depends on the optional equipment in the vehicle OO e OOo P54 32 8258 31 Function Standard display menu gt page 218 e tire pressure loss warning system Canada only gt page 339 e tire pressure monitor USA only gt page 341 e ASSYST PLUS service interval display gt page 299 Audio menu gt page 219 Navigation menu gt page 220 Offroad menu gt page 220 e level control gt page 189 e compass display gt page 29 1 e differential locks status indicator gt page 207 DISTRONIC menu gt page 181 Message memory menu gt page 229 Settings menu gt page 221 Additional functions menu gt page 226 27 The menu is only visible when there is a display message Py On board computer and displays ie Menus and submenus Lal On board computer and displays Function Trip computer menu gt page 227 Telephone menu gt page 227 Standard display menu Standard display gt Press or ZF on th
310. ion Control System Warranty e State Warranty Enforcement Laws Lemon Laws Information for customers in California Under California law you may be entitled to a replacement of your vehicle or a refund of the purchase price or lease price if after a reasonable number of repair attempts Mercedes Benz USA LLC and or its authorized repair or service facilities fail to fix one or more substantial defects or malfunctions in the vehicle that are covered by its express warranty During the period of 18 months from original delivery of the vehicle or the accumulation of 18 000 miles approximately 29 000 km on the odometer of the vehicle whichever occurs first a reasonable number of repair attempts is presumed for a retail buyer or lessee if one or more of the following occurs 1 the same substantial defect or malfunction results in a condition that is likely to cause death or serious bodily injury if the vehicle is driven that defect or malfunction has been subject to repair two or more times and you have directly notified Mercedes Benz USA LLC in writing of the need for its repair 2 the same substantial defect or malfunction of a less serious nature than category 1 has been subject to repair four or more times and you have directly notified Mercedes Benz in writing of the need for its repair 3 the vehicle is out of service by reason of repair of the same or different substantial defects or malfunctions for a cumulativ
311. ion is in position N e you are not driving faster than 43 mph 70 km h gt Press LOW RANGE button Q Indicator lamp 2 flashes If the gear change process has taken place indicator lamp 2 and LOW RANGE indicator 3 in the multifunction display go out While indicator lamp is flashing you can cancel the gear change by pressing LOW RANGE button again Messages in the multifunction display If a gear change process has not been successful the following messages may be displayed in the multifunction display Max Speed 25 Mph Canada 40 Km h you have been driving faster than 25 mph 40 km h Indicator lamp also flashes gt Drive more slowly to carry out the gear change process Shift briefly into N the transmission is in position D and you are driving slower than 25 mph 40 km h gt Shift the transmission to N to complete the gear change process Shifting Process Canceled Reactivate the shifting process has not been completed gt Ensure that all gear change conditions are fulfilled and carry out the gear change process again Stop vehicle engage parking brake a warning tone is also heard The gear change process has not been completed LOW RANGE is in the neutral position There is no connection between the engine and the drive wheels H Do not drive any further otherwise you could damage the vehicle s drive train gt Stop the vehicle Take into account the road and traffic
312. ion of arrow 1 The ZO indicator lamp in the instrument cluster lights up gt To switch off the high beam headlamps move the combination switch back to its normal position The ZO indicator lamp in the instrument cluster goes out Exterior lighting High beam flasher gt To switch on turn the key in the ignition lock to position 1 or 2 or start the engine gt Pull the combination switch briefly in the direction of arrow The hazard warning lamps automatically switch on e if an air bag is deployed e the vehicle decelerates rapidly from a speed of more than 45 mph 70 km h and comes to a standstill gt To switch on the hazard warning lamps press button Q All turn signals flash If you now switch on a turn signal using the combination switch only the turn signal lamp on the corresponding side of the vehicle will flash gt To switch off the hazard warning lamps press button Q The hazard warning lamp switches off automatically after full brake application if the vehicle then reaches a speed above 6 mph 10 km h again The hazard warning lamps still operate if the ignition is switched off The headlamps are cleaned automatically if the Wipe with washer fluid function is wn Som oO 2 z D E lt N me z ge c 2 t bo AG Interior lighting Interior lighting Lights and windshield wipers Lo operated fi
313. ious Take care and pay careful attention The rear view camera may not show objects which are very close to the rear bumper e under the rear bumper e above the tailgate handle You are responsible for safety at all times and must continue to pay attention to the immediate surroundings when parking and maneuvering This includes the area behind in front of and beside the vehicle Otherwise you could endanger yourself and or others A Warning The rear view camera either will not function or will not function to its full capability if e the tailgate is open e it is raining very hard snowing or foggy e it is night or you are parking maneuvering your vehicle in an area where it is very dark e the camera Is exposed to a very bright white light e the immediate surroundings are illuminated with fluorescent light the display may flicker e there is a sudden change in temperature e g if you drive into a heated garage from the cold lens condensation e the camera lens is dirty or covered e the rear of your vehicle is damaged In this case have the position and setting of the camera checked by a qualified specialist workshop Mercedes Benz recommends that you contact a Mercedes Benz Center for this purpose Driving systems ee Do not use the rear view camera in these situations Otherwise you could injure yourself or others and or damage property including your vehicle while parking maneuvering Activating the rear v
314. ious or fatal injury The SRS might also deploy unexpectedly and unnecessarily which could also result in injury In addition improper work on the SRS creates a risk of rendering the SRS inoperative or causing unintended air bag deployment Work on the SRS must therefore only be performed by qualified technicians Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center if it is necessary to modify an air bag system to accommodate a person with disabilities USA only Call our Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 for details Safety guidelines for seat belts Emergency Tensioning Devices ETDs and air bags A Warning e Damaged seat belts or seat belts that have been subjected to stress in an accident must be replaced Their anchoring points must also be checked Only use seat belts installed or supplied by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center e Air bags and pyrotechnic Emergency Tensioning Devices ETDs contain perchlorate material which may require special handling and regard for the Occupant safety environment Check your national disposal guidelines California residents see www dtsc ca gov HazardousWaste Perchlorate index cfm e Air bags and ETDs are designed to function on a One time only basis An air bag or ETD that has deployed must be replaced PRE SAFE has electrically operated reversible belt tensioners in addition to the pyrotechnic ETDs e Do
315. ires and if necessary change the wheel gt page 350 gt Check the tire pressures and if necessary set to the correct tire pressure gt Restart the tire pressure loss warning system when the tire pressure is correct gt page 339 A display message for the tire pressure loss warning system was shown gt Set the correct tire pressure in all four tires gt Restart the tire pressure loss warning system gt page 339 The tire pressure loss warning system is faulty gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The tire pressure monitor is measuring the tire pressure gt Drive on The tire pressures appear in the multifunction display after you have been driving for a few minutes Display messages Tire Pressure Monitor noperative Tire Pressure Monitor noperative No Wheel Sensors Check Tire s Caution Tire Defect Tire pressure s Please Correct Tire Pressure Monitor Wheel Sensor Missing Display messages kets Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The TPMS is faulty gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The wheels mounted do not have a suitable tire pressure sensor The tire pressure monitor is deactivated gt Mount wheels with suitable tire pressure sensors The TPMS is activated automatically after driving for a few minutes A Risk of accident The tire pressure in one or more tires has dropped significantly The wheel position is displayed in the multifuncti
316. is closed gt To lock press button 2 The vehicle locks itself when all doors and the tailgate are closed gt To unlock press button Q You can open a front door from inside the vehicle even if it has been locked Open the door only when the traffic conditions permit If the vehicle has been locked with the locking button for the central locking function e and the SmartKey has been reset to the factory settings the complete vehicle is unlocked when a front door is opened from the inside e and the SmartKey has been set to an individual setting only the front door that is opened from the inside is unlocked If the vehicle has been locked centrally with the SmartKey or with KEYLESS GO it is not unlocked if you use the unlocking button for the central locking system The vehicle locks automatically when the ignition is switched on and the wheels of the vehicle are moving at a speed above 9 mph 15 km h Therefore there is a risk of being locked out when the vehicle is being pushed towed or tested on a dynamometer You can switch the automatic locking function on and off using the on board computer gt page 224 Opening and closing a P Cargo compartment Opening and closing ea Unlocking the driver s door mechanical key If the vehicle can no longer be unlocked centrally with the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO gt Take the mechanical key out of the SmartKey gt page 75 gt Insert the mechan
317. is enabled during the journey although e there is a child a small adult or an object weighing less than the system s weight threshold is on the front passenger seat e the front passenger seat is unoccupied The system may detect the additional weight of objects on the seat or forces acting on the seat gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Engage the parking brake gt Switch off the ignition gt Open the front passenger door gt Remove the child and the child restraint system from the front passenger seat gt f necessary secure the child in a child restraint system on a suitable rear seat gt Make sure that no forces are acting on the seat such as e trapped books bags etc lying on behind or beside the seat e head restraints pressing against the headliner The system may otherwise detect these forces and interpret the seat occupant s weight as greater than it actually is gt Make sure that the seat is unoccupied and has no objects placed on it close the front passenger door and switch on the ignition Observe the 3 rass ar sasaa indicator lamps gt page 42 and the multifunction display and check the following Seat unoccupied and ignition switched on e the Za pass ar sasaa indicator lamp must light up and remain lit When the indicator lamp is on OCS gt page 42 has disabled the front pa
318. ished automatically soon after the emergency call has been initiated If the vehicle occupants are able to respond the Response Center will attempt to obtain more detailed information on the emergency If no vehicle occupant answers an ambulance is immediately sent to the vehicle A Warning If the indicator lamp in the SOS button is flashing continuously and there was no voice connection to the Response Center established then the mbrace system could not initiate an emergency call e g the relevant cellular phone network is not available The message Call Failed appears in the multifunction display for approximately 10 seconds Should this occur assistance must be summoned by other means Making an emergency call P82 95 2814 31 gt To initiate an emergency call manually press cover Q briefly to open gt Press SOS button briefly The indicator lamp in SOS button flashes until the emergency call is ended gt Wait for the voice connection with the Response Center gt After the emergency call is ended close cover 1 A Warning If you feel at any way in jeopardy when in the vehicle e g smoke or fire in the vehicle vehicle in a dangerous road location please do not wait for voice contact after you have pressed the SOS button Carefully leave the vehicle and move to a safe location The Response Center will automatically contact local emergency officials with the vehicle s approxima
319. isk of injury in the event of e strong braking maneuvers e sudden changes of direction e an accident A Warning Make sure the tailgate is closed when the engine is running and while driving Among other dangers deadly carbon monoxide CO gases may enter vehicle interior resulting in unconsciousness and death H The tailgate swings upwards and to the rear when opened Therefore make sure that there is sufficient clearance above and behind the tailgate For the tailgate to be opened fully there must be a minimum clearance from floor to ceiling of 7 40 ft 2 25 m The tailgate can be e opened and closed manually from outside e opened and closed automatically from outside e opened and closed automatically from inside Cargo compartment Opening and closing from the outside Opening You can only open the tailgate after unlocking it first gt Press the o button on the SmartKey P72 20 2949 31 Opening and closing E gt Pull handle Q gt Raise the tailgate Closing Z Warning To prevent possible personal injury always keep hands and fingers away from the cargo compartment opening when closing the tailgate Be especially careful when small children are around gt Pull the tailgate down using recess Q gt Push the tailgate closed from outside the vehicle gt Lock the vehicle if necessary with the button on the SmartKey or with KEYLESS GO gt page 73
320. istics of the automatic transmission be correctly performed The transfer case are adapted for this purpose ABS ESP and might be in neutral thus interrupting the 4ETS programs especially adapted to off road transfer of power between the engine and the General notes driving are also activated drive axle For information on Off road driving see The vehicle is then freely movable even if a gt page 173 You will find information about gear has been selected and could driving safety systems in conjunction with unintentionally be set into motion LOW RANGE in the Safety section particularly on up or downhill grades This gt page 65 could lead to an accident and cause injury to yourself and others Please observe related messages appearing in the multifunction display oy Off road driving systems x Driving and parking From HIGH RANGE to LOW RANGE H Only carry out the gear change process if e the engine is running e the transmission is in position N e you are not driving faster than 25 mph 40 km h gt Press LOW RANGE button Q Indicator lamp 2 flashes LOW RANGE indicator 3 appears in the multifunction display When the gear change is complete indicator lamp lights up While indicator lamp is flashing you can cancel the gear change by pressing LOW RANGE button again From LOW RANGE to HIGH RANGE H Only carry out the gear change process if e the engine is running e the transmiss
321. istronic can be dangerous on slippery roads Rapid changes in tire traction can result in wheel spin and loss of control The Distronic does not function in adverse sight and distance conditions Do not use the Distronic during conditions of fog heavy rain snow or sleet A Warning The Distronic cannot take weather conditions into account Switch off the Distronic or do not switch it on if e roads are slippery or covered with snow or ice The wheels could lose traction while braking or accelerating and the vehicle could skid e the Distronic system sensor cover is dirty or visibility is diminished due to snow rain or fog for example The distance control system functionality could be impaired Always pay attention to surrounding traffic conditions even while the Distronic is switched on Otherwise you may not be able to recognize dangerous situations until it is too late This could cause an accident in which you and or others could be injured Z Warning The Resume function should only be operated if the driver is fully aware of the previously set speed and wishes to resume this particular preset speed A Warning Close attention to road and traffic conditions is imperative at all times regardless of whether or not the Distronic is activated Use of the Distronic can be dangerous on winding roads or in heavy traffic because conditions do not allow safe driving at a constant speed The Distronic will not react
322. itch off the headlamps Doing so while driving in low ambient lighting conditions may result in an accident With the engine running while the vehicle is stationary or if the parking brake is applied the daytime running lamps low beam headlamps switch off after 3 minutes if you shift the selector lever to P from a driving position With the engine running the vehicle gt To switch on automatic headlamp stationary and bright ambient light if you set mode turn the light switch to auro the light switch to ae the daytime running SmartKey in position 1 in the ignition lock lamps and the parking lamps switch on the parking lamps are switched on or off automatically depending on the brightness Daytime running lamps in the USA of the ambient light The daytime running lamps are deactivated ex works on vehicles for the USA a Exterior lighting Lights and windshield wipers S With the engine running depending on the brightness of the ambient light the daytime running lamps or the low beam headlamps are switched on or off automatically When the low beam headlamps are switched on the 2D indicator lamp in the instrument cluster lights up Fog lamps and rear fog lamps Front fog lamps Only vehicles with front fog lamps have the fog lamps function A Warning If you suspect that driving conditions will be fogg
323. ith KEYLESS GO All indicator lamps must be off in the instrument panel gt Pull release lever 1 on the hood The hood is released H Make sure that the windshield wipers are not folded away from the windshield You could otherwise damage the windshield wipers or the hood P88 40 2883 31 gt Reach into the gap pull hood catch handle 2 up and lift the hood Closing the hood A Warning When closing the hood use extreme caution not to catch hands or fingers Be careful that you do not close the hood on anyone Make sure the hood is securely engaged before driving off Do not continue driving if the hood can no longer engage after an accident for example The hood could otherwise come loose while the vehicle is in motion and injure you and or others Engine compartment lee gt Lower the hood and let it fall from a height of approximately 8 inches 20 cm gt Check that the hood has engaged properly If the hood can be raised slightly it is not properly engaged Open it again and close it with a little more force Vehicles with a diesel engine do not cover the radiator for example with a winter front or bug cover Otherwise the readings of the on board diagnostic system may be inaccurate Some of these readings are required by law and must be accurate at all times Engine oil Notes on the oil level Depending on the driving style the vehicle consumes up to 0 9 US qt 0 8 I
324. ity to steer or brake the vehicle You might lose control over the vehicle When you restart the TPMS all existing warning messages are deleted and the warning lamps go out The currently set tire pressures are adopted as the specified values for monitoring The TPMS must be restarted when you set the tire pressure to a new value as a result of changed handling or load characteristics for example The TPMS then monitors the new tire pressure values Restart the TPMS after the tire pressure has been set as desired according to the recommended values for the driving conditions gt page 336 Only correct tire pressures on cold tires Comply with the tire pressures recommended on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the B pillar on the driver s side Additional tire pressure values for driving at high speeds or with heavy loads can be found in the tire pressure table on the inside of the fuel filler flap gt Make sure that the tire pressure is set properly in all four tires gt Make sure that the key is in position 2 in the ignition lock gt Press and hold the or F button on the multifunction steering wheel until the standard display appears in the multifunction display gt page 218 gt Press and hold the 4 or lt 7 button until the tire pressure of all tires or the Tire pressure displayed after driving for a few minutes message is shown gt Press the reset button on the instrument cluster
325. ivate or deactivate the Interior Lighting Delayed Shut off function gt Press the A or Ce select a different display button to select the button to Vehicle Activating deactivating the automatic locking feature When you activate the Automatic Door Locking function your vehicle will be centrally locked above a speed of approximately 9 mph 15 km h Further information on the automatic locking feature gt page 79 gt Press or CEI on the steering wheel to select the Settings menu gt Press A to call up the selection of submenus gt Pressthe or Vehicle submenu gt Press 4 to select Automatic Door Locking gt Press or button to select the to switch Automatic Door Locking on or off gt Press the A or ZE button to select a different display Activating deactivating the radar sensor system If the radar sensor system is switched off Blind Spot Assist gt page 200 is deactivated USA only This device has been approved by the FCC as a Vehicular Radar System The radar sensor is intended for use in an automotive radar system only Removal tampering or altering of the device will void any warranties and is not permitted by the FCC Do not tamper with alter or use in any
326. ivated or gt Press one of the 4 or v buttons Automatic air distribution is deactivated Air distribution is controlled according to the position set Automatic airflow remains activated Setting the temperature Dual zone automatic climate control Different temperatures can be set for the driver s and front passenger sides gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock gt To increase reduce turn controls and clockwise or counter clockwise gt page 131 Only change the temperature setting in small increments Start at 72 F 22 C Multi zone automatic climate control P83 40 4294 31 Climate zones of multi zone automatic climate control You can select different temperature settings for the driver s and front passenger sides as well as for the rear compartment gt To increase reduce the front compartment temperature using the 16 USA only 17 Canada only front control panel turn the SmartKey in the ignition lock to position 2 gt Turn thumbwheels and 7 clockwise or counter clockwise gt page 132 Only change the temperature setting in small increments Start at 72 F 22 C For USA only gt To increase reduce the rear compartment temperature using the front control panel turn the SmartKey in the ignition lock to position 2 gt Press the button gt Turn control clockwise or counter clockwise gt pag
327. k periodically when braking The digging in effect achieved in the process reduces the stopping distance on off road terrain This limits steering capability BAS Brake Assist A Warning Observe Important safety instructions gt page 65 BAS operates in emergency braking situations If you depress the brake pedal quickly BAS automatically boosts the braking force thus shortening the stopping distance gt Keep the brake pedal firmly depressed until the emergency braking situation is over ABS prevents the wheels from locking The brakes will function as usual once you release the brake pedal BAS is deactivated A Warning If the BAS malfunctions the brake system still functions but without the additional brake boost available that the BAS would normally provide in an emergency braking maneuver Therefore the braking distance may increase ESP Electronic Stability Program Important safety notes A Warning Observe Important safety instructions gt page 65 If ESP detects that the vehicle is deviating from the direction desired by the driver one or more wheels are braked to stabilize the vehicle If necessary the engine output is also modified to keep the vehicle on the desired course within physical limits ESP assists the driver when pulling away on wet or slippery roads ESP can also stabilize the vehicle during braking If ESP intervenes the Z warning lamp flashes in the instr
328. kage the multifunction lights up for approximately two seconds display only shows the compass This is repeated for up to 20 seconds The transmitter will transmit a signal for as long as the transmitter button is being Floormat on the driver s side pressed The transmission will be halted T after a maximum of 20 seconds and JN indicator lamp will flash Press the Whenever you are using a floormat make sure transmitter button again if necessary Biota iS noupeiele ai anoe and tat iio floormat is securely fastened The floormat should always be securely fastened using the fastening equipment Before driving off check that the floormat is securely in place and adjust it if necessary A loose floormat could slip and hinder proper functioning of the pedals b gt FA Features O Loading stowing and features Do not place several floormats on top of each other as this may impair pedal movement gt Slide seat backwards gt To install place the floormat in position gt Press floormat eyelets C onto retainer pins gt To remove pull the floormats off retainers gt Remove the floormat The infrared reflecting glass prevents the vehicle interior from becoming too hot It also blocks radio waves up into the gigahertz range In order to operate radio controlled equipment e g toll systems there are areas 1 on the windshield that are permeable to radio waves In these areas you can inst
329. kg that the tire can carry For further information on the maximum tire load in kilograms and pounds see gt page 348 Tire labeling Le Tires and wheels For further information on the load bearing index see load index gt page 353 Speed index speed index specifies the approved maximum speed of the tire A Warning Even when permitted by law never operate a vehicle at speeds greater than the maximum speed rating of the tires Exceeding the maximum speed for which tires are rated can lead to sudden tire failure causing loss of vehicle control and possibly resulting in an accident and or serious personal injury and possible death for you and for others Regardless of the speed index always observe the speed limits Drive carefully and adapt your driving style to the traffic conditions Summer tires Index Speed rating Q up to 100 mph 160 km h R up to 106 mph 170 km h S up to 112 mph 180 km h T up to 118 mph 190 km h H up to 130 mph 210 km h V up to 149 mph 240 km h W up to 168 mph 270 km h Y up to 186 mph 300 km h up to 186 mph 300 km h above 186 mph 300 km h ZR above 149 mph 240 km h e Optionally tires with a maximum speed of over 149 mph 240 km h may have ZR in the size description depending on the manufacturer e g 245 40 ZR 18 450r M S 4 for winter tires The service specifications consists of load bearing index and speed index e If the size description
330. kshop The lights are still switched on when you leave the vehicle A warning tone also sounds gt Turn the light switch to o or A or gt f the rear fog lamp is switched on press the light switch in to the stop Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The coolant level is too low gt Add coolant observing the warning notes before doing so gt page 297 gt If coolant needs adding more often than usual have the engine coolant system checked at a qualified specialist workshop Do not spill antifreeze on hot engine parts Antifreeze contains ethylene glycol which may burn if it comes into contact with hot engine parts You could be seriously burned H The coolant level is too low Avoid making long journeys with too little coolant in the cooling system The engine will otherwise be damaged Display messages Leth The display messages and the corresponding symbol that indicate that the coolant level is too low must not be ignored Display messages SF Coolant Stop car Switch engine off A Warning Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The coolant is too hot gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely and switch off the engine paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Make sure that the air supply to the radiator is not blocked e g by snow slush or ice gt Wait until the display message disappears before restarting the engine Otherwise the
331. kwards in the direction of The use of infant or child restraint systems is arrow until it engages required by law in all 50 states the District of gt Repeat this procedure for the second Columbia the U S territories and all NECK PRO head restraint Canadian provinces Even if this is not the case all vehicle NECK PRO luxury head restraints occupants should have their seat belts fastened when the vehicle is in motion If you have difficulty resetting the NECK PRO luxury head restraints have this work carried out at a qualified specialist workshop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Center See Children in the vehicle gt page 59 for further information on infants and children traveling in the vehicle as well as on child restraint systems A Warning Always fasten your seat belt before driving off Always make sure all of your passengers are properly restrained You and your passengers should always wear seat belts Failure to wear and properly fasten and position your seat belt greatly increases your risk of injuries and their likely severity in an accident If you are ever in an accident your injuries can be considerably more severe without your d Remove the resetting tool from the seat belt properly buckled Without your seat vehicle document wallet belt buckled you are much more likely to hit gt Insert resetting tool into guide the interior of the vehicle or be ejected from between th
332. l filler flap is to the rear on the right The position of the fuel filler cap MAXIMUM Using other diesel fuels could result in increased wear and damage to the engine and or exhaust system is displayed in the instrument cluster fm Never refuel with marine diesel or heating The arrow next to the filling pump indicates oil the side of the vehicle Do not mix these fuels with diesel fuels and do not use any special additives as this may result in damage H When refueling using a fuel can use a filter or use a clean cloth as a filter Otherwise particles from the fuel can may block the fuel lines and or the diesel injection system Refuel only with ULTRA LOW SULFUR DIESEL FUEL ULSD 15 ppm SULFUR MAXIMUM Usually you will find information about the fuel grade on the pump If you cannot find the label on the gasoline pump ask the gas station staff You can find further information under Fuel gt page 366 by consulting an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or by visiting http www mbusa com USA To open the fuel filler flap To insert the fuel filler cap Fuel type Tire pressure table Opening gt Switch off the engine When the engine is running and the fuel only filler flap is open the yellow reserve fuel warning lamp and the Sene USA only Low outside temperatures or i Canada only engine diagnostics H Do not use gasoline to refuel vehicles wit
333. l level to prevent impairment to the running of the engine gt Refuel at the nearest gas station On board computer and displays PA Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Ll On board computer and displays Driving systems Problem A The red DTR distance warning lamp lights up while the vehicle is in motion A warning tone also sounds Tires Problem W USA only The yellow combination low tire pressure telltale TPMS malfunction telltale for the TPMS is on USA only The yellow combination low tire pressure telltale TPMS malfunction telltale for the TPMS flashes for 60 seconds and then remains illuminated A Warning Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions A Risk of accident A warning is issued if e you are approaching a vehicle in front at too great a speed e DISTRONIC has detected a stationary obstacle in your line of travel gt Be prepared to brake immediately gt Pay careful attention to the traffic situation You may have to brake or take evasive action Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions A Risk of accident The TPMS has detected a loss of pressure in at least one of the tires gt Stop the vehicle without making any sudden steering or braking maneuvers Pay attention to the traffic conditions as you do so gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Check t
334. l to recognize dangers in time cause an accident and injure yourself and others If the lanes are narrow the system may be unable to distinguish the neighboring lane from the one beyond it For this reason the system may indicate vehicles in the farther lane especially if the vehicles are driving ina staggered formation in different lanes In particular this may be the case if the vehicles are driving at that edge of their lane which is nearest your vehicle Due to the nature of the system e warnings may be issued unnecessarily when driving close to crash barriers or similar solid lane borders e the warning may be interrupted when traveling next to long vehicles for extended periods The two sensors for Blind Spot Assist are integrated into the sides of the rear bumper Make sure that the bumper is free of dirt ice or slush around the sensors For example the radar sensors must not be covered by bicycle racks or overhanging loads In the event of a severe impact or damage to the bumpers have the function of the radar sensors checked at a qualified specialist workshop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Blind Spot Assist may otherwise not work properly Information and warning display bo x Som iy a me bo gt lt Q Yellow indicator lamp red warning lamp E If Blind Spot Assist is switched on indicator lamps in the exterior mirrors light up yellow up to a speed of
335. lace a message appears in the multifunction display e g Off road G20 NE Fos Ee The vehicle rises from off road level 1 to off road level 2 If you press the CE 2 or button on the multifunction steering wheel the message will disappear Once off road level 2 has been reached you will see a message in the multifunction display for example Off road G o NE fod Lower and center indicator lamps are on If you have not previously selected the off road menu gt page 220 in the on board computer the message disappears after about five seconds The Max Speed 12 MPH 20 Km h message draws your attention to the maximum speed permitted for off road level 3 While the adjustment from off road level 2 to off road level 3 is taking place you will see a message such as the following in the multifunction display G20 NE Fos Pie OFF road Max 12 MPH Once off road level 3 has been reached you will see a message in the multifunction display for example Off road Go NE Fog Ma EN MPH Me If you drive above 12 EON 20 km h in off road level 3 you will see the following message in the multifunction display Driving systems 88 km h off road level 2 is canceled The vehicle is lowered to off road level 1 You will see a message in the multifunction N display for example Off road Off road level 3 is cancel
336. lationship between tire height and tire width in percent Pressure inside the tire applying an outward force to every square inch of the tire s surface The tire pressure is specified in pounds per square inch psi in kilopascal kPa or in bar The tire pressure should only be corrected when the tires are cold For this the vehicle must have been stationary for at least three hours or not have traveled more than 1 6 km 1 mile in this time The part of the tire that comes into contact with the road The tire bead contains steel wire which is bound by steel cords that hold the tire on the wheel rim The part of the tire between the tread and the tire bead The combined weight of those optional extras that weigh more than the replaced standard part and more than 2 3 kilograms 5 Ibs These optional extras such as high performance brakes level control a roof rack or a high performance battery are not included in the unladen weight and the weight of the accessories A unique identification number which can be used by a tire manufacturer to identify tires for example for a product recall and thus identify the purchasers The TIN is made up of the manufacturer s identity code tire size tire type code and the manufacturing date The load bearing index also load index is a code that contains the maximum load bearing capacity of a tire Traction is the result of friction between the tires and the road surfac
337. ld be used that has been approved and recommended by Mercedes Benz Never use such care products in direct sunlight or on a hot hood gt Use a suitable touch up stick e g MB Touch Up stick for quick temporary repair of damaged paintwork Cleaning the windows Z Warning Switch off the windshield wipers and remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock before cleaning the windshield or the wiper blades On vehicles with KEYLESS GO press the Start Stop button repeatedly until all indicator lamps in the instrument cluster have gone out The windshield wipers could otherwise move and injure you gt Clean the inside and outside of the windows with a damp cloth and a cleaning agent that is recommended and approved by Mercedes Benz H Do not use dry cloths abrasive products solvents or cleaning agents containing solvents to clean the inside of the windows Do not use hard objects to clean the insides of the windows e g an ice scraper or ring There is otherwise a risk of damaging the windows H Clean the water drainage channels of the windshield and the rear window at regular intervals Under certain circumstances deposits such as leaves petals and pollen may prevent water from draining away leading to corrosion damage Cleaning the wiper blades A Warning Switch off the windshield wipers and remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock before cleaning the windshield or the wiper blades On vehicles with KEYLE
338. le in order to release any possible electrostatic charges Do not rub the battery with rags or cloths The battery could explode if touched due to electrostatic charge or due to spark formation H Switch off the engine and remove the SmartKey before disconnecting the terminal clamps from the battery On vehicles with KEYLESS GO make sure that the ignition is switched off Check that all the indicator lamps in the instrument cluster are off You may otherwise destroy electronic components such as the alternator H Like other batteries the vehicle battery may discharge over time if you do not use the vehicle In this case have the battery disconnected at a qualified specialist workshop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Center You can also charge the battery with a charger recommended by Mercedes Benz Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for further information The battery breather hose and cover of the positive terminal clamp must be installed securely during operation Remove the SmartKey if you park the vehicle and do not require any electrical consumers The vehicle will then use very little energy thus conserving battery power Mercedes Benz recommends that you do not carry out work on batteries yourself e g removing charging or replacing Always have this work performed at a qualified specialist workshop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Center f the power supply has been interrupted e g if
339. le warning sounds Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The seat belt warning lamp reminds the driver and front passenger to fasten their seat belts gt Fasten your seat belt gt page 53 A Risk of injury The driver s seat belt is not fastened gt Fasten your seat belt gt page 53 The warning tone ceases A Risk of injury The driver or front passenger has not fastened their seat belt gt Fasten your seat belt gt page 53 The warning lamp goes out A Risk of injury There are objects on the front passenger seat gt Remove the objects from the front passenger seat and stow them in a secure place The warning lamp goes out A Risk of injury The driver or front passenger has not fastened their seat belt In addition you are driving faster than 15 mph 25 km h or you have briefly driven faster than 15 mph 25 km h gt Fasten your seat belt gt page 53 The warning lamp goes out and the intermittent audible warning ceases A Risk of injury There are objects on the front passenger seat In addition you are driving faster than 15 mph 25 km h or you have briefly driven faster than 15 mph 25 km h gt Remove the objects from the front passenger seat and stow them in a secure place The warning lamp goes out and the intermittent audible warning ceases On board computer and displays ee Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Safety systems Problem
340. les with fog lamps front fog lamp 8 _ o Vehicles with fog lamps rear fog lamp The turn signals high beam headlamps and the high beam flasher are operated using the combination switch gt page 117 H Switch off the parking lamps and standing lamps when you leave the vehicle This prevents the battery from discharging The exterior lighting except the parking lamps standing lamps switches off automatically if you e remove the key from the ignition lock e open the driver s door with the key in position 0 If you hear a warning tone when you leave the vehicle the lights may still be switched on Exterior lighting let gt Turn the light switch to o or auto gt To switch on the daytime running or lamps switch on the daytime running lamps function via the on board computer gt page 223 gt Turn the light switch to o or auto With the engine running depending on the ambient light either the daytime running gt To switch on the low beam headlamps lamps or the low beam headlamps are gt If the rear fog lamp is switched on press the light switch in to the stop Low beam headlamps turn the key in the ignition lock to position switched on 2 or start the engine If the low beam headlamps are switched gt Turn the light switch to on the 500 indicator lamp on the light Th
341. letely mounted The left and rigt aa ae roof rails are only stabilized by means of the The maximum roof load that can be utilized in crossbars mounted conjunction with accessories is reduced by Follow the manufacturer s installation EA weight of the crossbars 13 7 Ibs instructions Otherwise an improperly 2 kg attached carrier or its load could become H Note that installing the crossbar detached from the vehicle increases the vehicle height by 50 mm Do not exceed the maximum roof load of compared to the height stated in the 198 Ib 90 kg Technical data section Take into consideration that when the roofis The keys and an Allen key are stored with the loaded the handling characteristics are vehicle tool kit in the stowage compartment different from those when operating the under the cargo compartment floor vehicle without the roof loaded gt page 310 E Mercedes Benz recommends that you Spare parts are available as Mercedes only use roof carriers that have been tested Benz accessories Contact an authorized and approved for Mercedes Benz vehicles Mercedes Benz Center This helps to prevent damage to the vehicle Le Loading stowing and features Installing the crossbars Z Warning Please follow these installation instructions carefully Caution should be exercised to avoid damage to the vehicle while installing the crossbars Also be careful not to injure yourself or others while installing and adjusting th
342. lighting is activated automatically if the vehicle is involved in an accident gt To switch off the crash responsive emergency lighting press the hazard warning lamp button or gt Lock and then unlock the vehicle using the key wn Som oO 2 z K 2 lt wn me z ge c e bo ie Changing bulbs Lights and windshield wipers Changing bulbs Important safety notes Xenon bulbs If your vehicle is equipped with Xenon bulbs you can recognize this by the following the cone of light from the Xenon bulbs moves from the top to the bottom and back again when you start the engine For this to be observed the lights must be switched on before starting the engine Z Warning Xenon bulbs carry a high voltage You could get an electric shock and be seriously or even fatally injured if you touch the electric contacts on Xenon bulbs Therefore never remove the cover from Xenon bulbs Do not change Xenon bulbs yourself but have them replaced at a qualified specialist workshop which has the necessary specialist knowledge and tools to carry out the work required Mercedes Benz recommends that you use an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for this purpose In particular work relevant to safety or on safety related systems must be carried out at a qualified specialist workshop Bulbs and lamps are an important aspect of vehicle safety You must therefore make sure that these function correc
343. lock before replacing the wiper blade Removing the wiper blade gt Press both release clips gt Fold wiper blade in the direction of arrow 3 away from wiper arm 4 gt Remove wiper blade Q in the direction of arrow gt Remove the key from the ignition lock gt Fold wiper arm Q away from the rear Installing the wiper blades window until it engages gt Position wiper blade at a right angle to wiper arm a gt Hold wiper arm Q and press wiper blade in the direction of the arrow until it is released gt Remove wiper blade 2 Lights and windshield wipers Installing the wiper blade gt Place new wiper blade 2 onto wiper arm 4 gt Position the new wiper blade Q with gt Hold wiper arm Q and press wiper recess on lug blade 2 in the opposite direction to the gt Fold wiper blade in the direction of arrow until it engages arrow onto the wiper arm until retaining gt Make sure that wiper blade 2 is seated clips 2 engage in bracket correctly gt Make sure that wiper blade Q is seated gt Position wiper blade parallel to wiper correctly arm 4 gt Fold the wiper arm back onto the gt Fold wiper arm Q back onto the rear windshield window Replacing the rear window wiper blade A Warning The wiper arm could be set in motion and The windshield wipers are obstructed _ windshield wipers are obstructed injure you if the wi
344. lt sliding sunroof Ope ning closing ceeccrnsoiiressss RESGtEIMG scstscsesseessdvcsdencecessasvosseesess Time on board computer TIRER Kit ccc Scecect ue werd eeeecrntetetes Tire pressure Calling up on board computer Checking manually essere Display message seeen MaxiMUIM es deeetas ccatetsheseet Coachcesstecers Not reached TIREFIT 0 0 eee Pressure loss warning eese Reached TIREFIT eeeeeeeeeeeee Recommended ccsesecccesesercsen ceases Tire pressure monitor Warning AMP sisis Tire pressure monitoring system Function notes c0ceeeeeeeeereneee Restarting enrenar Tires Aspect ratio definition Average weight of the vehicle occupants definition 0 Bar definition ccssesccrsnnseeess Characteristics ic c ccsscccessesssessseoes CHECKE svsecssescscsdeccueseseazees dabesateess CIC AMIN eenn EEE Definition of terms ccceeceees Direction of rotation esee Distribution of the vehicle occupants definition 00 DOT Tire Identification Number TIN eiiieaenii DOT Department of Transportation definition Flat tine erruna an o GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating definition ronne GTW Gross Trailer Weight definition 5 6 ccspeseceesenesctiessrccecoss Guidelines to be observed GVW Gross Vehicle Weight GEFIMIION seisstcccscsesssbesarsdscasioebzeasess GVWR
345. m direct sunlight You can open close the roller sunblind by hand H Always guide the roller sunblind by hand Do not let it snap back suddenly as this gt To open briefly press marking could damage the roller sunblind Ashtray opens gt To remove the insert lift insert up and out gt To refit the insert press insert into the holder until it engages Ashtray in the rear compartment H Close the ashtray when it is not in use and before you fold the rear seats forward You can otherwise damage the ashtray P68 60 2238 31_ fe Features gt To open briefly press marking Ashtray 2 opens gt To remove the insert lift insert C up and out gt To re insert the insert replace insert 1 from above gt Press insert into the holder until it engages lL Loading stowing and features Cigarette lighter A Warning When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock Always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle even if they are secured in a child restraint system or with access to an unlocked vehicle A child s unsupervised access to a vehicle could result in an accident and or serious personal injury The children could e injure themselves on parts of the vehicle e be seriously or fatally injured through excessive exposure to extreme heat or cold e injure themselves or cause an accident wi
346. m h increments gt Briefly press the cruise control lever to the pressure point up Q for a higher speed or down 2 for a lower speed The last speed stored is increased or reduced Setting in 5 mph Canada 10 km h increments gt Briefly press the cruise control lever beyond the pressure point up Q for a higher speed or down for a lower speed The last speed stored is increased or reduced Deactivating cruise control There are several ways to deactivate cruise control gt Briefly press the cruise control lever forwards or gt Brake Cruise control is automatically deactivated if e you depress the parking brake e you are driving below 20 mph 30 km h ESP intervenes or you deactivate ESP you shift the transmission to position N while driving If cruise control is deactivated you will hear a warning tone You will see the Cruise control Off message in the multifunction display for approximately five seconds The last speed stored is cleared when you switch off the engine DISTRONIC Important safety notes DISTRONIC regulates the speed and automatically helps you maintain the distance to the vehicle detected in front It brakes automatically in order to avoid exceeding the set speed On long and steep downhill gradients especially if the vehicle is laden or towing a trailer you must select shift range 1 2 or 3 in good time By doing so you will make use of the brakin
347. m the ignition lock In order to ensure that the automatic transmission stays in position N when towing do the following gt Make sure that the vehicle is stationary and that the SmartKey is in position O in the ignition lock gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock On vehicles with KEYLESS GO use the SmartKey instead of the Start Stop button gt page 147 gt Depress and hold the brake pedal gt Shift the automatic transmission to position N gt Release the brake pedal gt Release the parking brake gt Switch on the hazard warning flashers gt page 117 gt Leave the SmartKey inserted in the ignition lock in position 2 When towing with the hazard warning flashers switched on use the combination switch as usual to signal in which direction you are changing In this case only the indicator lamps for the direction of travel flash When you reset the combination switch the hazard warning flashers start flashing again Transporting the vehicle The towing eyes or trailer tow hitch can be used to pull the vehicle onto a trailer or transporter if you wish to transport it gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock gt Shift the automatic transmission to position N As soon as the vehicle has been loaded gt Prevent the vehicle from rolling away by applying the parking brake gt Shift the automatic transmission to position P gt Turn the SmartKey to p
348. mately 500 kPa 5 bar 73 psi Do not switch off the electric pump during this phase A Warning The air hose can become hot during inflation Please exercise appropriate caution H Do not operate the electric air pump for longer than eight minutes at a time without a break It may otherwise overheat The air pump can be operated again once it has cooled down If after five minutes a pressure of 180 kPa 1 8 bar 26 psi has been achieved see gt page 315 If after five minutes a pressure of 180 kPa 1 8 bar 26 psi has not been achieved see gt page 315 Tire pressure of 180 kPa 1 8 bar 26 psi is not achieved If after five minutes a pressure of 180 kPa 1 8 bar 26 psi has not been achieved gt Press the on off switch on the electric air pump to 0 The electric air pump is switched off gt Unscrew the filler hose from the valve gt Very slowly drive forwards or reverse approximately 30 ft 10 m gt Pump up the tire again A Warning If after five minutes a pressure of 180 kPa 1 8 bar 26 psi cannot be achieved the tire is too badly damaged to be repaired reliably using TIREFIT In this case TIREFIT cannot seal the tire properly Do not drive any further Contact the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center for assistance or call roadside assistance Tire pressure of 180 kPa 1 8 bar 26 psi is achieved gt Press the on off switch on the electric air pump to 0 The electric air pump i
349. mirror on the front passenger side activated engage reverse gear The exterior mirror on the front passenger side moves to the stored parking position The exterior mirror on the front passenger side moves back to its original position e as soon as you exceed a speed of 6 mph 10 km h e about ten seconds after you have disengaged reverse gear e if you press button G for the exterior mirror on the driver s side Memory functions Storing settings E Seats steering wheel With the memory function you can store up to three different settings e g for three different people The following settings are stored as a single memory preset e position of the seat backrest and head restraint e driver s side steering wheel position e driver s side position of the exterior mirrors on the driver s and front passenger sides Z Warning The memory function can still be used when the key has been removed For this reason children should never be left unsupervised in the vehicle They could otherwise become trapped when adjusting the seat or the steering wheel Z Warning Only use the memory function on the driver s side when the vehicle is stationary You could otherwise be distracted from the traffic conditions by the steering wheel and seat moving of their own accord and as a result cause an accident gt Adjust the seat gt page 96 gt On the driver s side adjust the steering wheel
350. mirrors Ls Adjusting the seats in the second and third row A Warning Never travel in a moving vehicle with the seat backrest in an excessively reclined position as this can be dangerous You could slide under the seat belt in a collision If you slide under it the seat belt would apply force at the abdomen or neck This could cause serious or fatal injuries The seat backrest and seat belt provide the best restraint when the wearer is in a position that is as upright as possible and the seat belt is properly positioned on the body Your seat belt must be adjusted so that you can correctly fasten your seat belt Never place hands under the seat or near any moving parts while a seat is being adjusted After adjusting the seat always ensure that the seat and the backrest are correctly engaged The backrest must be in an upright position Test the stability of the latch by pushing and pulling the backrest If the seat and backrest are not correctly latched the seat could move forward and the backrest could fold down While braking changing direction or in an accident you could slide out from under the seat belt The child seat would no longer be correctly supported or correctly positioned and would no longer carry out its intended function This could cause serious or fatal injuries Adjusting the backrest angle second row of seats A Warning The seat belt only offers its intended protection when the seat backrest is ina
351. miting the opening angle 84 Taillight see Tail lamps Tank contents GAUSS cies cedsncees cos E 28 Technical data eee eeteeeeee 362 GL350 BIUGTEC esses seesttessceaseeess 370 GAO ess scoveccesceescssteveceveceeseasoscuseess 371 GO naran a corn cxsecnastemee 371 Tires wheels 56 s ss sesve00scecreeens oes 357 TELEAID Call PVlOPitys2cesteevivcessbsdes veecesebetees 287 Display message s e 231 Downloading destinations COMAND i s esecesees sertepa anit 287 Emergency Call cisc cccssscsesevoonaccesses 284 Important safety notes 283 Locating a stolen vehicle 288 MB info call button seirene 286 Roadside Assistance button 285 SCIPLES Bi cai cascoiasdsissheteacesieessieussiceees 283 SYSTEMI cscccecsesteeseceseceresssscecnecsencnens 283 Vehicle remote unlocking 287 Telephone Accepting a Gall istsiccccsssscdeesseresesess 228 Display message scce 252 Menu on board computer 227 Number from the phone book 228 REGAINS issicbcdiseseicetitei aaa 228 Rejecting ending a call 228 Telephone compartment 265 Telescopic rod EASY PACK load securing Kit ee eeeeseeeeeeees 272 Temperature Coolant on board computer 218 Displaying the outside LOM PCLAUUNE 5 ccctssscccetescbecechessaecees 218 Outside temperature eee SEMINE en a Theft deterrent locking system Immobilizer secetei Ti
352. multifunction display If a mobile phone network is available and there is sufficient GPS reception the mbrace system transmits data to the Response Center for example e current location of the vehicle e vehicle identification number e vehicle model e vehicle color The COMAND display shows that an mbrace call is active You can switch to the navigation menu by pressing the NAVI button on COMAND during the call Spoken commands are not available A voice connection between the Response Center and the vehicle occupants is established You can obtain information on how to operate your vehicle s systems on the location of the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center and on further products and services offered by Mercedes Benz USA Further details on the mbrace system can be found under http www mbusa com Log in under Owners Online If the indicator lamp in MB info call button Q flashes continuously and no voice connection to the Response Center has been established then the mbrace system has failed to initiate an MB info call e g the corresponding mobile phone network is not available The Cal Failed message appears in the multifunction display gt To end a call press the G button onthe multifunction steering wheel or gt Press the corresponding button for ending a phone call on COMAND Call priority An emergency call can still be initiated even if a service call is currently a
353. must comply with the US Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards 213 and 225 and Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards 213 and 210 2 A statement by the child restraint manufacturer of compliance with these standards can be found on the instruction label on the child restraint system You will also find the statement in the instruction manual provided with the child restraint system When using an infant restraint system child restraint system or booster seat make sure to carefully read and follow all manufacturer s instructions for installation and use Children in the vehicle Safety LA Please read the warning labels affixed to the interior of the vehicle or to the infant restraint system or child restraint system A Warning According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained on the rear seats than on the front passenger seat Thus we strongly recommend that children be placed in the rear seats whenever possible Regardless of seating position children 12 years old and under must be seated and properly secured in an appropriately sized child restraint system or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child The infant or child restraint system must be properly secured with the vehicle s seat belt the seat belt and Top Tether strap or lower anchors and Top Tether strap fully in accordance with the child seat manufacturer s instructions Occupants especially children should
354. n Flat tire gt Tighten the wheel bolts until they are finger tight gt Unscrew the alignment bolt gt Tighten the last wheel bolt until it is finger tight Lowering the vehicle gt Place the ratchet ring spanner onto the hexagon nut of the jack so that the letters AB are visible gt Turn the ratchet ring spanner until the vehicle is once again standing firmly on the ground gt Place the jack to one side P40 10 5356 31 gt Tighten the wheel bolts evenly in a crosswise pattern in the sequence indicated Q to The tightening torque must be 110 Ib ft 150 Nm A Warning Have the tightening torque checked immediately after a wheel is changed The wheels could come loose if they are not tightened to a torque of 110 Ib ft 150 Nm gt Turn the jack back to its initial position and store it together with the rest of the vehicle tool kit in the cargo compartment Vehicles with an emergency spare wheel gt Wrap the faulty wheel in the protective film included with the emergency spare wheel Flat tire and transport the wheel in the cargo compartment or gt Depending on the size of the wheel you may also be able to secure the faulty wheel in the emergency spare wheel well In this case you must remove the stowage tray from the emergency spare wheel well and store it securely in the cargo compartment When you are driving with the collapsible spare wheel mounted the tire pressure
355. n position R or D gt Shift the transmission to position P or N The auxiliary battery for the automatic transmission is no longer being charged gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop You have attempted to move the transmission selector lever to position D R or N without depressing the brake pedal gt Depress the brake pedal Display messages ee Display messages Door Open Vehicle Not In Park Drive to workshop without shifting gears Only shift to P when vehicle is at a standstill So Power Steering Malfunction See Operator s Manual Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The driver s door is open and the transmission is in position R N or D gt Shift the transmission to position P gt Engage the parking brake You cannot change the transmission position due to a malfunction If transmission position D is selected gt Drive to a qualified specialist workshop without shifting the transmission from position D If transmission position R N or P is selected gt Notify a qualified specialist workshop or breakdown service The vehicle is moving gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Shift the transmission to position P A Risk of accident The hood or the tailgate is open gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt
356. n properties on a wet road are sharply reduced b gt Tires and wheels Tires and wheels Depending upon the weather and or road surface conditions the tire traction varies widely Do not use tires until they are excessively worn as the tire traction on wet road surfaces decreases significantly when the tread depth is less than in 3 mm Tread wear indicators TWI are required by law Six indicators are positioned over the tire tread They are visible as soon as a tread depth of approximately in 1 6 mm is reached If this is the case the tire is so worn that it must be replaced The recommended tread depth for summer tires is at least in 3 mm The recommended tread depth for winter tires is at least in 4 mm Bar marking for tread wear is integrated into the tire tread Storing tires Store tires that are not being used in a cool dry and preferably dark place Protect the tires from contact with oil grease and fuel Cleaning tires H Do not use a high pressure jet with circular jet nozzles concentrated power jets to clean the tires The high pressure of the water jet could damage the tires Always replace damaged tires Tire pressures Z Warning Follow recommended tire inflation pressures Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires wear excessively and or unevenly adversely affect handling and fuel economy and are more likely to fail from being overheated
357. n board computer gt page 225 A Warning Let the system complete the adjustment procedure before setting the vehicle in motion All steering wheel adjustment must be completed before setting the vehicle in motion Driving off with the steering wheel still adjusting could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle If the crash responsive EASY EXIT feature is triggered in an accident the steering column will move upwards when the driver s door is opened This occurs irrespective of the position of the key in the ignition lock This makes it easier to exit the vehicle and rescue the occupants The crash responsive EASY EXIT feature is only operational after an accident if the EASY EXIT ENTRY feature is activated in the on board computer Steering wheel Seats steering wheel and mirrors ee Mirrors Seats steering wheel and mirrors p Rear view mirror Rear view mirror manual anti glare Ra A gt Anti glare mode flick anti glare switch Q forwards or back Exterior mirrors Adjusting the exterior mirrors N Warning Exercise care when using the passenger side exterior rear view mirror The mirror surface is convex outwardly curved surface for a wider field of view Objects in mirror are closer than they appear Check your interior rear view mirror and glance over your shoulder before changing lanes The exterior mirrors are automatically heated if the rear window heating is switched on an
358. n lights up or goes out or gt Turn the temperature control clockwise or counter clockwise or gt Press the 8 or button Problems with the rear window heating Defrosting the windows If the indicator lamp in the amp rear window 7 heating button flashes the on board voltage Windows fogged up on the inside is too low or the roof is open The rear window heating has deactivated itself prematurely or gt Activate the cooling with air dehumidification function 77 cannot beactivated gt Switch off any consumers that are not required e g reading lamps or interior gt Activate automatic mode auro gt If the windows continue to fog up activate Sem c e oO oO S lighting Mie defrosting function e page 140 When the battery is sufficiently charged You should only select this setting until the rear window heating is activated again the windshield is clear again automatically Windows fogged up on the outside f i i Activating deactivating air gt Switch on the windshield wipers recirculation mode gt Press the of or vd ty air distribution button You can deactivate the flow of fresh air if unpleasant odors are entering the vehicle You should only select this setting until from outside The air already inside the
359. n off L To switch the automatic interior lighting control on off gt To switch the front interior lighting on off 119 119 119 C1 oO Function w To switch the right hand reading lamp on off L To open close the tilt sliding sunroof Rear view mirror Buttons for the garage door opener Page 118 89 108 289 Overhead control panel At a glance a 34 Door control panel At a glance O a Door control panel Ce Fee Function Opens the door ov Locks unlocks the vehicle Adjusts the exterior mirrors a y Selects the exterior mirror electrically folds the exterior mirrors in out Opens closes the side windows Activates deactivates the override feature for the side windows in the rear compartment Q Opens closes the hinged power side windows 5 Opens closes the tailgate 79 108 108 85 64 86 82 Vehicle equipment Occupant safety Children in the vehicle Panic alarm Driving safety systems Anti theft systems Safety i Occupant safety Vehicle equipment This manual describes all the standard and optional equipment of your vehicle which was available at the time of purchase Country specific differences are possible Bear in mind th
360. n some countries operation of the headlamps varies due to legal requirements and self imposed obligations In these countries the daytime running lamps are automatically switched on when the engine is started Notes on driving abroad Converting to symmetrical low beam when driving abroad switch the headlamps to symmetrical low beam in countries in which traffic drives on the opposite side of the road to the country where the vehicle is registered This prevents oncoming traffic from being dazzled Symmetrical lights do not illuminate as large an area of the edge of the carriageway Have the headlamps converted at a qualified specialist workshop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as close to the border as possible before driving in these countries Converting to asymmetrical low beam after returning have the headlamps converted back to asymmetrical low beam at a qualified specialist workshop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible after crossing the border when returning Light switch Operation Left hand standing lamps 2 P lt Right hand standing lamps 3 _o Lights off daytime running lamps 4 avto Automatic headlamp mode daytime running lamps 5 500 Parking lamps license plate and instrument lighting 6l Low beam high beam headlamps 7 _0 Vehicles without front fog lamps rear fog lamp 7 _ 40 Vehic
361. n the vehicle USA only This device complies with the part 15 of the FCC regulations Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference and 2 This device must withstand any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Canada only This device complies with the RSS 2 10 regulations of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference and 2 This device must withstand any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Driving safety systems Overview of driving safety systems In this section you will find information about the following driving safety systems e ABS Antilock Braking System e BAS Brake Assist System e ESP Electronic Stability Program EBD Electronic Brake power Distribution Driving safety systems E Important safety notes A Warning The following factors increase the risk of accidents e Excessive speed especially in turns e Wet and slippery road surfaces e Following another vehicle too closely The driving safety systems described in this section cannot reduce these risks
362. nce 8 0 10 9 in 202 277 mmj 8 0 12 1 in 202 307 mm Turning circle 39 7 ft 12 1 m Vehicle weight GL 450 Maximum roof Maximum 198 Ib load 90 kg Vehicle data GL 550 164 886 The data quoted here refers specifically to a vehicle with standard equipment Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for the data for all vehicle variants and trim levels 2 Technical data 54 Vehicles without Off road Pro engineering package the values vary depending on the level set for the vehicle suspension 55 Vehicles with Off road Pro engineering package the values vary depending on the level set for the vehicle suspension 56 Vehicles without Off road Pro engineering package the values vary depending on the level set for the vehicle suspension 57 Vehicles with Off road Pro engineering package the values vary depending on the level set for the vehicle suspension AVZ 1 aT Cod e ELT Vehicle dimensions GL 550 Vehicle length 201 1 in 5108 mm Vehicle width 85 5 in 2170 mm including exterior mirrors Vehicle height 72 4 75 6 in 1840 1920 mm 72 4 76 8 in 1840 1950 mm Wheel base 121 1 in 3075 mm Front track 64 8 in 1645 mm Rear track 64 9 in 1648 mm Ground clearance 8 0 10 9 in 202 277 mm 8 0 12 1 in 202 307 mm Turning circle 39 7 ft 12 1 m Vehicle weight GL 550 Maximum roof Maximum 198 Ib load 90 kg E Technical data 58 Vehicles without Off Road P
363. nce from the obstacle From the sixth segment onwards you will hear an intermittent warning tone for approximately two seconds e seventh segment onwards you will hear a warning tone for approximately two seconds This indicates that you have now reached the minimum distance Deactivating activating PARKTRONIC amp lt S Vehicles without Advanced Off Road Package To deactivate activate PARKTRONIC Indicator lamp Driving systems a a d lt Vehicles with Advanced Off Road Package To deactivate activate PARKTRONIC Indicator lamp If indicator lamp 2 lights up PARKTRONIC is deactivated Towing a trailer PARKTRONIC is deactivated for the rear area when you establish an electrical connection between your vehicle and a trailer H Fold in the ball coupling if the trailer tow hitch is not required PARKTRONIC measures the minimum detection range to an obstacle from the bumper not the ball coupling H Vehicles with an exterior spare wheel Remove the detachable ball coupling if the trailer tow hitch is not required PARKTRONIC measures the minimum detection range to an obstacle from the bumper not the ball coupling Driving and parking fee Driving systems Ee Driving and parking Problems with PARKTRONIC Problem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Only the red segments PARKTRONIC has malfunctioned and has switched off in the PARKTRONIC ___ gt If problems p
364. nd approved by Mercedes Benz These battery chargers allow the battery to be charged while still installed H Only use battery chargers with a maximum charging voltage of 14 8 V E Only charge the battery using the jump starting connection point The jump starting connection point is in the engine compartment gt page 325 gt Open the hood gt page 294 gt Connect the battery charger to the positive terminal and earth point in the same order as when connecting the donor battery in the jump starting procedure gt page 325 E Roadside assistance Jump starting Jump starting A Warning Failure to follow these directions will cause damage to the electronic components and can lead to a battery explosion and severe injury or death Never lean over batteries while connecting or jump starting You might get injured Battery fluid contains sulfuric acid Do not allow this fluid to come in contact with eyes skin or clothing In case it does immediately flush affected area with water and seek medical help if necessary A battery will also produce hydrogen gas which is flammable and explosive Keep flames or sparks away from battery avoid improper connection of jumper cables smoking etc Attempting to jump start a frozen battery can result in it exploding causing personal injury Read all instructions before proceeding H Avoid repeated and lengthy starting attempts Otherwise non combusted fuel may dama
365. nd optional equipment of your vehicle which was available at the time of purchase Country specific differences are possible Bear in mind that your vehicle may not feature all functions described here This also refers to safety related systems and functions Important safety notes You will find an illustration of the instrument cluster in the At a glance section gt page 28 A Warning A driver s attention to the road and traffic conditions must always be his her primary focus when driving E On board computer and displays For your safety and the safety of others selecting features through the multifunction steering wheel should only be done by the driver when traffic and road conditions permit it to be done safely Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30 mph approximately 50 km h your vehicle is covering a distance of 44 feet approximately 14 m every second A Warning No messages will be displayed if either the instrument cluster or the multifunction display is inoperative As a result you will not be able to see information about your driving conditions such as e speed e outside temperature e warning indicator lamps e malfunction warning messages e failure of any systems Driving characteristics may be impaired If you must continue to drive do so with added caution Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible A Warning Malfunction and warning messages are only indica
366. nded cargo volume in the fully folded Detachable panel third row of seats position while the vehicle is in motion If you drop objects underneath the seats in f the right outer seat in the second row of the third row you can remove the panel in seats is in the entry exit position the display order to reach beneath the seat message 2nd row of seats right Seats steering wheel and mirrors hand side not locked appears in the multifunction display When you fold the seat and backrest back until they engage the display message disappears For further information on enlarging the cargo compartment folding the second row of seats forwards see gt page 267 and for information on folding the seats in the third row up and down see gt page 100 EASY ENTRY feature The release handle for the EASY ENTRY feature is located on the side at the back of the right outer seat in the second row of seats gt Move the head restraint to the lowest position gt page 98 gt Pull release handle in the direction of the arrow to the pressure point and hold it in this position The backrest folds forwards gt Pull release handle Q again in the direction of the arrow to the pressure point and hold it in this position gt Lift up the seat until it folds forwards Vehicles with memory function The right hand front seat moves slightly forwards Entry position EASY EXIT feature The release loop f
367. ndscreen wipers are Leaves or snow for example may be switched on obstructing the windshield wiper movement The wiper motor has been deactivated A Windshield wipers gt For safety reasons you should remove the key from the ignition lock or gt Switch off the engine using the Start Stop button and open the driver s door gt Remove the cause of the obstruction gt Switch the windshield wipers back on The windshield wipers are not working The windshield wiper drive is malfunctioning gt Select another wiper speed on the combination switch gt Have the windshield wipers checked at a qualified specialist workshop Lights and windshield wipers LJ Vehicle equipment 005 130 Overview of climate control sys tems e eens 130 Operating the control systems 136 Setting the air vents 5 142 Sen c e oO oO O Overview of climate control systems Vehicle equipment Ventilate the vehicle for a brief period during warm weather e g using the This manual describes all the standard convenience opening feature gt page 86 and optional equipment of your vehicle This will speed up the cooling process and which was available at the time of the desired vehicle interior temperature purchase Country specific differences are Will be reached more quickly possible Bear in mind that your vehicle The integrated filter can filter out mos
368. ned seat belt is also needed to provide the best possible protection in a rollover Air bags offer supplemental protection but are not a substitute for seat belts All vehicle occupants must fasten their seat belts regardless of whether your vehicle is equipped with airbags or not It is important for your safety and that of your passenger to have deployed air bags replaced and to have any malfunctioning air bags repaired This will help to make sure the air bags continue to perform their protective function for the vehicle occupants in the event of a crash Front air bags A Warning Observe Important safety instructions gt page 38 Occupant safety Safety The front air bags increase protection for the driver s and front passenger s head and chest o Driver s front air bag Q deploys in front of the steering wheel front passenger front air bag 2 deploys in front of and above the glove box They are deployed e in the event of certain frontal impacts e if the system determines that air bag deployment can offer additional protection to that provided by the seat belt e if the seat belt is fastened e independently of other air bags in the vehicle If the vehicle overturns the front air bags are generally not deployed unless the system detects high vehicle deceleration in a longitudinal direction Your vehicle has adaptive dual stage front air bags In the event of a collision the air bag control unit
369. nets cannot protect transported goods in the event of an accident Parcel nets are located in the front passenger footwell and on the back of the driver s and the front passenger seats Enlarging the luggage compartment Important safety notes Z Warning When expanding the cargo volume always fully fold the corresponding seats and if so equipped always use the cargo net when transporting cargo Unless you are transporting cargo the seat backrests must remain properly locked in the upright position In an accident during hard braking or sudden maneuvers loose items will be thrown around inside the vehicle This can cause injury to vehicle occupants unless the items are securely fastened in the vehicle Always use the cargo tie down rings A Warning Never drive a vehicle with the tailgate open Deadly carbon monoxide CO gases may enter vehicle interior resulting in unconsciousness and death H Release and fold the seat cushion upwards before folding the rear bench seat forward Otherwise the backrests may be damaged When the backrest is folded forwards the front seats cannot be moved to their rearmost position Otherwise the front seats and the rear bench seat could be damaged The left hand and right hand backrests in the 2nd row of seats can be folded forwards separately to increase the cargo compartment capacity On vehicles with a 3rd row of seats you must fold down the 3rd row of seats beforehand
370. ng When using a BabySmart compatible child restraint system on the front passenger seat the front passenger front air bag is only disabled if the 3 rass an easan indicator lamp is illuminated Always check the 8 Pass air sasaa indicator lamp if you are using a BabySmart compatible child restraint system on the front passenger seat If the 3 pass ar saca indicator lamp does not light up or goes out when the child restraint system is installed check the anchorages of the restraint system If the 3 Pass aie sacan indicator lamp remains out do not use the BabySmart child restraint system to carry a child on the front passenger seat until the system has been repaired A Warning The BabySmart air bag disabling system ONLY works with specially adapted child restraint systems It does not work with child restraint systems that are not compatible with BabySmart Never place anything between the seat cushion and the child restraint system e g a cushion as this reduces the effectiveness of Occupant safety He the BabySmart air bag deactivation system The underside of the child restraint system must lie against the seat cushion of the front passenger seat In the event of an accident an incorrectly installed child restraint system could injure the child instead of offering protection Observe the manufacturer s instruc
371. ng lamp is lit while the engine is running ESP is not available due to a malfunction ESP will not stabilize the vehicle if it starts to skid or if a wheel starts to spin The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop sks A Risk of injury The red SRS warning lamp is lit while the engine is running The restraint systems are malfunctioning The air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices may either be triggered unintentionally or in the event of an accident not be triggered at all gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately A Warning In the event a malfunction of the SRS is indicated as outlined above the SRS may not be operational For your safety we strongly recommend that you contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately to have the system checked Otherwise the SRS may not be activated when needed in an accident which could result in serious or fatal injury or it might deploy unexpectedly and unnecessarily which could also result in injury Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Engine Problem tame USA only 4 Canada only The yellow engine diagnostics warning lamp lights up while the engine is running ans USA only 4 Canad
372. nhibitor that ensures protection down to approximately 35 F 37 C AVZ 1 aT Cod e ELT Le Technical data H Only add coolant that has been premixed with the desired antifreeze protection You could otherwise damage the engine Further information on coolants and on filling can be found in the Mercedes Benz Specifications for Service Products MB Approval 310 1 e g on the Internet at http bevo mercedes benz com You can also consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Center H Always use a suitable coolant mixture even in countries where high temperatures prevail Otherwise the cooling system will not be sufficiently protected from corrosion and the boiling point will be too low If the coolant has antifreeze protection down to 35 F 37 C the boiling point of the coolant in the pressurized system is approximately 266 F 130 C Your vehicle has a range of aluminum components Use of aluminum components in the engine make it necessary to specifically match the antifreeze corrosion inhibitor in these systems in order to protect the aluminum parts Using other antifreeze corrosion inhibitors without these characteristics affects the service life The coolant must be used throughout the year in order to maintain the necessary corrosion protection and provide protection from overheating In the Service Booklet you can find information on the intervals for renewal The renewal interval is determined by the
373. nly vehicles with a gasoline engine genuine Mercedes Benz parts You will find these numbers on your vehicle s identification plates for example gt page 363 Your vehicle is covered under the terms of the warranties printed in the Service and Warranty Information booklet Your authorized Mercedes Benz Center will exchange or repair any defective parts originally installed in the vehicle in accordance with the terms of the following warranties e New Vehicle Limited Warranty e Emission System Warranty e Emission Performance Warranty e California Connecticut Maine Massachusetts New York Pennsylvania Rhode Island and Vermont Emission Control Systems Warranty e State Warranty Enforcement Laws Lemon Laws Replacement parts and accessories are subject to the Mercedes Benz Replacement Part and Accessory Warranties You can obtain these at any Mercedes Benz Center Should you lose your Service and Warranty Information booklet have an authorized Mercedes Benz Center arrange for a replacement It will be mailed to you Vehicle identification plates Vehicle identification plates The data on the type plate is only an example This data is vehicle specific and Vehicle identification plate with can differ from the data given here The vehicle identification number VIN data that applies to your vehicle can be and paint code number found on your vehicle s type plate Vehicle identification number VIN
374. not pass seat belts over sharp edges They could tear e Do not make any modification that could change the effectiveness of the seat belts e Do not bleach or dye seat belts as this may severely weaken them In a crash they may not be able to provide adequate protection e No modifications of any kind may be made to any components or wiring of the SRS e Do not change or remove any component or part of the SRS e Do not install additional trim material seat covers badges etc to the padded steering wheel boss knee bag covers front passenger air bag cover outer side of front seat bolsters outer side of rear bench seat backrest seat bolsters roof lining trim e Do not install additional electrical electronic equipment on or near SRS components and wiring e Keep area between air bags and occupants free of objects e g packages purses umbrellas etc e Do not hang items such as coat hangers from the coat hooks or handles over the door These items may be thrown around in the vehicle and cause head and other injuries when the window curtain air bag is deployed e Air bag system components will be hot after an air bag has inflated Do not touch them b gt ra Occupant safety Safety Oo e Never place your feet on the instrument panel dashboard or on the seat Always keep both feet on the floor in front of the seat Improper repair work on the SRS creates a risk of rendering the SRS inopera
375. nsmission is in position N e the parking brake is applied e ESP is malfunctioning ing hiss Problems with the engine Problem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The engine does not e There is a malfunction in the engine electronics start The starter motor e There is a malfunction in the fuel supply canibeineardi gt Turn the SmartKey back to position O in the ignition lock before the next attempt to start with the SmartKey gt Before the next starting attempt with KEYLESS GO shut all open vehicle doors so that the signals from the SmartKey may be better received or gt Pull the Start Stop button out of the ignition gt Use the SmartKey to start the engine gt page 148 as external radio signals cause KEYLESS GO to malfunction Avoid excessively long and frequent attempts to start the engine as these will drain the battery If the engine does not start after several attempts gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop The engine does not The on board voltage is too low because the starter battery is too start You cannot hear weak or discharged the starter motor gt Jump start the vehicle gt page 325 If the engine does not start despite attempts to jump start it gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop The starter motor was exposed to a thermal load that was too high gt Allow the starter motor to cool down for approximately two minutes gt Try to start the engine again
376. nt 2 in loading rail to various detents and secure it These detents are marked and positioned at 5 cm intervals along loading rail You can turn mounting element 2 of loading rail Q to four positions To lock the mounting element To release the cargo tie down ring the inertia reel or the telescopic rod To remove the mounting element ay To push the mounting element to the next detent Peo 1D 5 gt Turn mounting element to gt Insert mounting element into loading rail gt Turn mounting element to until you feel it clearly engage in loading rail Inserting the lashing eyelets into the mounting el Loading stowing and features P68 00 6067 31 A Warning Distribute the load on the cargo tie down rings evenly Please observe the loading guidelines gt Turn mounting element in the loading gt railto amp gt Insert cargo tie down ring Q into mounting element gt Turn mounting element to until you feel it clearly engage in the loading rail Belt retractor The inertia reel can be used to secure light loads against the side wall of the cargo compartment to prevent them from moving around gt Insert two mounting elements 2 into a loading rail gt Turn mounting elements in the loading o railto amp gt Insert inertia reel into mounting
377. ntrally press the button The KEYLESS GO function is changed as follows gt To unlock the driver s door touch the inner surface of the door handle on the driver s door gt To unlock centrally touch the inner surface of the door handle on the front passenger door or the rear door gt To lock centrally press locking button Q on one of the door handles Restoring the factory settings gt Press the and buttons simultaneously for approximately six seconds until the battery check lamp flashes twice Mechanical key General notes If the vehicle can no longer be unlocked with the SmartKey use the mechanical key If you use the mechanical key to unlock and open the driver s door the anti theft alarm system will be triggered gt page 69 There are several ways to turn off the alarm gt Press the o or button on the SmartKey or gt Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock or gt Press the Start Stop button in the ignition lock The SmartKey must be in the vehicle or gt Lock or unlock the vehicle using KEYLESS GO The SmartKey must be outside the vehicle Removing the mechanical key P80 20 3508 31 gt Push release catch Q in the direction of the arrow and at the same time remove mechanical key 2 from the SmartKey SmartKey battery Important safety notes It is advisable to have batter
378. ntrol When driving off road or working the vehicle hard do not overload it And always wear your seat belts at all times In a rollover crash an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt Operating safety Safety notes A Warning Work improperly carried out on electronic components and associated software could cause them to cease functioning Because the vehicle s electronic components are interconnected any modifications made may produce an undesired effect on other systems Electronic malfunctions could seriously impair the operating safety of your vehicle Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for repairs or modifications to electronic components Other improper work or modifications on the vehicle could also have a negative impact on the operating safety of the vehicle Some safety systems only function when the engine is running You should therefore never turn off the engine while driving A Warning Heavy blows against the vehicle underbody or tires wheels may cause serious damage and impair the operating safety of your vehicle Such blows can be caused for example by running over an obstacle road debris or a pothole If you feel a sudden significant vibration or ride disturbance or you suspect that damage to your vehicle has occurred e turn on your hazard warning flashers e slow down carefully e drive with caution to an area which is a safe distance
379. ntrol of the vehicle and cause an accident as a result Do not turn off the engine while the vehicle is in motion Exhaust check A Warning Inhalation of exhaust gas is hazardous to your health All exhaust gas contains carbon monoxide CO and inhaling it can cause unconsciousness and possible death Do not run the engine in confined areas such as a garage which are not properly ventilated If you think that exhaust gas fumes are entering the vehicle while driving have the cause determined and corrected immediately If you must drive under these conditions drive only with at least one window fully open at all times Certain engine systems are designed to keep the level of poisonous components in exhaust fumes within legal limits These systems only work optimally if they are maintained exactly in accordance with the manufacturer s specifications For this reason all work on the engine must be carried out by qualified and authorized Mercedes Benz technicians The engine settings must not be changed in any circumstances Furthermore all specific service work must be carried out at regular intervals and in accordance with the Mercedes Benz service requirements Details can be found in the Service Booklet Engine oil H Vehicles with a diesel particle filter If the vehicle is mostly driven for short distances it is possible that malfunctions may occur during the automatic cleaning of the diesel particle filter This c
380. nts your vehicle from exceeding a speed of 130 mph 210 km h The speed index of tires installed at the factory may be higher than the maximum speed that the electronic speed limiter permits Make sure that your tires have the required speed index as specified in the Tires section gt page 357 for your vehicle e g when buying new tires More information on reading the tire data can be obtained at any qualified specialist workshop e g at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Tire data is vehicle specific and may deviate from the data in the example In addition to the load bearing index load index Q may be imprinted after the letters that identify speed index gt page 351 on the sidewall of the tire e If no specification is given no text as in the example above represents a standard load SL tire e XL or Extra Load represents a reinforced tire Tire labeling e Light load represents a light load tire e C D E represents a load range that depends on the maximum load that the tire can carry at a certain pressure U S tire regulations prescribe that every new tire manufacturer or retreader has to imprint a TIN in or on the sidewall of each tire produced The TIN is a unique identification number The TIN enables the tire manufacturers to inform purchasers of recalls and other safety relevant matters It makes it possible for the purchaser to easily identify the affected tires The TIN
381. nu gt Press the 4 button to select Head amp Delayed Shut off gt Press the or button to activate or deactivate the Headlamp Delayed Shut off function gt Before switching off the engine turn the light switch to position auro The exterior lighting delayed shut off is activated gt Press the A or select a different display button to select the button to CA To deactivate the delayed shut off temporarily gt Before leaving the vehicle turn the SmartKey to position 0 in the ignition lock gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock and back to position 0 The delayed shut off is deactivated The delayed shut off is reactivated the next time you start the engine Activating deactivating the interior lighting delayed switch off When you activate the Interior Lighting Delayed Shut off function and remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock the interior lighting remains on for 10 seconds 33 Only for vehicles with front fog lamps 34 Only for vehicles without front fog lamps gt Press or ZP on the steering wheel to select the Settings menu gt Press 4 to call up the selection of submenus gt Press the or Lighting submenu gt Press the 4 button to select Interior Lighting Delayed Shut off gt Press the or button to act
382. nvenience opening You can ventilate the vehicle before you start driving To do this you can use the SmartKey to simultaneously e open the side windows e open the hinged side windows e open the sliding sunroof e switch on the seat ventilation of the driver s seat The convenience opening feature can only be operated using the SmartKey The SmartKey must be close to the driver s door handle gt Point the tip of the SmartKey at the driver s door handle gt Unlock the vehicle by pressing the g button gt Press and hold the a button until the side windows and the sliding sunroof are in the desired position gt To interrupt the convenience opening release the g button General information When you lock the vehicle you can simultaneously e close the side windows e close the hinged side windows e close the sliding sunroof A Warning When closing the door windows and the sliding sunroof make sure that there is no danger of anyone being harmed by the closing procedure If potential danger exists proceed as follows e Release the button to stop the closing procedure To open press and hold the u button To continue the closing procedure after making sure that there is no danger of anyone being harmed by the closing procedure press and hold the button Vehicles with KEYLESS GO e Release the lock button on the outside door h
383. occupants may cause serious personal injury Liquids spilled on vehicle equipment may cause damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty When not in use keep the cup holder closed An open cup holder may cause injury to you or others when contacted during braking vehicle maneuvers or in an accident Keep in mind that objects placed in the cup holder may come loose during braking vehicle maneuvers or in an accident and be thrown around in the vehicle interior Objects thrown around in the vehicle interior may cause an accident and or serious personal injury Cup holder in the center console In the upper center console there is a cup holder and a removable support with a card holder Features 277 F Loading stowing and features eal Loading stowing and features You can remove the cup holder to clean it Clean the cup holder with clear lukewarm water only P68 00 5491 31 gt To remove hold cup holder 4 by support and pull out in the direction of the arrow gt To install place the cup holder into the guides and insert Cup holder in the rear seat armrest H Do not sit or lean your bodyweight on the armrests when they are folded out as you could damage them a w P91 12 3271 31 l gt Fold down the armrest Cup holder in the third row of seats The cup holders are located in the side trim on the left and right hand sides Sun visors A Warning Do not
384. od right after cleaning it particularly after having cleaned the wheels with wheel cleaner Wheel cleaners could cause increased corrosion of the brake discs and brake pads linings Generally park the vehicle at operating temperature after cleaning Exterior care Automatic car wash Z Warning Braking efficiency is reduced after washing the vehicle This could cause an accident For this reason you must drive particularly carefully after washing the vehicle until the brakes have dried You can wash the vehicle in an automatic car wash from the very start H Never clean your vehicle in a Touchless Automatic Car Wash as these use special cleaning agents These cleaning agents can damage the paintwork or plastic parts If the vehicle is very dirty pre wash it before cleaning it in an automatic car wash H In car washes with a towing mechanism make sure that the automatic transmission is in transmission position N otherwise the vehicle could be damaged e Vehicles with a SmartKey Do not remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock Do not open the driver s door or front passenger door when the engine is switched off Otherwise the automatic transmission selects park position P automatically and locks the wheels You can prevent this by shifting the automatic transmission to N beforehand Vehicles with KEYLESS GO Do not open the driver s door or front passenger door when the engine is switched off Otherwise t
385. of dirt and how long it has been there clean Alcantara covers with a damp cloth Make sure you wipe entire seat sections to avoid leaving visible lines Note that regular care is essential to ensure that the appearance and comfort of the covers is retained over time Cleaning the seat belts gt Use clean luke warm water and soap solution H Do not clean the seat belts using chemical cleaning agents Do not dry the seat belts by warming them above 176 F 80 C or placing them in direct sunlight A Warning Do not bleach or dye seat belts as this may severely weaken them In a crash they may not be able to provide adequate protection Maintenance and care Cleaning the headliner and carpets gt Roof lining use soft brushes or dry shampoo if it is particularly dirty gt Carpets use carpet and textile cleaners that have been approved and recommended by Mercedes Benz Vehicle equipment 005 308 After an accident cece 309 Where will find 0 0 eeeeeeeee 309 Flat tire a aea 311 o O Z a 7 N o AS m ke A Vehicle equipment Roadside assistance Vehicle equipment This manual describes all the standard and optional equipment of your vehicle which was available at the time of purchase Country specific differences are possible Bear in mind that your vehicle may not feature all functions described here Thi
386. of oil over a distance of 600 miles 1000 km The oil consumption may be higher than this when the vehicle is new or if you frequently drive at high engine speeds When checking the oil level e park the vehicle on a level surface e the engine should be switched off for at least five minutes if the engine is at normal operating temperature e the engine should be switched off for at least 30 minutes if it is not at normal operating temperature i e if you only start the engine briefly m Maintenance and care Le Maintenance and care Checking the oil level using the oil dipstick Example vehicles with a diesel engine gt Pull oil dipstick Q out of the dipstick guide tube gt Wipe off oil dipstick gt Slowly insert oil dipstick into the dipstick guide tube to the stop and take it out again The oil level is correct if the level is between MIN mark 3 and MAX mark gt Add oil if necessary Adding engine oil Q Environmental note When adding oil take care not to spill any If oil enters the soil or waterways it is harmful to the environment H Only use engine oils and oil filters which have been approved for vehicles with a service system A list of the engine oils and TA Engine compartment oil filters that have been tested and approved according to the Mercedes Benz specifications for service products can be found on the Internet at http www mbusa com USA only Further
387. of the trailer together with the cargo and equipment loaded on the trailer Permissible gross weight 7500 Ib 3402 kg The permissible Trailer drawbar Weight Rating TWR is the maximum weight permitted on the trailer drawbar 600 Ib 272 kg limit for Mercedes Benz approved trailer couplings Loading a trailer e When loading a trailer please note that neither the permissible gross trailer weight nor the permissible Gross Vehicle Weight A Towing a trailer E Driving and parking Rating GVWR may be exceeded The Trailer power supply permissible Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR is specified on the type plate located on the B pillar on the driver s side of your vehicle You can find the maximum permissible The trailer power socket of your vehicle is designed for connecting the 7 pin connector supplied as part of the Mercedes Benz approved trailer coupling values on the type plates of your vehicle Depending on your trailer you may need and the trailer Always observe the lowest an adapter to connect your trailer to the respective value when determining the vehicle maximum weight with which you can load Further information is available from any the vehicle and the trailer authorized Mercedes Benz Center The drawbar noseweight acting on the ball coupling has to be added to the rear axle weight in order to prevent the permissible Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR from being exceeded The permissible Gross Vehicle Weig
388. ol of the vehicle and hit someone or something Only shift into gear when the engine is idling normally and when your right foot is firmly on the brake pedal Z Warning Keep in mind that turning off the engine alone only will shift the automatic transmission into R Reverse neutral position N automatically N Neutral P Park position with parking lock Always shift the automatic transmission into D Drive park position P before turning off the engine The DIRECT SELECT lever always returns Otherwise the vehicle could roll away which to its original position The current could result in an accident and or serious transmission position P R N or D appears personal injury in the transmission position display gt page 153 in the multifunction display Engaging park position P gt Push the DIRECT SELECT lever in the direction of the arrow P Vehicles with a production date as of 18 January 2010 if you open the driver s door when the vehicle is stationary or if the speed is very low the automatic transmission shifts to park position P automatically H If the engine speed is too high or the vehicle is moving do not shift the automatic transmission directly from D to R from R to D or directly to P The automatic transmission could otherwise be damaged Engaging reverse gear R H Only shift the automatic transmission to R when the vehicle is stationary gt Push the DIRECT SELECT lever up past the first point of re
389. omputer The on board computer is activated as soon as you turn the SmartKey to position 1 in the ignition lock You can control the multifunction display and the settings in the on board computer using the buttons on the multifunction steering wheel Multifunction display Makes accepts or rejects ends a call Selects submenus in the Settings menu Changes values Adjusts the volume I YD Switches on the Voice Control System see the separate operating instructions mE orr A KD Multifunction display Selects a menu scrolls back and forth Switches off the Voice Control System see the separate operating instructions Press briefly Scrolls back and forth within a menu In the Audio menu selects a stored station an audio track or a video scene In the Telephone menu switches to the phone book and selects a name or a telephone number Press and hold In the Audio menu selects the previous next station or selects an audio track using rapid scrolling In the Telephone menu starts rapid scrolling through the phone book To activate the multifunction display e switch on the ignition e switch on the lights e open the driver s door e press reset button R in the instrument cluster Values and settings as well as display messages are shown in the multifunct
390. on display gt Stop the vehicle without making any sudden steering or braking maneuvers Pay attention to the traffic conditions as you do so gt Correct the tire pressure gt page 341 gt If necessary change the wheel gt page 350 A Risk of accident The tire pressure in one or more tires has dropped suddenly The wheel position is displayed in the multifunction display gt Stop the vehicle without making any sudden steering or braking maneuvers Pay attention to the traffic conditions as you do so gt If necessary change the wheel gt page 350 The tire pressure is insufficient in at least one of the tires or the tire pressure difference between the wheels is too great The wheel position is displayed in the multifunction display gt Check the tire pressures at the next opportunity If necessary correct the tire pressure gt page 341 gt Restart the tire pressure monitor gt page 343 There is no signal from the tire pressure sensor of one or several wheels The pressure of the affected tire is not displayed in the multifunction display gt Have the faulty tire pressure sensor replaced at a qualified specialist workshop N a Q me me oO P gt Q z e me Sm iy e 4 O Hel Display messages e On board computer and displays Display messages Tire Pressure Monitor Currently Unavailable Tire Pressure Caution Tire Defect Tire Pressur
391. on the gas pump must indicate clearly that the B5 biodiesel blend meets the ULSD standard If the label is not clear do not refuel the vehicle The Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty does not cover damages caused by the use of fuels not meeting Mercedes Benz approved fuel standards Additives in gasoline One of the major problems in engine design is the creation of carbon deposits during the process of burning fuel Mercedes Benz recommends that you use fuel brands that have the additives which prevent the build up of carbon deposits If you use fuels without these additives for a longer period of time there may be a build up of carbon deposits especially on the inlet valves and in the combustion chamber This could lead to engine running problems e g e warm up hesitation e unstable idle e knocking pinging e misfire e power loss In areas where carbon deposits may be encountered due to lack of availability of gasoline which contains these additives Mercedes Benz recommends the use of additives approved for use in Mercedes Benz vehicles Consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or visit http www mbusa com USA only to view a list of approved products Observe the instructions for use on the product label Do not mix other fuel additives with fuel This causes unnecessary costs and could damage the engine H Do not refuel with low grade fuel and do not use fuel additives that are not tested and approved for Mer
392. on the sidewall of the tire indicates its correct direction of rotation You may mount an emergency spare wheel spare wheel against the direction of rotation Observe the time restriction on use as well as the speed limitation specified on the emergency spare wheel spare wheel Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards Overview of tire quality standards The Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards are U S government specifications Their purpose is to provide drivers with uniform reliable information on tire performance data Tire manufacturers grade tires using three performance factors tread wear Q tire traction and heat resistance All tires sold in North America are provided with the corresponding quality class mark on the sidewall of the tire even though these regulations do not apply to Canada The actual values for tires are specific to each vehicle and may deviate from the values in the illustration Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between the tread shoulder and maximum tire width For example Tread wear Traction 200 Temperature AA A All passenger car tires must conform to U S federal safety requirements in addition to these grades Tread wear The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified U S government test track For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and
393. oor remote control until the frequency signal has been learned gt If the setup procedure is successful indicator lamp flashes once slowly and goes out after a few seconds gt Continue with the other programming steps see above Problems when programming If you have problems when programming the integrated remote control please note the following e check the transmitter frequency of garage door remote control which can usually be found on the rear of the remote control The integrated remote control is compatible with equipment that operates in the frequency range 280 to 390 MHz e replace the batteries in garage door remote control This increases the likelihood of garage door remote control sending a strong and precise signal to the integrated remote control on the rear view mirror e When aiming the garage door remote control at the transmitter buttons on the rear view mirror hold garage door remote control at differing distances and angles Features ete from the transmitter button that you are Clearing the remote control memory programming Try different angles from a distance of 2 to 12 inches 5 to 30 cm or the same angle from differing distances e If there is another garage door remote control for the same device perform the Cpe gt programming steps again using the remote indicator lamp flashes rapidly control Before performing these steps The memory is cleared make sure that
394. optional equipment of your vehicle which was available at the time of purchase Country specific differences are possible Bear in mind that your vehicle may not feature all functions described here This also refers to safety related systems and functions Notes on breaking in a new vehicle The first 1000 miles 1500 km The more you look after the engine when it is new the happier you will be with its performance in the future e Drive at varying vehicle speeds and engine speeds for the first 1000 miles 1500 km for this reason e Avoid overstraining the vehicle during this period e g driving at full throttle e Change gear in good time at the latest when the tachometer needle is of the way to the red area in the tachometer display e Do not manually shift to a lower gear to brake the vehicle e If possible do not depress the accelerator pedal past the point of resistance kickdown e Only select shift ranges 3 2 or 1 when driving slowly e g in mountainous terrain After 1000 miles 1500 km you can increase the engine speed gradually and bring the vehicle up to full speed Also observe these breaking in notes when the vehicle s engine front axle transmission or differential have been replaced Always observe the respective speed restrictions Important safety notes Z Warning Make sure absolutely no objects are obstructing the pedals range of movement Keep the driver s footwell clear of all
395. or they could injure other persons or get out of the vehicle and injure themselves or be injured by following traffic Do not expose the child restraint system to direct sunlight The child restraint system s metal parts for example could become very hot and the child could be burned by these parts Z Warning Do not carry heavy or hard objects in the passenger or cargo compartment unless they are firmly secured in place Unsecured or improperly positioned cargo increases a child s risk of injury in the event of e strong braking maneuvers e sudden changes of direction e an accident A Warning When opening or closing the tilt sliding sunroof make sure there is no danger of anyone being harmed by the opening closing procedure The tilt sliding sunroof is equipped with the automatic operation and anti entrapment features If the movement of the tilt sliding sunroof is blocked during the closing procedure the tilt sliding sunroof will stop and open slightly The tilt sliding sunroof operates differently when the sunroof switch is pressed and held See the Closing when the tilt sliding sunroof is blocked section for details The opening closing procedure of the tilt sliding sunroof can be immediately halted by releasing the sunroof switch or if the sunroof switch was moved past the resistance point and released by moving the sunroof switch in any direction A Warning The tilt sliding sunroof is made out
396. or prevent the natural laws of physics from acting on the vehicle They cannot increase braking or steering efficiency beyond that afforded by the condition of the vehicle brakes and tires or the traction afforded Only a safe attentive and skillful driver can prevent accidents The capabilities of a vehicle equipped with the driving safety systems described in this section must never be exploited in a reckless or dangerous manner which could jeopardize the user s safety or the safety of others Always adjust your driving style to the prevailing road and weather conditions and keep a safe distance to other road users and objects on the street If a driving system malfunctions other driving safety systems may also switch off Observe indicator and warning lamps that may come on as well as messages in the multifunction display that may appear In wintry driving conditions always use winter tires M S tires and if necessary snow chains Only in this way will the driving safety systems described in this section work as effectively as possible ABS Anti lock Braking System Important safety information A Warning Observe Important safety instructions gt page 65 Driving safety systems A oO ioe N Z Warning Do not pump the brake pedal Use firm steady brake pedal pressure instead Pumping the brake pedal reduces the braking effect ABS regulates brake pressure in such a way that the wheels
397. or the EASY EXIT feature is located at the bottom on the back of the right outer seat in the second row of seats gt Pull release loop Q in the direction of the arrow and hold it in this position The backrest folds forwards gt Pull release loop Q again in the direction of the arrow and hold it in this position gt Lift up the seat until it folds forwards Vehicles with memory function The right hand front seat moves slightly forwards Exit position Vehicles with memory function call up the saved setting gt page 110 to move the right hand front seat to the saved position Moving the outer seats in the second row back to the normal position Z Warning When occupants have entered or exited the vehicle using the easy entry exit feature before driving off make sure e the seats are properly locked e the seat backrests are in an upright position and are properly locked If a seat and seat backrest are not properly locked the seat could move forward and the seat backrest could fold You could slide under the seat belt during braking vehicle maneuvers or in an accident If you slide under it the seat belt would apply force at the abdomen or neck That could cause serious or even fatal injuries gt To lock the seat fold back the seat until it engages gt Fold back the backrest until it engages Lean back firmly against the backrest to ensure that it is engaged Emergency exit for the thi
398. or the size and weight of the child The infant or child restraint system must be correctly secured using the vehicle s seat belt the seat belt and Top Tether belt or the lower anchorages and the Top Tether belt in complete accordance with the child seat manufacturer s instructions Occupants in particular children must sit as upright as possible fasten the seat belt correctly and use a suitable infant restraint system child restraint system or booster seat suitable for the size and weight of the child Children can be killed or seriously injured by an inflating air bag Observe the following important information if it is absolutely necessary to carry a child on the front passenger seat e your vehicle is equipped with air bag technology designed to deactivate the passenger front air bag in your vehicle when the system senses the weight of a typical 12 month old child or less along with the weight of a standard appropriate child restraint on the passenger seat e a child in a rear facing child restraint on the passenger seat will be seriously injured or even killed if the passenger front air bag inflates in a collision which could occur under some circumstances even with the air bag technology installed in your vehicle The only way to completely rule out this risk is by making sure you never place a child in a rearward facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat For this reason we strongly advise that you alw
399. osition O in the ignition lock and remove the SmartKey gt Secure the vehicle H Only lash the vehicle down by the wheels or wheel rims not by parts of the vehicle such as axle or steering components Otherwise the vehicle could be damaged Notes on 4MATIC vehicles H Vehicles with 4MATIC must not be towed with either the front or the rear axle raised as doing so will damage the transmission If the vehicle s transmission front or rear axle is damaged have the vehicle transported on a truck or trailer In the event of damage to the electrical system If the battery is defective the automatic transmission will be locked in position P To shift the automatic transmission to position N you must provide power to the vehicle s electrical system in the same way as when jump starting gt page 325 Have the vehicle transported on a transporter or trailer Recovering a vehicle that has become stuck H Pull away smoothly slowly and in a straight line when pulling out a vehicle that has become stuck Excessive tractive power could damage the vehicles If the drive wheels have become stuck in loose or muddy ground pull the vehicle out with extreme caution particularly if it is laden Never attempt to recover a stuck vehicle with a trailer attached Pull out the vehicle backwards if possible using the tracks it made when it became stuck Important safety notes The fuses in your vehicle serve to close down
400. ot consume more than a maximum of 150 W altogether Requirements for operation of these devices e 12 V power sockets in the footwell of the second row of seats and in the stowage compartment must be functioning correctly gt page 281 e the plug of the electronic device is plugged into the 115 V power socket Q e the on board voltage is within a permissible voltage range e the maximum wattage of the device to be connected must not exceed 150 W gt Open flap gt Insert the plug of the electrical device into the 115 V power socket Q Indicator lamp lights up If indicator lamp does not light up please read the chapter on malfunctions gt To turn off disconnect the plug from the 115 V power socket Q Ensure that you do not pull on the cord gt Close flap Possible causes of malfunction e the on board voltage of the vehicle is not within the permissible voltage range e the temperature of the DC AC converter is momentarily too high e some small electronic devices have a constant nominal power of less than 150 W but a very high inrush current These devices will not work If you connect such a device the 115 V power socket 4 will not supply it with power If indicator lamp still does not light up consult a specialist workshop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Center mbrace gt Important safety notes H A license agreement must exist in order to activate the mbrace serv
401. ot light up consult a qualified specialist workshop Bulbs and lamps are an important aspect of vehicle safety You must therefore make sure that these function correctly at all times Have the headlamp setting checked regularly Overview changing bulbs bulb types You can change the following bulbs The bulb type can be found in the legend Changing bulbs lege Halogen headlamps Tail lamps with LEDs Low beam headlamp H7 55 W Rear fog lamp H 21 W driver s side only High beam headlamp H7 55 W Backup lamp P 21 W Parking lamp standing lamp W 5 W Turn signal lamp 3457A Side marker lamp WY 5 W License plate lamp License plate lamp C 5 W Lights and windshield wipers Bi Xenon headlamps High beam headlamp H7 55 W Parking lamp standing lamp W 5 W Low beam headlamp halogen Turn signal lamp 3457A headlamp Side marker lamp WY 5 W Changing the front bulbs P82 10 5750 31 gt Switch off the lights gt Open the hood el Changing bulbs Lights and windshield wipers gt Turn housing cover Q counter clockwise and pull it out gt Turn bulb holder 2 counter clockwise and pull it out gt Take the bulb out of bulb holder 2 gt Insert the new bulb into bulb holder gt Insert bulb holder 2 into the lamp and turn it clockwise gt Align housing cover Q and turn it clockwise until it engages High beam headlamps P82 10 5751 31 gt
402. otect you in certain hazardous situations occupants who are wearing their seat belt PRE SAFE intervenes properly Despite your vehicle being equipped with the PRE SAFE system the possibility of personal injuries occurring as a result of an accident cannot be eliminated Therefore always drive carefully and adjust your driving e in emergency braking situations if the BAS Brake Assist System intervenes e in critical driving situations e g if the vehicle understeers or oversteers severely when exceeding physical limits or in case Occupant safety of having to swerve to avoid an obstacle at a speed above 85 mph 140 km h PRE SAFE takes the following measures depending on the hazardous situation detected e the front seat belts are pre tensioned e on vehicles with memory functions the front passenger seat is adjusted if itis in an unfavorable position under accident conditions e if the vehicle skids the side windows are closed so that only a small gap remains e on vehicles with sliding sunroof if the vehicle skids the sliding sunroof closes so that only a small gap remains If the hazardous situation passes without resulting in an accident PRE SAFE slackens the belt pretensioning All settings made by PRE SAFE can then be reversed If the seat belts are not released Safety gt Move the backrest or the seat back slightly until the belt pretensioning is reduced The locking mechanism relea
403. otes A Warning When operating the climate control the air that enters the passenger compartment through the air vents can be very hot or very cold depending on the set temperature This could cause burns or frostbite to unprotected skin in the immediate area of the air vents Always keep sufficient distance between unprotected parts of the body and the air vents If necessary use the air distribution adjustment to direct the air to air vents in the vehicle interior that are not in the immediate area of unprotected skin Setting the air vents In order to ensure the direct flow of fresh air To open close turn thumbwheel 3 to the through the air vents into the vehicle interior left or right please observe the following notes _ Side window defroster vent is never completely shut even if side air vent 2 is shut e keep the air inlet grille on the hood free of blockages such as ice snow or leaves e never cover the vents or air inlet and outlet grilles in the vehicle interior For virtually draft free ventilation adjust Setting the rear compartment air the sliders of the air vents to the center vents position Setting the center vents in the rear compartment Setting the center air vents 1 B fo S 3 O Rear compartment air vent left Center air vent left Rear compartment air vent right Center air vent right Rear control panel Center vent thumbwh
404. otherwise be damaged Ideally set the opening angle outside Activating the tailgate gt To open the tailgate pull the handle on the tailgate gt To stop the opening procedure at the desired position press the close button gt page 82 on the tailgate or pull the handle on the outside of the tailgate again gt To store the position press and hold the closing button on the tailgate until you hear a short tone The opening angle limiter is activated The tailgate will now stop in the stored position when opening Deactivating the tailgate gt Press and hold the closing button gt page 82 in the tailgate until you hear two short tones Side windows Important safety notes A Warning When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock Always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unsupervised in the vehicle even if they are secured in a child restraint system and do not give them access to an unlocked vehicle A child s unsupervised access to a vehicle could result in an accident and or serious personal injury They could e injure themselves on vehicle parts e be seriously or fatally injured by extreme heat or cold e injure themselves or have an accident with vehicle equipment that may still be in operation even after the SmartKey has been removed from the ignition such as the seat adjustment steering wheel adjustment or memory function If
405. otices This will help you to obtain the maximum pleasure from your vehicle and to avoid endangering yourself and others The equipment or product designation of your vehicle may vary depending on e model e order e country specification e availability Mercedes Benz is constantly updating its vehicles to the state of the art Mercedes Benz therefore reserves the right to introduce changes in the following areas e design e equipment e technical features You cannot therefore base any claims on the data illustrations or descriptions contained in this manual The following are integral parts of the vehicle e Operator s Manual e Brief Instructions e Service Booklet e Supplements relating to vehicle equipment Keep these documents in the vehicle at all times When you sell the vehicle always pass the documents on to the new owner The technical documentation team at Daimler AG wishes you safe and pleasant motoring Mercedes Benz USA LLC Mercedes Benz Canada Inc A Daimler Company 1 Canada only 1645843883 IINIII no D o ea o a Z 5 cr gt o D 5 2 3 3 o be a w o 7 io o a 3 c oO g a 2 on D lt on N i w Tires and wheels ccccsseseees 333 Lea Technical data ccccccceeceeseees 361 SENE eaa E E 140 115 V socket 2 282 Air ae 12 V socket Jansatnevers se
406. otlines e USA Response Center under the number 866 990 9007 e Canada Customer Service under 1 888 923 8367 Emergency call Important safety notes H A license agreement must exist in order to activate the mbrace service Make sure that your system is activated and ready for use and press the r MB info call button to register If you cannot carry out any of the steps mentioned the system may not be activated H Features If you have any questions concerning activation please contact one of the following service hotlines e USA Response Center under 866 990 9007 e Canada Customer Service under 1 888 923 8367 An emergency call is dialed automatically if an air bag or Emergency Tensioning Device is triggered An automatically dialed mbrace emergency call cannot be canceled An emergency call can also be dialed manually Once the emergency call is in progress the indicator lamp in the SOS button flashes The Connecting Call message appears in the multifunction display COMAND is muted Once a connection has been established the Call Connected message appears in the multifunction display All important information on the emergency is compiled for example e current location of the vehicle as determined by the GPS system e vehicle model vehicle color e vehicle identification number A voice connection between the Response Center and the occupants of the vehicle will be establ
407. ou will see the DISTRONIC Off message in the multifunction display for approximately five seconds Tips for driving with DISTRONIC The following contains descriptions of certain road and traffic conditions in which you must be particularly attentive In such situations brake if necessary DISTRONIC is then deactivated Z Warning The Distronic works to maintain the speed selected by the driver unless a moving obstacle proceeding directly ahead of it in the same travel direction is detected e g following another vehicle ahead of you at your set distance This means that e Your vehicle can pass another vehicle after you have changed lanes e While in a sharp turn or if the preceding vehicle is in a sharp turn the Distronic could lose sight of the preceding vehicle Your vehicle could then accelerate to the previously selected speed Driving and parking The Distronic regulates only the distance between your vehicle and those directly ahead of it but does not register stationary objects in the road e g e a stopped vehicle in a traffic jam e a disabled vehicle e an oncoming vehicle The driver must always be alert observe all traffic and intercede as required by means of steering or braking the vehicle A Warning The Distronic should not be used in snowy or icy road conditions Driving systems E Driving and parking Cornering going into and coming out of a bend P54 70 2424 31 The abilit
408. p seat belt warning lamp lights up Additionally a warning tone will sound with increasing intensity for a maximum of 60 seconds or until the driver s and front passenger seat belt are fastened If the driver front passenger unfasten their seat belt while the vehicle is in motion the 4 seat belt warning lamp lights up and a warning tone sounds again The warning tone ceases even if the driver or front passenger have still not fastened their seat belt after 60 seconds The 24 seat belt warning lamp stops flashing but continues to be illuminated After the vehicle has come to a standstill the warning tone is reactivated and the 2 seat belt warning lamp flashes again if the vehicle speed has exceeded 15 mph 25 km h The seat belt warning lamp only goes out if e both the driver and the front passenger have fastened their seat belts or e the vehicle is stationary and a door is open For more information on the _ amp seat belt warning lamp see Indicator and warning lamps in the instrument cluster seat belt gt page 255 Emergency Tensioning Devices and seat belt force limiters The seat belts for the front seats are equipped with ETDs belt buckle tensioners and seat belt force limiters The outer seat belts in the second row of seats are equipped with ETDs and belt force limiters The seat belts for the third row of se
409. p Q There are no further warning tones Switching on Blind Spot Assist gt Make sure that the radar sensor system gt page 224 and Blind Spot Assist gt page 226 are activated in the on board computer gt Turn the key to position 2 in the ignition lock Warning lamps light up red in the exterior mirrors for approximately 1 5 seconds and then turn yellow Towing a trailer When you attach a trailer make sure you have correctly established the electrical connection This can be accomplished by checking the trailer lighting In this event Blind Spot Assist is deactivated The indicator lamp lights up yellow in the exterior mirrors and the message Blind Spot Assist Currently Unavailable See Operator s Manual appears in the multifunction display The indicator lamps in the exterior mirrors can be switched off To do this you must deactivate Blind Spot Assist when e the key is in position 2 in the ignition lock e the engine is not running e the electrical connection to the trailer has been established Off road driving systems A4MATIC permanent four wheel drive A4MATIC ensures that all four wheels are permanently driven Together with ESP and 4ETS it improves the traction of your vehicle whenever a drive wheel spins due to insufficient grip A Warning If a drive wheel is spinning due to insufficient traction e While driving off apply as little throttle as possible e While driving eas
410. p edges for protection Stowage compartments Important safety notes A Warning To help avoid personal injury during a collision or sudden maneuver exercise care when storing objects in the vehicle Put luggage or cargo in the cargo compartment if possible Do not pile luggage or cargo higher than the seat backrests Stowage compartments ee If so equipped always use the cargo net when transporting cargo The cargo net cannot secure hard or heavy objects Parcel nets cannot secure hard or heavy objects Keep compartment lids closed This will help to prevent stored objects from being thrown about and injuring vehicle occupants during e braking e vehicle maneuvers e an accident Stowage compartments in the front Glove box Depending on the vehicle equipment there is an AUX IN connection or a Media Interface installed in the glove box Media Interface is a universal interface for mobile audio equipment e g for an iPod or USB devices see separate COMAND APS operating instructions gt To open pull handle Q and open glove box flap gt To close fold glove box flap 2 upwards until it engages The glove box can only be locked and unlocked using the mechanical key glove unlocked glove box locked N ZA Stowage compartments in the center console gt To open briefly press marking gt To close push stowage compartment Q in the direction of the ar
411. p in the instrument cluster will light up e you are approaching the vehicle in front rapidly An intermittent warning tone will then sound and the A distance warning lamp in the instrument cluster will light up You must apply the brakes yourself in order to maintain the appropriate distance to the vehicle in front and prevent a collision A Warning If the distance warning lamp A in the instrument cluster comes on while driving and or an intermittent warning sounds immediate attention on the part of the driver is required As required by the traffic situation apply the brakes and navigate around a possible obstacle However do not drive by relying on the distance warning function as this will result in an emergency braking application This will not always enable you to avoid a collision especially when traveling on varying road surface conditions and with varying driver reaction Complex driving situations are not always fully recognized by the distance warning function This could result in wrong or missing distance warnings gt To activate deactivate activate or deactivate the distance warning function in the on board computer gt page 226 After activation the Eo e symbol is displayed in the lower multifunction display Anti theft systems Immobilizer The immobilizer prevents your vehicle from being started without the correct SmartKey When leaving the
412. p too low If the on board voltage is too low the power to the sockets is automatically cut This ensures that there is sufficient power to start the engine 115 V socket A Warning The 115V AC socket operates at high voltage Use the 115V AC socket in the vehicle with the same caution and prudence that you exercise when using power outlets at home Keep any fluids away from the 115V AC socket Do not clean the socket with fluids or tapered objects Keep the 115V AC socket cover in the closed position when not in use Otherwise you could suffer an electric shock and be seriously or even fatally injured Z Warning A device that you connect must have a suitable plug that complies with U S standards Never pull on the cable to unplug a plug from the 115V AC socket Do not use a damaged connection cable The 115V AC socket may not be connected to another 115V AC power source Do not use converters to a grounding plug with the 115V AC socket This could cause serious personal injury to you and or others A Warning If the 115V AC socket is damaged or torn out of the trim do not use or touch the 115V AC socket Using a 115V AC socket that is damaged or torn out of the trim could cause serious personal injury to you and or others a The 115 V AC power socket Q provides an alternating voltage of 115 V so that small electronic devices can be connected These devices such as games consoles chargers and laptops should n
413. page 353 Maximum tire load gt page 348 Maximum tire pressure gt page 344 Manufacturer Tire material gt page 354 Tire size designation load bearing capacity and speed index gt page 351 Load index gt page 353 Tire name Tire data is vehicle specific and may deviate from the data in the example Tire labeling Tire size designation load bearing capacity and speed index Tire width Aspect ratio in percent Tire code Rim diameter Load bearing index Speed index Tire data is vehicle specific and may deviate from the data in the example General depending on the manufacturer s standards the size imprinted in the tire wall may not contain any letters or may contain one letter that precedes the size description If there is no letter preceding the size description as shown above passenger vehicle tires according to European manufacturing standards If P precedes the size description passenger vehicle tires according to U S manufacturing standards If LT precedes the size description light truck tires according to U S manufacturing standards If T precedes the size description compact emergency spare wheels at high tire pressure only for temporary use in an emergency Tire width tire width shows the nominal tire width in millimeters Aspect ratio aspect ratio is relationship between tire height and tire width and is specified in p
414. perature gt To activate press the button The indicator lamp in the auro button lights up Automatic air distribution and airflow are activated gt To deactivate press the 8 or button The indicator lamp in the auto button goes out Automatic airflow is deactivated and the airflow is controlled according to the level set Automatic air distribution remains activated or gt Press the 4 44 ur or r button The indicator lamp in the auro button goes out Automatic air distribution is deactivated Air distribution is controlled according to the position set Automatic airflow remains activated AUTO Pijl A Controlling the rear compartment climate control automatically using the rear control panel gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock gt Activate multi zone automatic climate control using the front control panel gt Set the desired temperature gt To activate press the button The indicator lamp in the auro button lights up Automatic air distribution and airflow are activated gt To deactivate press the 8 or button Automatic airflow is deactivated and the airflow is controlled according to the level AUTO Operating the control systems set Automatic air distribution remains act
415. play Message e ceesseeseeseeeeeee 232 FUMGUION pscdscisecsccssesstevessteversveeestenes 69 Front air bag driver front Switching off the alarm eee 69 PASSCNZEL oo ee ceseeetceceeeceteeeeeeseees 39 Audio menu on board computer 219 Important safety information 38 AUTO lights Knee bag oo eeeeescsssscscsesecseseseescseeecseees 40 see Light sensor PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF Automatic car wash aeaee 300 indicator lamp only Canada 4g Automatic transmission PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF DIRECT SELECT lever eee 152 indicator lamp only USA 4 42 Display message csseeeeeeseeeees 250 Safety guidelines ccccecccseeeeeee 37 Diving IPS tsuenen 155 Side impact air bag eeeeseeees 41 Emergency running mode 157 Window curtain air bag Erte a ae re ee 42 KICK GOWMisic5 assciecs cacecedebcosddectdenctee es 155 Air conditioning system Malfunction scccccccc cccecccecsccecececeeess 157 see Climate control Pulling AWA gnre 149 Air dehumidification Stattin Sj wccccevstevcsrecenned oveveaieniess 148 Activating deactivating with Trailer tOWINE ss diavscavessciavvecdesabsstesas 155 GOONS 5a ccsdsasescacncasehsseuseadsescesesteesss 137 Air distribution SENE esseere eneo aeren 140 Air filter display message 243 BAS Brake Assist System 66 Battery Charging eaire 323 Checking SmartKey seess 76 Display Message ee
416. pped with a special seat belt retractor to secure child restraint systems properly For further information on Special seat belt retractors see gt page 61 2a Occupant safety For more information about releasing the seat belt with release button 4 see Releasing seat belts gt page 57 Seat belt adjustment The belt adjustment function adjusts the driver s and front passenger seat belt to the upper body of the occupants The belt strap is tightened slightly when e you engage the belt tongue in the belt buckle and you then turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock e the SmartKey is in position 2 in the ignition lock and you then engage the belt tongue in the buckle The seat belt adjustment will apply a certain tightening force if any slack is detected between the occupant and the seat belt Do not hold on to the seat belt tightly while it is adjusting You can switch the belt adjustment on and off in the on board computer gt page 225 Seat belt outlet height adjustment You can adjust the seat belt height on the driver s seat and the front passenger seat Ash Adjust the belt to a height that allows the upper part of the seat belt to be routed across the center of your shoulder gt To raise slide the belt sash guide upwards The belt sash guide engages in various positions gt To lower press and hold belt sash guide release Q gt Slide the belt sash guide downwards
417. press release catch Q in the direction of the arrow and push the head restraint down to the desired position Adjusting the angle of the head restraints A Warning Vehicles with Rear Seat Entertainment System When adjusting the head restraint make sure your fingers do not become caught between the head restraint cushion and the monitor Failing to do so may lead to injury 9 For vehicles without memory function only 10 Only for vehicles with memory function A ivy gt Push or pull the lower edge of the head restraint in the direction of the arrow Adjusting the head restraints electrically 1 gt To adjust the head restraint height slide the switch for head restraint adjustment gt page 96 up or down in the direction of the arrow Adjusting the luxury head restraints A Warning When folding back the head restraint side bolsters do not put your hands between the side bolster and the cushion holder There is a danger of becoming trapped gt To adjust the side bolsters of the head restraint push or pull right and or left Seats steering wheel and mirrors Seats steering wheel and mirrors Lee hand side bolster into the desired position gt To adjust the angle of the head restraint push or pull the head restraint in the direction of arrow 2 Rear seat head restraints ZA Warning For your protection drive only with properly positioned head restraints Adjust
418. process by pressing LOW RANGE button Q again For information about messages in the multifunction display see gt page 245 Refueling Important safety notes A Warning Gasoline and diesel fuels are highly flammable and poisonous They burn violently and can cause serious injury Never allow sparks flames or smoking materials near gasoline or diesel fuel Turn off the engine before refueling Whenever you are around gasoline or diesel fuel avoid inhaling fumes and any skin or clothing contact Extinguish all smoking materials Direct skin contact with fuels and the inhalation of fuel vapors are damaging your health Refueling es A Warning Overfilling of the fuel tank may create pressure in the system which could cause a gas discharge This could cause the gasoline to spray back out when removing the fuel pump nozzle which could cause personal injury A Warning Do not fill diesel tanks with gasoline Do not mix diesel fuel with gasoline Otherwise the fuel system and engine could be damaged In addition the vehicle could catch fire H Do not use gasoline to refuel vehicles with a diesel engine Do not use diesel to refuel vehicles with a gasoline engine Even small amounts of the wrong fuel result in damage to the fuel system and engine H Do not start the engine if you accidentally refuel with the wrong fuel Otherwise the fuel could enter the fuel lines This would require draining of the fuel tank and
419. ps in the seat ventilation button are flashing the seat ventilation has switched off automatically The vehicle s electrical system voltage is too low because too many electrical consumers are switched on gt Switch off electrical consumers which you do not need such as the rear window defroster or interior lighting Once the battery is sufficiently charged the seat ventilation will switch back on automatically Steering wh A Warning Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving Adjusting the steering wheel while driving or b gt Steering wheel Res Seats steering wheel and mirrors oy Steering wheel Seats steering wheel and mirrors Le driving without the steering wheel adjustment feature locked could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle The electrical steering wheel adjustment feature can be operated at any time Therefore do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle A child s unsupervised access to a vehicle could result in an accident and or serious personal injury Adjusting the steering wheel manually This function is only available in vehicles in the USA Release handle To adjust the steering wheel height To adjust the steering wheel position fore and aft adjustment gt Pull release handle Q out completely The steering column is unlocked gt Adjust the steering wheel to the desired position gt Push relea
420. pull the corresponding switch again until the side window has closed The side window is closed with increased force If a side window is obstructed again during closing and reopens again slightly gt Immediately after the window blocks pull the corresponding switch again until the side window has closed The side window is closed without the anti entrapment feature Z Warning Pulling and holding the switch to close the door window immediately after it had been blocked two times will cause the door window to close without the anti entrapment feature for as long as you hold the switch Sliding sunroof Important safety notes A Warning When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey from the starter switch Always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle even if they are secured in a child restraint system or with access to an unlocked vehicle A child s unsupervised access to a vehicle could result in an accident and or serious personal injury The children could e injure themselves on parts of the vehicle e be seriously or fatally injured through excessive exposure to extreme heat or cold e injure themselves or cause an accident with vehicle equipment that can be operated even if the SmartKey is removed from the starter switch or removed from the vehicle such as seat adjustment steering wheel adjustment or the memory function If children open a do
421. r gt Install the crossbars as described gt page 274 Removing the crossbars P77 40 2113 31 Protective cap Sticker FRONT or REAR Bolt for the clamping claw Clamping claw gt Unlock protective cap 2 using key gt Remove protective cap gt Turn the bolts of clamping claws counterclockwise until the crossbars can be removed from the roof rails Shortening the cover strip The cover strips reduce the wind noise caused by the crossbars If additional roof accessories are installed it may be necessary to shorten the cover strips Cover strip gt Pull cover strip 2 out of the groove gt Install the roof accessory on the crossbars gt Place cover strip flush with the roof accessory and mark the end of the crossbar on the cover strip gt Cut off cover strip G at the marked position gt Press cover strip into the groove of the crossbar piece by piece Cover strips are available as Mercedes Benz accessories Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Cup holder Points to observe before use A Warning In order to help prevent spilling liquids on vehicle occupants and or vehicle equipment only use containers that fit into the cup holder Use lids on open containers and do not fill containers to a height where the contents especially hot liquids could spill during braking vehicle maneuvers or in an accident Liquids spilled on vehicle
422. r on board COMp t T sipiris SESMEMES riisiin Setting the unit on board COMPUTED o csirisrisoeesiessci seir teiatise sie SRS Supplemental Restraint System Display message eee MMOdUCUOM ssstsscesisisissserstgeiisststiessts 36 Warning lamp Warning lamp function Standard display on board computer Starting the engine Important safety instructions Station see Radio Status line on board computer Multifunction display 0 0 00 eee Selecting the display cee Steering display message Steering wheel Adjusting electrically Adjusting manually Buttons on board computer Cleaning Important safety instructions Memory function storing settings Steering wheel heating Storing settings memory function Steering wheel heating Indicator lamp Malfunction Steering wheel paddle shifters Stowage compartments Armrest under Glove DOX se viccsscsesecdecadinscereteress Stowage space Center console Center console rear Cup holders Important safety information Submenu on board computer Convenience Instrument Cluster ssec Lighting Time Date Vehicle Summer opening see Convenience opening feature Sun visor Supplemental Restraint System see SRS Surround lighting on board computer SUV Sport Utility Vehicle 0 eee 21 Switching off the alarm ATA 69 Tachometer 00 eceeceeseeseeseeeneeeees 214 Tailgate Display message ecce 251 Important safety guidelines 80 Li
423. r any other road users when you engage the parking brake Driving on wet roads Hydroplaning If water has accumulated to a certain depth on the road surface there is a danger of hydroplaning occurring even if e you drive at low speeds e the tires have adequate tread depth For this reason in the event of heavy rain or in conditions in which hydroplaning can occur you must drive in the following manner e Lower your speed e Avoid ruts e Brake carefully Driving on flooded roads H Do not drive through flooded areas Check the depth of any water before driving through it Drive slowly through standing water Otherwise water may enter the vehicle interior or the engine compartment This can damage the electronic components in the engine or the automatic transmission Water can also be drawn in by the engine s air suction nozzles and this can cause engine damage Set the raised vehicle level before driving through standing water P00 00 4327 31 Fording depth Fording depth Vehicles with the AIRMATIC package Raised level 20 in 50 cm Vehicles with the Off Road Pro engineering package Off road level 3 20 in 50 cm Off road level 2 20 in 50 cm Off road level 1 23 6 in 60 cm e Establish how deep the water is and the characteristics of the body of water before fording e Select the highest possible vehicle level e Select the off road drive program gt page 204 or the LOW RANGE off road gear
424. r tires and loading Structure and condition of the tire Describes the number of layers or the number of rubber coated belts in the tire tread and the tire wall These are made of steel nylon polyester and other materials Bar Metric unit for tire pressure 14 5038 pounds per square inch psi and 100 kilopascals kPa are the equivalent of 1 bar DOT Department of Transportation DOT marked tires fulfill the requirements of the United States Department of Transportation Average weight of the vehicle occupants The number of occupants for which the vehicle is designed multiplied by 68 kilograms 150 Ib Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards A uniform standard to grade the quality of tires with regards to tread quality tire traction and temperature characteristics The quality grading assessment is made by the manufacturer following specifications from the U S government The quality grade of a tire is imprinted on the sidewall of the tire Recommended tire pressure The recommended tire pressure for your vehicle under normal driving conditions You will find the recommendation on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the B pillar on the driver s side of your vehicle The recommended tire pressure provides the best balance between handling characteristics ride comfort and wear Additional information on particular driving conditions is located on the tire pressure table on the inside of the fuel filler
425. rcedes Benz Center H if you mount tires other than those tested and recommended by Mercedes Benz characteristics such as handling noise levels and fuel consumption etc may be Wheel tire combinations adversely affected In addition when driving with a load tire dimensional variations could cause the tires to come into contact with the bodywork and axle components This could result in damage to the tires or the vehicle Further information about tires and wheels can be obtained from any authorized Mercedes Benz Center The Tire and Load Information placard with the recommended tire pressures is attached to the B pillar on the driver s side Further information about driving at high speeds or driving with vehicle loads that are lighter than the maximum vehicle load can be found in the tire pressure table on the inside of the fuel filler flap Check tire pressures regularly and only when the tires are cold Comply with the maintenance recommendations of the tire manufacturer in the vehicle document wallet Further information on the recommended tire inflation pressure and on tire pressures for specific driving conditions see gt page 336 Notes on the vehicle equipment e always mount tires of the same size ona given axle left right e always mount the same type of tires on your vehicle at a given time summer tires winter tires MOExtended tires Vehicles featuring the MOExtended run flat system a
426. rcedes Benz approved car shampoo gt Wash down the vehicle with a gentle water jet gt Do not point the water jet directly at the air inlets gt Use plenty of water and rinse the sponge frequently gt Rinse the vehicle with clean water and dry it thoroughly with a chamois gt Do not allow the cleaning agent to dry on the paintwork Power washers A Warning Do not use power washers with circular jet nozzles dirt grinders to clean your vehicle in particular the tires You could otherwise damage the tires and cause an accident H Keep the distance between the vehicle and the nozzle of the power washer at 11 8 in 30 cm Information about the correct distance is available from the equipment manufacturer Move the power washer nozzle around when cleaning your vehicle Do not aim directly at any of the following e tires e door joint e electrical components e battery connectors e lights e seals e trim elements e ventilation slots Damaged seals or electrical components can lead to leaks or failures Cleaning the wheels H Do not use acidic wheel cleaning products to remove brake dust This could damage wheel bolts and brake components H Do not park the vehicle for an extended period right after cleaning it particularly after having cleaned the wheels with wheel cleaner Wheel cleaners could cause increased corrosion of the brake discs and brake pads linings For this reason you should
427. rd row of seats In an emergency you can fold the backrest of the left outer seat in the second row of seats forwards and open the left hand rear door This may be required for example in the event of an accident or similar situation if you cannot leave the vehicle using the EASY ENTRY EXIT feature third row of seats A Warning To help avoid personal injury when folding the seat backrest forward make sure you move both feet and legs all the way back and out of the way to avoid them contacting the seat as it pivots forward In order to prevent an accident or any other potentially dangerous situations when opening the rear door and exiting the vehicle make sure you are aware of the traffic situation at all times gt Move the head restraint to the lowest position gt page 98 gt Pull release handle Q in the direction of the arrow Fold backrest 2 forwards gt Open the left hand rear door gt Get out of the vehicle Adjusting the multicontour seat You can adjust the contour of the front seats individually so as to provide optimum support for your back and sides Seats steering wheel and mirrors E gt Make sure that the key is in position 2 in the ignition lock gt Use switch Q to move the thigh cushion into the desired position gt Pressthe or button to adjust the contour of the backrest to suit your back gt Press button to move the point of gre
428. re is a risk of engine damage gt Pay attention to the coolant temperature display gt f the temperature increases again visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately The poly V belt may have torn gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely and switch off the engine paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Open the hood gt Check whether the poly V belt is torn If the poly V belt is torn H Do not continue driving The engine could otherwise overheat gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop If the poly V belt is OK gt Wait until the display message disappears before restarting the engine Otherwise there is a risk of engine damage gt Pay attention to the coolant temperature display gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Driving when your engine is overheated can cause some fluids which may have leaked into the engine compartment to catch fire You could be seriously burned Steam from an overheated engine can cause serious burns which can occur just by opening the engine hood Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam coming from it Stop the vehicle in a safe location away from other traffic Turn off the engine get out of the vehicle and do not stand near the vehicle until the engine has cooled down H If the coolant temperature exceeds 248 F 120 C do not continue driving The engine will otherwise be damaged N gt a a 5 5 o mhe 5
429. re not equipped with a TIREFIT kit It is therefore recommended that you additionally equip your vehicle with the TIREFIT kit if you mount tires that do not feature run flat properties e g winter tires A TIREFIT kit is available from any qualified specialist workshop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The following pages contain information on approved wheel rims and tire sizes for equipping your vehicle with winter tires Winter tires are not available at the factory fren Tires and wheels A Wheel tire combinations E Tires and wheels as standard equipment or as an optional extra If you want to equip your vehicle with approved winter tires it may be necessary to obtain wheel rims in the corresponding size as the size of the approved winter tires may differ from the standard tires This is dependent on the model and the equipment installed at the factory Tires wheel rims and further information can be obtained at a qualified specialist workshop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Tires of the same dimensions BA Both axles R19 BA Alloy wheels Offset All weather tires 47 Winter tires All terrain tires R20 BA Alloy wheels Offset All weather tires 5 R21 BA AMG alloy wheels Offset All weather tires Spare wheel Wheel tire combinations ee GL 350 BlueTEC GL 450 8 5 x 19 H2 2 20 in 56 mm 275 55 R19 111 HM S 265 55 R19 109 H M S A 8 275 55
430. re pressure for emergency spare wheels can be found e on the yellow sticker on the wheel rim of the emergency spare wheel e in the Tires section gt page 357 in this Operator s Manual e onthe Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar The specifications shown in the examples in the tire pressure tables are only examples Tire pressure specifications are vehicle specific and may deviate from the data shown here The tire pressure specifications that are valid for your vehicle can be found on your vehicle s tire pressure table The tire pressures in the tire pressure table on the inside of the fuel filler flap are valid for all approved tires installed at the factory unless stated otherwise COLD TIRE PRESSURE P40 00 2179 31 The tire pressure table is valid for all approved tires installed at the factory example If the tire pressure precedes a tire size the tire pressure specification is only valid for this tire size The vehicle loading conditions partially laden or fully laden are specified using a differing number of persons and luggage in the table The actual number of seats may differ from this LUFTDRUCK PRESSURE PRESSION PRESION for cold tires des pneus froids de Inflado f r kalte Reifen 195 55 R16 215 45 R17 215 40 R18 A169 5845017 Pneus chauffes jusqu Warm tires upto I Neum ticos calientes hasta P88 60 2271 31 Tire pressure table with tir
431. re required by law and must therefore always be accurate Winter tires Use winter tires at temperatures below 45 F 7 C and on snow or ice covered roads Only winter tires also bearing the A Driving tips ES Driving and parking snowflake symbol next to the M S marking provide the best possible grip in wintry road conditions Only these tires will allow the ABS and ESP driving systems to function optimally in winter as these tires have been designed specifically for driving on snow Use M S tires of the same make and tread on all wheels to maintain safe handling characteristics A Warning M S tires with a tread depth of less than inch 4 mm must be replaced They are no longer suitable for winter operation Always observe the maximum permissible speed specified for the M S tires you have installed Once you have installed the winter tires gt Check the tire pressures gt page 339 gt Restart the tire pressure monitor gt page 341 A Warning If you use your spare wheel when M S tires are fitted on the other wheels be aware that the difference in tire characteristics may very well impair turning stability and that overall driving stability may be reduced Adapt your driving style accordingly Have the spare wheel replaced by a regular road wheel with an M S tire at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center Snow chains For safety reasons Mercedes Benz recommends that you only use snow
432. reathing difficulties you should leave the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so If you have any breathing difficulty but cannot get out of the vehicle after the airbag inflates then get fresh air by opening a window or door A Warning To reduce the risk of injuries during front air bag inflation the driver and front passenger must always be seated correctly and have their seat belts fastened accordingly For maximum protection in the event of a collision you must always be in the normal seat position with your back against the backrest Fasten your seat belt and make sure it is properly positioned on your body Since the air bag inflates with considerable speed and force a proper seating position and correct positioning of the hands on the steering wheel will help to keep you at a safe distance from the air bag Occupants who are not wearing their seat belt are not seated properly or are too close to the air bag can be seriously injured or killed by an air bag as it inflates with great force instantaneously e Sit with the seat belt properly fastened in a position that is as upright as possible with your back against the seat backrest e Move the driver s seat as far back as possible still permitting proper operation of vehicle controls The distance from the center of the driver s chest to the center of the air bag cover on the steering wheel must be at least 10 inches 25 cm or more You should be able to accomplish this
433. rent driving style and the fuel level If there is only a small amount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank a vehicle refueling W appears instead of the range Displaying the current fuel consumption gt Press or CP on the steering wheel to select the trip computer menu gt Press 4 or 7 to select Consumption The current fuel consumption is displayed Consumption MPG Telephone menu l Introduction You can establish a Bluetooth wireless connection to COMAND APS see the separate operating instructions mi On board computer and displays PA Menus and submenus Oo On board computer and displays A Warning A driver s attention to the road must always be his her primary focus when driving For your safety and the safety of others we recommend that you pull over to a safe location and stop before placing or taking a telephone call If you choose to use the telephone while driving please use the hands free device and only use the telephone when weather road and traffic conditions permit Some jurisdictions prohibit the driver from using a mobile phone while driving a vehicle Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30 mph approximately 50 km h your vehicle is covering a distance of 44 feet approximately 14 m every second gt Switch on the mobile phone and COMAND APS see the separate operating instructions gt Press or CEI on th
434. rent transmission position is shown in the multifunction display Transmission position The arrows in the transmission position display show how and into which transmission positions you can change using the DIRECT SELECT lever Automatic transmission Driving and parking ae Automatic transmission ES Driving and parking H If the transmission position display in the multifunction display is not working you should pull away carefully to check whether the desired transmission position is engaged Select transmission position D Do not restrict the shift range Transmission positions P Park position Do not shift the transmission into position P unless the vehicle is stationary The parking lock should not be used as a brake when parking In addition to engaging the parking lock you must always apply the parking brake to secure the vehicle In the event of a fault in the vehicle electronics the transmission can be locked in position P Have the vehicle electronics checked immediately at a qualified specialist workshop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Center R Reverse Only shift the transmission to R when the vehicle is stationary N Neutral Do not shift the transmission to N while driving The transmission could otherwise be damaged No power is transmitted from the engine to the drive wheels Releasing the brakes will allow you to move the vehicle freely e g to push it or tow it If
435. res and wheels can be obtained from any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Directives to be observed e Only mount tires and wheels of the same type and make e Only mount tires of the correct size onto the wheels e After mounting new tires run them in at moderate speeds for the first 60 miles 100 km as they only reach their full performance after this distance e Do not use tires until they are excessively worn as the tire traction on wet road surfaces decreases significantly when the tread depth is less than in 3 mm e If the vehicle is heavily laden check the tire pressure and adjust it if necessary e When parking your vehicle make sure that the tires do not get deformed by the curb or other obstacles If it is necessary to drive over curbs speed humps or similar elevations try to do so slowly and at an obtuse angle Otherwise the tires particularly the sidewalls can get damaged Maintenance and care of wheels and tires Checking wheels and tires A Warning Regularly check the tires for damage Damaged tires can cause tire inflation pressure loss As a result you could lose control of your vehicle Worn old tires can cause accidents If the tire tread is worn to minimum tread depth or if the tires have sustained damage replace them e Regularly check the wheels and tires of your vehicle for damage e g cuts punctures tears bulges on tires and deformation or severe corrosion on wheels
436. ress the or button to activate or deactivate the Distance Warning system When the distance warning function gt page 69 is activated the Eo e4 symbol is shown in the lower multifunction display gt Press the 4 or ZE button to select a different display Activating deactivating Blind Spot Assist Further information about Blind Spot Assist gt page 200 gt Press or CEI on the steering wheel to select the Additional functions menu gt Press the 4 or 52 button to select the Blind Spot Assist function gt Press or to switch the Blind Spot Assist function on or off gt Press the 4 or ZE button to select a different display Setting DSR The DSR Speed function allows you to set the threshold speed vehicle speed for driving downhill of the DSR gt page 203 to a value between 3 mph Canada 4 km h and 10 mph Canada 18 km h The adjustment is carried out in increments of 1 mph Canada 2 km h gt Press or CP on the steering wheel to select the Additional functions menu gt Press the 4 or 52 button to select the DSR Speed function gt Press the or button to set the desired threshold speed gt Press the A or select a different display button to
437. ric air pump Your vehicle is provided with one of two different electric air pumps e Version 1 the hose with the pressure gauge and the cable are behind a flap e Version 2 the pressure gauge is in the electric air pump TIREFIT kit version 1 P40 10 5008 31 gt Open flap gt Pull connector with the cable and hose out of the housing gt Screw hose onto flange of TIREFIT sealant filler bottle Q gt Place TIREFIT sealant filler bottle Q head downwards into recess 8 of the electric air pump P40 10 5005 31 gt Remove the cap from valve on the faulty tire P40 10 5362 gt Make sure pressure release screw 10 on pressure gauge Q is fully closed gt Screw filler hose onto valve Roadside assistance gt Insert connector into the socket in the footwell of the 2nd row of seats gt page 281 H None of the other sockets or cigarette lighters are designed for operating the electric air pump gt Turn the key to position 1 gt page 147 in the ignition lock gt Press on off switch on the electric air pump to I The electric air pump is switched on The tire is inflated First TIREFIT is pumped into the tire The pressure can briefly rise to approximately 500 kPa 5 bar 73 psi Do not switch off the electric pump during this phase Roadside assistance gt Let the electric pump run for five minutes The tire should then h
438. risk of skidding or at least one wheel has started to spin Cruise control or DISTRONIC is deactivated gt Only depress the accelerator pedal as far down as necessary when pulling away gt Release the accelerator pedal while the vehicle is in motion gt Adapt your driving style to suit the road and weather conditions gt Do not deactivate ESP Exceptions gt page 66 At least one wheel is spinning and ETS Electronic Traction System is deactivated to prevent the brakes on the drive wheels from overheating gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display ETS switches back on again as soon as the brakes have cooled down The display message disappears and the A warning lamp goes out N o N On board computer and displays ea Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster On board computer and displays Problem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions A A Risk of accident The yellow ESP warning lamp is lit while the engine is running ESP and ESP trailer stabilization are deactivated ESP will not stabilize the vehicle if it starts to skid or if a wheel starts to spin gt Reactivate ESP Exceptions gt page 66 gt Adapt your driving style to suit the road and weather conditions If ESP cannot be activated gt Have ESP checked at a qualified specialist workshop A A Risk of accident The yellow ESP warni
439. rmitted to change the bulb yourself gt page 120 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The left or right hand high beam is faulty gt Check whether you are permitted to change the bulb yourself gt page 120 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Display messages W License Plate Lamp Leie or License Plate Lamp Right W Front Foglamp Left or Front Foglamp Right Foglamp Rear Left or Foglamp Rear Right W Parking Lamp Front Lert or Parking Lamp Front Right W Reverse Lamp Left or Reverse Lamp Right Marker Lamp Front Left or Marker Lamp Front Right Display messages ee Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The left or right hand license plate lamp is faulty The left or right hand license plate lamp is faulty gt Check whether you are permitted to change the bulb yourself gt page 120 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The left hand or right hand front fog lamp is faulty The left hand or right hand front fog lamp is faulty gt Check whether you are permitted to change the bulb yourself gt page 120 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The left hand or right hand rear fog lamp is faulty gt Check whether you are permitted to change the bulb yourself gt page 120 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The front left or front right standing lamp is faulty gt Check whether you are permitted to
440. rn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock gt Pull the corresponding switch on the door control panel until the side window is completely closed gt page 85 gt Hold the switch for an additional second Sliding sunroof Opening and closing If the side window opens again slightly gt Immediately pull the corresponding switch on the door control panel until the side window is completely closed gt page 85 gt Hold the switch for an additional second gt If the corresponding side window remains closed after the button has been released the side window has been reset correctly If this is not the case repeat the steps above again Problems with the side windows Problem a side window cannot be closed because objects are trapped between the side window and the door frame gt Remove the objects gt Close the side window Problem a side window cannot be closed because objects in the guide rail are preventing the window from being raised gt Remove the objects gt Close the side window Problem a side window cannot be closed and you cannot see the cause A Warning Closing the side windows with increased force or without the anti entrapment feature could lead to serious or even fatal injury Make sure that nobody can become trapped when closing the side windows If a side window is obstructed during closing and reopens again slightly gt Immediately after the window blocks
441. ro engineering package the values vary depending on the level of the vehicle 59 Vehicles with Off Road Pro engineering package the values vary depending on the level of the vehicle Publication details Further information about Mercedes Benz vehicles and about Daimler AG can be found on the following websites http www mbusa com USA only http www mercedes benz ca Canada only Editorial office Not to be reprinted translated or otherwise reproduced in whole or in part without the written permission of Daimler AG As at 15 02 2010 Edition B 2011
442. roof rails The designated locations for the front crossbars are between the markings engraved on the inside of the roof rails The designated locations for the rear crossbars are between the gaps on the roof rails Otherwise the crossbars mounted accessories and the objects attached to them could come loose from the vehicle causing an accident thereby injuring you and other persons and or causing damage to property including damage to your vehicle A Warning A roof load creates a greater surface area exposed to the wind and causes the vehicle to have a higher center of gravity thereby changing the vehicle s driving characteristics Accordingly the additional weight on the roof of the vehicle can have a detrimental effect on braking cornering and acceleration Never exceed the maximum permissible roof load or the maximum permissible vehicle weight even when accessories for the crossbars e g ski racks bicycle racks etc are being used Overloading the vehicle could result in an accident When calculating the weight placed on the roof please make sure to add the weight of the crossbars accessory racks and the load carried together Always adapt your driving style to the road traffic and weather conditions and drive with added caution when the roof is loaded Always drive with extreme care when the carrier is loaded Take into consideration that when the carrier is loaded the handling characteristics are different from
443. ror and the exterior mirror on the driver s side automatically go into anti glare mode if the ignition is switched on and incident light from headlamps strikes the sensor in the rear view mirror The mirrors do not go into anti glare mode if reverse gear is engaged or the interior lighting is switched on Parking position for the exterior mirror on the front passenger side Setting and storing the parking position You can position the front passenger side exterior mirror in such a way that you can see the rear wheel on that side as soon as you engage reverse gear You can store this position gt Make sure that the vehicle is stationary and that the key is in position 2 in the ignition lock gt Press button for the exterior mirror on the front passenger side wn Sn fe Sem z me c oO ET oO lt z oo c oO oO 2 a oO o N Memory functions gt Engage reverse gear The exterior mirror on the front passenger side moves to the preset parking position gt Use adjustment button to adjust the exterior mirror to a position which allows you to see the rear wheel and the curb The parking position is stored If you shift the transmission to another position the exterior mirror on the front passenger side returns to the driving position Irrors Calling up a stored parking position 5 setting gt With the key in position 2 in the ignition lock and the exterior
444. row of SOAS EEE ETE EE 100 Seat belts Adjusting the driver s and front passenger seat belt eeeeeeeeeee 56 Adjusting the height ccscceee 56 Belt force limiters ccceceeeeseeees 57 Cleaning eere EERE 305 COME CEUSARE wi cssccvsesvostesteeevanvennss 54 Emergency Tensioning Devices 57 Fastening serran ana 55 Important safety guidelines 53 REC ASING oseraies Safety guidelines Switching belt adjustment on off on board computer sesse Warning lamp sicisssisssrissisiicisiisa Warning lamp function sses 57 Seat heating Indicator lamp Malfunction 105 Seats Adjusting electrically ee 96 Adjusting second and third rows 100 Adjusting the 4 way lumbar SUPPOME evcsccccceevsccseeatsuevevacesesndeteveess 104 Adjusting the head restraint 97 Cleaning the COVER ecss020seee 304 Correct driver s seat position 94 Important safety instructions 95 Multicontour seat eeeeeeeeees 103 Storing settings memory TUNCEION os ccrsacvseeceessetecoeseertosececess 110 Switching seat heating on off 104 Switching the seat ventilation on RAEE E AET 105 Seat ventilation Indicator lamp Malfunction 105 Securing hooks n 268 Sensors cleaning instructions 303 Service indicator see Service interval display Service interval display 298 Displ
445. row until it engages Stowage compartment under the armrest The Roadside Assistance m gt page 285 and MB info call page 286 buttons are located in the stowage compartment under the armrest oO gt is Y eS mo c Oo bo z e N b0 me Oo l Le Loading stowing and features Ng P68 00 6072 31 gt To open pull handle Q and fold the armrest upwards P68 00 5489 31 Coin holder 8 is located in front of stowage compartment 2 Stowage compartments in the rear Stowage compartment in the rear center console as P68 00 6020 31 gt To open press lightly on the top of the stowage compartment The stowage compartment moves out automatically EA Stowage areas Parcel nets Z Warning Vehicles with Occupant Classification System OCS Do not place objects with a combined weight of more than 4 4 Ibs 2 kg into the parcel net on the back of the front passenger seat Otherwise the OCS may not be able to properly approximate the occupant weight category A Warning Parcel nets are intended for storing light weight items only such as road maps mail etc Heavy objects objects with sharp edges or fragile objects may not be transported in the parcel nets In an accident during hard braking or sudden maneuvers they could be thrown around inside the vehicle and cause injury to vehicle occupants Parcel
446. s also refers to safety related systems and functions Where will find Be After an accident Problem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Fuel is leaking fromthe N Risk of explosion or fire vehicle The fuel line or the fuel tank is faulty gt Immediately turn the key to position 0 gt page 147 in the ignition lock and remove it gt Do not restart the engine under any circumstances gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop You are unable to gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop determine the extent of the damage You cannot detect any start the engine as normal damage The NECK PRO head Your vehicle has been involved in a rear end collision restraints NECK PRO gt Reset the triggered NECK PRO head restraints NECK PRO luxury head restraints luxury head restraints gt page 52 on the driver s and front passenger seat have been triggered E Roadside assistance gt To remove the first aid kit remove first aid kit Check the expiration date on the first aid kit at least once a year Replace the gt To open the side trim panel turn rotary contents if necessary and replace missing knob Q 90 in the direction of the arrow contents and open side trim panel Where will find le 4 Roadside assistance Vehicle tool kit Notes The vehicle tool kit can be found in the stowage well under the cargo compartment floor Vehicles without a spare
447. s and the brake fluid catching fire You can be seriously burned Display messages Lights Display messages about LEDs This display message will only appear if all LEDs have failed Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions D The left or right hand cornering light is faulty gt Check whether you are permitted to change the bulb yourself Cornering Lamp Left gt page 120 or Cornering Lamp a Right gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The left or right hand low beam headlamp is faulty gt Check whether you are permitted to change the bulb yourself Low Beam Left gt page 120 mi On board computer and displays or Low Beam Right or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop X The left or right hand trailer tail light is faulty gt Check whether you are permitted to change the bulb yourself railer Tail Lamp Left or or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop railer Tail Lamp Right X The left or right hand trailer turn signal lamp is faulty Toe ing gt Check whether you are permitted to change the bulb yourself Signal Left or or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop railer Turn Signal Right O The trailer brake lamp is faulty gt Check whether you are permitted to change the bulb yourself or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Trailer Brake Lamp O The rear left hand or rear right hand turn signal is
448. s been tested and approved by Mercedes Benz gt Replace cap and turn it clockwise as far as it will go Maintenance and care For further information on coolant see gt page 369 Windshield washer system headlamp cleaning system The washer fluid reservoir is used for both the windshield washer system and the headlamp cleaning system A Warning Washer solvent antifreeze is highly flammable Do not spill washer solvent antifreeze on hot engine parts because it may ignite and burn You could be seriously burned Weed Maintenance and care H At temperatures below freezing always fill the washer fluid container with a mix of windshield washer concentrate and antifreeze additive There is otherwise a risk of damaging the windshield washer system headlamp cleaning system H Only use washer fluid concentrate which is suitable for plastic lenses Unsuitable washer fluid concentrate could damage the plastic lenses of the headlamps H Do not add distilled or de ionized water to the washer fluid container Otherwise the fluid level measuring gauge could be damaged Add windshield washer concentrate e g MB SummerFit to the washer fluid all year round Example washer fluid reservoir gt Mix the windshield washer fluid in a container beforehand gt At temperatures above freezing fill the washer fluid reservoir with a mix of water and windshield washer concentrate e g MB SummerFit gt A
449. s isie 278 Current fuel consumption on board computer 0 0 0 0 eeeeeeeeeeee 227 Customer Assistance Center CAC E E ET 22 Customer Relations Department 23 Dashboard see Cockpit Date on board computer 222 Daytime driving lights Display message seene 240 Switching on off on board COMPUTER vee sevvcecessvsncesesceseseatneoen 223 Delayed switch off Exterior lighting on board COMPUTER cennsa a 223 Interior lighting on board COMPUTE cae diacnaneee 224 Diesel particle filter 168 Differential locks 0 00 0 eee eee 207 Differential locks display message n e 245 Digital speedometer DiSPlayiN Ersen 218 Setting the unit on board COMPUTER seissctasscsessesescsssesazecssbeeees 222 DIRECT SELECT lever see Automatic transmission Display cleaning instructions 303 Display messages Braks nirien E Eaa 235 Calling up on board computer 229 Clearing on board computer 229 EN SiN Go foacsiecececsabeshedsisetarseszetodseiens 240 LAMPS eescessessctdesecessessctcecnesanetscecees 240 Safety Systems sussies 230 Service interval display 298 TINGS neir R ERN 248 WOMICIE E E EA 250 Distance recorder 2 218 Distance warning function vehicles with DISTRONIC 69 Activating deactivating on board Computer 0 0 ee eeeeeeeeeeseeeees 226 Distance warning lamp 260 DISTRONIG 3 c2ovast csasccecsccedansis ecasezeascsets 181
450. s switched off gt Remove the TIREFIT kit from the wheel A Warning The air hose may still be hot Exercise proper caution to avoid burning yourself when detaching the electric air pump H After use excess TIREFIT may run out of the filler hose This could cause stains Therefore place the filler hose in the plastic bag which contained the TIREFIT kit Flat tire gt Stow the TIREFIT kit and the electric air pump gt Pull away immediately A Warning Do not exceed a vehicle speed of 50 mph 80 km h A TIREFIT repair is not designed to operate at higher speeds The sticker must be attached on the instrument cluster where it will be easily seen by the driver Vehicle handling characteristics of a TIREFIT repaired tire may change Adapt your driving accordingly gt Stop after driving for approximately ten minutes and check the tire pressure with the electric air pump A Warning If tire inflation pressure has fallen below 130 kPa 1 3 bar 26 psi do not continue to drive the vehicle Park your vehicle safely away from the roadway and contact the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center or roadside assistance Have the damaged tire replaced gt Correct the tire inflation pressure if it is at least 130 kPa 1 3 bar 26 psi for values see Tire and Load Information placard on the driver s side B pillar or tire inflation pressure table inside the fuel filler flap gt To increase the tire pressure switch
451. s that are snowy or icy or if your vehicle has snow chains mounted For information on driving off road see gt page 173 Off road driving systems Ee Shift ranges HIGH RANGE Road position for all normal driving situations LOW RANGE Off road position for driving off road and fording The gear ratio between the engine and wheels is only approximately one third of that in the HIGH RANGE road position The drive torque is correspondingly higher as a result Do not use LOW RANGE oo E a ge oo p m wip e on slippery road surfaces e g in the case gt To activate press off road button Q of slush Indicator lamp lights up Off road o O NN O CECT indicator 3 appears in the multifunction roads display e if you have mounted gt To deactivate press off road button Q snow chains to your Indicator lamp and off road indicator vehicle go out Z Warning Always wait until the procedure of shifting LOW RANGE from HIGH RANGE to LOW RANGE and from LOW RANGE to HIGH RANGE has been entirely completed During this procedure do The LOW RANGE off road gear assists youin not turn off the engine or shift the automatic driving off road and when fording When LOW transmission into another gear RANGE is engaged the engine s performance If you do not wait until the shifting procedure characteristics and the gearshifting has been entirely completed then it might not character
452. s the route guidance with the address entered 0 If you select No the address can be stored in the address book The Destination Download function is available if the corresponding cellular phone network is available and data transfer is possible Search amp Send Search amp Send is a destination entry service You can find further information on Search amp Send in the separate COMAND operating instructions Vehicle remote opening If you have unintentionally locked your vehicle e g the SmartKey is inside the vehicle and a replacement key is not available gt Contact the following service hotlines e USA Response Center under the number 866 990 9007 e Canada Customer Service under 1 888 923 8367 You will be asked for your password gt Return to your vehicle at the time arranged with the Response Center gt Pull the tailgate handle for at least 20 seconds until the indicator lamp in the SOS button gt page 284 flashes The Connecting Call message appears in the multifunction display Alternatively the vehicle can also be opened via the Internet in the Owners Online Loading stowing and features La Loading stowing and features section using your ID number and password Vehicle remote unlocking is only possible if the corresponding cellular phone network is accessible The SOS button flashes and the Cal Connected message appears in the multifunction display to confirm that th
453. s to the recommended tire inflation pressure as specified on e the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar or e the tire inflation pressure label located on the inside of the fuel filler flap A Warning The tire pressure loss warning system does not provide a warning for wrongly selected tire inflation pressures Always adjust tire inflation pressure according to the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar or on the tire inflation pressure label located on the inside of the fuel filler flap The tire pressure loss warning system does not replace regular checks of the tire inflation pressures since a gradual pressure loss in more than one tire cannot be detected by the tire pressure loss warning system The tire pressure loss warning system is not able to issue a warning due to a sudden dramatic loss of tire inflation pressure e g tire blowout caused by a foreign object In this case bring the vehicle to a halt by carefully applying the brakes and avoiding abrupt steering maneuvers The function of the tire pressure loss warning system is limited or delayed if e snow chains are mounted on your vehicle s tires e road conditions are wintry e you are driving on sand or gravel e you adopt a very sporty driving style cornering at high speeds or driving with high rates of acceleration e you are towing a very heavy or large trailer e you are driving with a
454. se 122 CAC Customer Assistance Center 22 California Important notice for retail customers and lessees n 20 Calling up a malfunction see Display messages Care CarPC ics ccececsscdeisecassnssscsasescesceeeetaus 305 Car WASH cc cc ss csesenieatiessievsiies 300 DiS play cssccsbesectescseseh ese ttearseebescctaais 303 Gear or selector lever nsss 304 Headlamps meninin 302 INGLES E EE EE EEA 299 Painten ore EE 301 Plastic Arieseni 304 Power washer cssceceeeesceeeeteeees 301 Rear view camera eseeeeeeeeerteeees 303 ROOF MINING sceesccceeeeesseaeeeevece 305 Seat DEE sccrcsstes erener raien eit 305 Seat COvers sssseesseessseesreersressreeeee 304 SONSONS senene eee EA REFE 303 Steering wheel eeeeeeseeeeeeeeeees 304 Tail PIPES cescccsscsczsistssceasteccesseradesess 303 T SUPS eers Sessescsaes sosvecdeatssevzesss 304 Washing by hand ee eeeeeeeeeeeee 301 WIHGCISss 5 teeters eases caret ecteetaesk cee 301 WINdOWS 4 scecessesicidens ccieaeieaeeataseees 302 Wiper blades 2 s 00scecesesneessssoenees 302 Woodem trin seisein ieser 304 Cargo compartment cover 269 Cargo compartment enlargement 266 Cargo compartment floor 310 Cargo net Attaching oscsiisiririoririricssrissessi 270 Important safety information 270 Cargo tie down rings eee 268 CD player CD changer on board computer ieee 219 Center console cceseeecseeeee
455. se handle Q in completely until it engages fully The steering column is locked gt Check if the steering column is locked When doing so try to push the steering wheel up or down or try to move it in the fore and aft direction Adjusting the steering wheel electrically To adjust the steering wheel position fore and aft adjustment To adjust the steering wheel height Related topics e EASY ENTRY EXIT feature gt page 107 e storing settings gt page 110 Steering wheel heating Switching on off The steering wheel heating heats the leather areas of the steering wheel gt Make sure that the key is in position 2 in the ignition lock gt To switch on off turn the lever in the direction of arrow or 2 Indicator lamp comes on or goes out Problems with the steering wheel heating If the steering wheel heating indicator lamp on the lower left lever of the steering column is flashing the steering wheel heating has switched off automatically The vehicle s electrical system voltage is too low because too many electrical consumers are switched on gt Switch off electrical consumers which you do not need such as the rear window defroster or interior lighting Once the battery is sufficiently charged the steering wheel heating will switch back on automatically EASY ENTRY EXIT A Warning You must make sure no one can become trapped or injured by the moving steering wheel when the
456. seats can be operated at any time Therefore do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle A child s unsupervised access to a vehicle could result in an accident and or serious personal injury A Warning According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating position Thus we strongly recommend that children be placed in the rear seats whenever possible Regardless of seating position children 12 years old and under must be seated and properly secured in an appropriately sized infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child For additional information see Children in the vehicle A child s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restraints are not properly secured in the vehicle and or the child is not properly secured in the child restraint A Warning For your protection drive only with properly positioned head restraints Adjust the head restraint so that it is as close to the head as possible and the center of the head restraint supports the back of the head at eye level This will reduce the potential for b gt Seats steering wheel and mirrors Seats steering wheel and mirrors hat injury to the head and neck in the event of an accident or similar situation Do not drive the vehicle without the seat he
457. seess 167 Fuel filler cap display message 243 Fuel filler flap Emergency release eeeeeeeeees 161 Opening CIOSING erriei 160 Fuel filter display message 243 Fuel level Calling up the range on board COMPUTER zennin 227 Fuses Dashboard fuse DOX sses 330 Engine emergency stop eese 331 Fuse allocation chart eee 330 Fuse box in the cargo COMPATMENE c65 050 scccasessccscsencsses 331 Fuse box in the engine COMPATIMENE vcreccecsssvceeescesnsseesenss 330 NOGES AECA 329 Garage door opener Clearing the Memory sses 291 NOLES isis cslecsstacsdocsesancadestettatpin cautscess 288 Opening closing the garage door 291 Programming the remote control 289 Gear or selector lever cleaning guidelines 0 eee eeeeeeeeereeeeeees 304 Genuine Mercedes Benz parts 362 Genuine wood trim and trim strips cleaning instructions 304 Glove box c ean tines 265 GTW Gross Trailer Weight definition ee e 355 C Headlamp cleaning system 117 Adding washer fluid eeeeeee 297 NOITE E T 370 Headlamp delayed switch off see Delayed switch off exterior lighting Headlamp mode daytime driving see Daytime running lamps Headlamps Cleaning cess ccandecss soeestevee deer cecehsponsese 302 Misting Ufo 425s2s23soetete rnn 118 a tl nk A E 124 Head restraint Adjusting electrically 0 0 97 Head restraints Adjusting m
458. select the desired vehicle level again gt page 194 gt Observe the notes on towing a trailer gt page 209 You have selected a higher vehicle level The compressor first needs to cool down because of frequent level changes gt Drive in a manner appropriate for the current vehicle level gt Make sure that there is sufficient ground clearance gt Allow the compressor to cool down When the compressor has cooled down the display message disappears The vehicle then continues rising to the selected level Level control is faulty gt Do not drive faster than 50 mph 80 km h gt Make sure that there is sufficient ground clearance gt Have the vehicle checked at a qualified specialist workshop The vehicle is being adjusted to off road level 3 The display message informs you of the maximum speed permissible for off road level 3 gt Do not drive faster than 12 mph 20 km h You are driving in off road level 3 The display message informs you of the maximum speed permissible for off road level 3 gt Do not drive faster than 12 mph 20 km h The vehicle is being lowered from off road level 3 to off road level 2 The display message informs you of the maximum speed permissible for off road level 3 gt Do not driver faster than 12 mph 20 km h until off road level 2 is reached Display messages oo Reduce speed to under 12 MPH Locking System Inoperative Service Required Diff Lock System Over
459. ses A Warning Make sure that nobody can become trapped as you adjust the seat H Make sure that there are no objects in the footwell or behind the seats when resetting the seats There is a risk that the seats and or the objects could be damaged More information about belt adjustment a convenience function integrated into PRE SAFE can be found in the Belt adjustment section gt page 56 NECK PRO head restraints The NECK PRO head restraints increase protection to the driver s and front passenger s head and neck To this end the head restraints on the driver s and front passenger seats are moved forwards and upwards in the event of a rear end collision of a certain severity This provides better head support A Warning Do not secure any objects e g coat hangers on the NECK PRO head restraints Otherwise the NECK PRO head restraints may not function properly or in the event of a rear end collision may not be able offer the level of protection they are designed to provide If the NECK PRO head restraints have been triggered in an accident you must reset the NECK PRO head restraints on the driver s and front passenger seat gt page 52 Otherwise the additional protection will not be available in the event of another rear end collision You can recognize when NECK PRO head restraints have been triggered by the fact that they have moved forwards and can no longer be adjusted Resetting triggered NECK
460. sh to install cargo compartment cover 2 behind the 2nd row of seats N o 5 o ee no Z bo z 2 bd ar gt To extend pull the cargo compartment cover back by grab handle Q and clip it into retainers 2 on the left and right gt Toretract unhook the cargo compartment cover from retainers on the left and right and guide it forwards by grab handle until it is fully retracted Protective cap in the right hand side panel of the 3rd row of seats gt Push in the top of the protective cap as indicated by the arrow The protective cap folds out at the bottom gt Remove the lower cover from the side trim Stow the protective caps in a safe place gt With the handle of the cargo compartment pointing to the rear and button Q facing upwards insert cargo compartment Le Loading stowing and features cover 2 into the recess of the side trim on the left hand side gt Guide cargo compartment cover in front of the recess on the right gt Press button Q and insert the right hand side section into the recess of the side trim Cargonet Important safety notes A Warning Make sure the cargo net is properly engaged at top and bottom position and the tightening belts are securely fastened Never use a damaged cargo net Always use cargo net when transporting cargo This helps to avoid personal injury from smaller objects being thrown around in the o
461. sistance Shifting to neutral N gt When the vehicle is stationary depress the brake pedal gt Push the DIRECT SELECT lever up or down to the first point of resistance When the engine is switched off the automatic transmission shifts to N automatically Remaining in neutral N If you wish to keep the automatic transmission in neutral N e g to wash the vehicle in a car wash with a towing device observe the following Using the SmartKey e make sure the ignition is switched on e when the vehicle is stationary depress the brake pedal and keep it depressed e shift to neutral N e release the brake pedal e if applied release the parking brake e switch off the ignition and leave the SmartKey in the ignition lock Using KEYLESS GO e make sure the ignition is switched on e when the vehicle is stationary depress the brake pedal and keep it depressed e shift to park position P e release the brake pedal e remove the Start Stop button from the ignition lock e insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock e switch on the ignition e depress the brake pedal and keep it depressed e shift to neutral N e release the brake pedal e if applied release the parking brake e switch off the ignition and leave the SmartKey in the ignition lock Shifting to transmission position D gt Push the DIRECT SELECT lever down past the first point of resistance Transmission position display The cur
462. so that salt residues are removed from the brake discs Maintenance of the brakes H If the brake warning lamp lights up in the instrument cluster and you hear a warning tone even though the parking brake has been released the brake fluid level may be too low Observe additional warning messages in the multifunction display The brake fluid level may be too low due to brake pad wear or leaking brake lines Have the brake system checked immediately This work should be carried out at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center bo E a To bo p m All checks and maintenance work on the brake system must be carried out at a qualified specialist workshop Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Only install brake pads and use brake fluid recommended by Mercedes Benz A Warning If other than recommended brake pads are installed or other than recommended brake fluid is used the braking properties of the vehicle can be degraded to an extent that safe braking is substantially impaired This could result in an accident H A function or performance test may only be carried out on a two axle dynamometer If you are planning to have the vehicle tested on such a dynamometer contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center to obtain further information first Otherwise the drive train or the brake system may suffer damage Driving tips H As the ESP system operates automatically the engine and the ignition
463. splay If these conditions are met the front passenger seat can be occupied again Whether the 3 pass ar sasaa indicator lamp remains lit or goes out depends on how OCS classifies the occupant If the conditions are not met the system is not operating correctly gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately A Warning If the 3 Pass ar easan indicator lamp remains lit with an adult occupant on the front passenger seat even after performing the above corrective steps do not have any passenger use the front passenger seat until the system has been repaired Display messages ee Brakes Display messages ABS ABS ESP Unavailable See Operator s Manual ABS ABS ESP Inoperative See Operator s Manual Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions A Risk of accident ABS Anti lock Brake System and ESP Electronic Stability Program and therefore also PRE SAFE are temporarily unavailable The self diagnosis function might not be complete for example The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard for example gt Carefully drive a short distance making slight steering movements at a speed above 12 mph 20 km h If the display message disappears the functions mentioned above are available again If the display message continues to be displayed
464. sponds to the different key positions in the ignition lock This is only the case if you are not depressing the brake pedal If you depress the brake pedal and press the Start Stop button the engine starts immediately The Start Stop button can be removed from the ignition lock Then you can insert the SmartKey in the ignition lock You do not have to remove the Start Stop button from the ignition lock when you leave the vehicle However you should always take the SmartKey with you when leaving the vehicle The vehicle can be started with the Start Stop button and the electrical equipment can be operated while the SmartKey is in the vehicle Ss Start Stop button Ignition lock gt Insert Start Stop button Q into ignition lock gt Driving and parking a Driving Le Driving and parking When you insert Start Stop button into ignition lock the system requires a detection time of two seconds before you can use Start Stop button Q gt Shift the transmission to position P gt Do not press the brake pedal Start Stop button USA only Canada only gt Position 0 if Start Stop button has not yet been pressed this corresponds to the SmartKey being removed from the ignition gt Position 1 press Start Stop button Q You can now activate the windshield wipers for example Ifyou then open the driver s door when in this position the power supply is deactivated gt
465. ss stops and the partially emptied bottle can be removed gt Release AdBlue refill bottle gt Turn AdBlue refill bottle anti clockwise and remove it gt Place AdBlue filler cap on the filler neck and turn it clockwise gt Turn AdBlue cap anti clockwise and remove it P47 10 2511 31 2a gt Turn AdBlue filler cap anti clockwise and open it Filler cap 2 is secured with a plastic strap PEE ies gt Insert AdBlue cap Q as shown and turn it clockwise as far as it will go gt Fold the load compartment floor down gt Close the tailgate gt Drive at a speed above 10 mph 16 km h The Check Additive See Operator s Manual disappears after approximately one minute Ifthe Check Additive See Operator s Manual is still displayed in the multifunction display top up with another bottle of AdBlue Then have the AdBlue supply checked and filled completely if necessary Mercedes Benz recommends that you use a qualified specialist workshop such as an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for this purpose Parking Important safety notes Z Warning Do not park this vehicle in areas where combustible materials such as grass hay or leaves can come into contact with the hot exhaust system These materials could be ignited and cause a vehicle fire Vehicle movement may result in serious personal injury or damage to the vehicle or vehicle drivetrain Therefore alwa
466. sseescescccnnnenee ane 281 SA PE e a cteciecesccaszcievzecastessceass 143 4ETS Electronic Traction System Air pressure FUNCTION MOLES serieei 67 see Tire pressure 4MATIC permanent four wheel Airxecirculation mode ANEJ e e ectees 202 Activating deactivating 141 Air vents ve seccc sscescsrccseseceteeeisntecsess 143 C Important safety information 142 ABS Anti lock Braking System ROOM assis csieveecestesieestaaviessieesiessevscaeast 143 Display MeSSage ecssesseseeseresees 235 Setting the center air vents 143 FUNCtION NOTES sesser 65 Setting the side air vents 4 143 Warning lamp ccseecesesseseseeeeeecsesees 256 Alarm system Accident motes cccccccceeeeeees 309 see ATA Active light function display Ambient lighting on board message 0 00 cccccececcecsesecscseeecseeeeeeenees 240 COMPUTEL rrise 223 Active service system Anti lock Braking System see Service interval display see ABS Adaptive Damping System ADS 194 Anti Theft Alarm system AdBlue see ATA AIde isisisi 163 Anti theft system Display MeSSAgE csssesseeseessessees 243 ATA Anti Theft Alarm system 69 Additional functions on board Approach departure angle 177 COMPUTER reot 996 ASHAY 2 2 c5 052 065 sesh Bateecatesceeinnstt 279 ADS Adaptive Damping System 194 ATA Anti Theft Alarm system Air bags Activating deactivating 06 69 Dis
467. ssenger air bag e the display messages Front Passenger Airbag Enabled See Operator s Manual or Front Passenger Airbag Disabled See Operator s Manual must not appear in the multifunction display Wait for a period of at least 60 seconds until the necessary system checks have been completed and to make sure that the display messages do not appear in the multifunction display If these conditions are met the front passenger seat can be occupied again Whether the 3 rass ar sasaa indicator lamp remains lit or goes out depends on how OCS classifies the occupant If the conditions are not met the system is not operating correctly Display messages eae Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately A Warning If the 8 Pass ar easa indicator lamp remains off even after performing the above corrective steps do not have any children 12 years old and under and other small individuals use the front passenger seat until the system has been repaired i On board computer and displays CA Display messages On board computer and displays Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Front Passenger The front passenger air bag is disabled during the journey even Airbag Disabled though an adult or a person larger than a certain size is occupying See Operator s the front passenger seat If a
468. st authorized Mercedes Benz Center for assistance or call roadside assistance gt Do not remove any foreign objects which have penetrated the tire e g screws or nails gt Remove the TIREFIT kit the accompanying max 80 km h sticker and the electric air pump from the stowage well underneath the trunk floor gt page 310 max 0 km h n D O mon i LlJ3HlL P40 10 5007 31 gt Affix part of the sticker within the driver s field of vision gt Affix part of the sticker near the valve on the wheel with the defective tire A Warning Take care not to allow the contents of TIREFIT to come in contact with hair eyes or clothing e If TIREFIT comes into contact with your eyes or skin immediately rinse thoroughly with clean water e Change out of clothing which has come into contact with TIREFIT immediately e In case of allergic reaction or rash consult a physician immediately Keep TIREFIT away from children Flat tire e If TIREFIT is swallowed immediately rinse your mouth out thoroughly with water and drink plenty of water e Do not induce vomiting Consult a doctor immediately e Do not inhale TIREFIT fumes if TIREFIT leaks out allow it to dry It can then be removed like a layer of film If you get TIREFIT on your clothing have it cleaned as soon as possible with perchloroethylene A Warning Comply with the manufacturer s safety instructions on the sticker on the elect
469. st workshop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Towing and tow starting Important safety notes A Warning If you tow the vehicle you must use a rigid towing bar if e the engine will not run e there is a malfunction in the brake system e there is a malfunction in the power supply or the vehicle s electrical system With the engine not running there is no power assistance for the brake and steering systems You will then need considerably more force to steer and to brake and the brake pedal travel will be longer If necessary depress the brake pedal with maximum force Before towing away make sure that the steering can be moved and is not locked If you tow or tow start another vehicle its weight must not exceed the maximum permissible gross vehicle weight of your vehicle It is better to have the vehicle transported than to have it towed H You may only tow the vehicle a maximum distance of 30 miles 50 km A towing speed of 30 mph 50 km h must not be exceeded For towing distances over 30 miles 50 km the vehicle must loaded onto a transporter H Only secure the tow rope or tow bar at the towing eyes Otherwise the vehicle could be damaged H Do not use the towing eye for recovery as this could damage the vehicle If in doubt recover the vehicle with a crane H Drive slowly and smoothly when towing Excessive tractive power could otherwise damage the vehicles H Do not tow with sling
470. stic straps or nets to secure a load as these are only intended as an anti slip protection for light loads e do not route tie downs across sharp edges or corners e pad sharp edges for protection ee Stowage areas Footwell of the 2nd row of seats There is one cargo tie down ring Q in the footwell behind the driver s seat and one in the footwell behind the front passenger seat Cargo compartment There are four cargo tie down rings Q in the cargo compartment Mounting hooks Only use the mounting hooks to secure items of luggage up to maximum of 9 Ibs 4 kg in weight Stowage areas ee There are two securing hooks Q oneach side Removing installing the luggage of the cargo compartment compartment cover Luggage compartment cover Important safety notes H When loading the vehicle make sure that you do not stack the load in the cargo compartment higher than the lower edge of the side windows Do not place heavy objects on top of the cargo compartment cover The cargo compartment cover can be gt To remove make sure that cargo attached behind the 2nd or 3rd row of seats compartment cover is rolled up gt Press button 4 Extending retracting the luggage gt Move cargo compartment cover to the compartment cover left gt Remove cargo compartment cover 2 gt To install if installed remove the protective caps from the side panels in the 3rd row of seats if you wi
471. stomer Assistance Center Mercedes Benz USA LLC One Mercedes Drive Montvale NJ 07645 0350 In Canada Customer Relations Department Mercedes Benz Canada Inc 98 Vanderhoof Avenue Toronto Ontario M4G 4C9 Reporting malfunctions relevant to safety For the USA only The following text is reproduced as required of all manufacturers according to Title 49 Code of U S Federal Regulations Part 575 pursuant to the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966 Reporting safety defects If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying Mercedes Benz USA LLC If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or Mercedes Benz USA LLC To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9 153http www safercar gov go to or write to Administrator NHTSA Headquarters 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE West Building Washington DC 20590 You can also obtain additional information about vehicle safety from http www safercar gov 3 The system is called TELEAID in Canada Introd
472. surfaces in comparison to summer tires The braking distance is still much further than on surfaces that are not icy or covered with snow Take appropriate care when driving H Avoid wheelspin This can lead to damage to the drive train which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz warranty conditions Temperature A Warning The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed underinflation or excessive loading either separately or in combination can cause excessive heat build up and possible tire failure The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of p Tires and wheels Tires and wheels performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law Interchanging the wheels A Warning Rotate front and rear wheels only if the tires are of the same dimension If your vehicle is equipped with mixed size tires
473. t ISOFIX in the rear A Warning Observe Important safety instructions gt page 59 A Warning Children too big for a toddler restraint must ride in seats using regular seat belts Position the shoulder belt across the chest and shoulder not face or neck In order to attain the correct seating position for children weighing over 41 Ib 18 kg it may be necessary to use a booster seat until they reach a height where a normal lap shoulder seat belt lies properly across their bodies without the need for a booster seat Install the child restraint system according to the manufacturer s instructions The child restraint system must be installed firmly on both brackets An incorrectly installed child restraint system can come loose in the event of an accident causing the child to be severely or fatally injured Child restraint systems child restraint retaining brackets that are damaged or have suffered damage due to an impact must be replaced ISOFIX is a standardized securing system for specially designed child restraint systems on the rear seats Securing rings for two ISOFIX child restraint systems are installed on the left and right e on the rear seat backrests of the outer seats in the second row e on the backrests of the seats in the third row of seats Install child restraint systems without the ISOFIX securing system using the vehicle s seat belts Follow the manufacturer s instructions for installation of
474. t Jump start the vehicle gt page 325 or gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop The engine cannot be started using KEYLESS GO The SmartKey is in the vehicle easily A door is open Therefore the SmartKey cannot be detected as gt Close the door and try to start the vehicle again There is interference from a powerful source of radio waves gt Start your vehicle with the SmartKey in the ignition lock Important safety notes A Warning When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey from the starter switch Always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle even if they are secured in a child restraint system or with access to an unlocked vehicle A child s unsupervised access to a vehicle could result in an accident and or serious personal injury The children could e injure themselves on parts of the vehicle e be seriously or fatally injured through excessive exposure to extreme heat or cold e injure themselves or cause an accident with vehicle equipment that can be operated even if the SmartKey is removed from the starter switch or removed from the vehicle such as seat adjustment steering wheel adjustment or the memory function If children open a door they could injure other persons or get out of the vehicle and injure themselves or be injured by following traffic Do not expose the child restraint system to direct sunlight The
475. t To arm lock the vehicle with the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO The turn signal lamps flash three times to indicate that the vehicle is locked Indicator lamp flashes to indicate that the alarm system is armed If the turn signal lamps do not flash three times a door or the tailgate may not be properly closed It may be necessary to close the affected door or the tailgate gt To deactivate unlock the vehicle using the key or KEYLESS GO The turn signal lamps flash once to indicate that the anti theft alarm system is switched off Anti theft systems Unless you open a door or the trunk lid within 40 seconds after unlocking the vehicle e the vehicle will be locked again e the anti theft alarm system will be re armed gt To stop the alarm using the SmartKey insert the key into the ignition lock The alarm is switched off or gt Press the g or button on the key The alarm is switched off gt To stop the alarm using KEYLESS GO grasp the outside door handle The key must be outside the vehicle The alarm is switched off or gt Press the Start Stop button on the dashboard The key must be inside the vehicle The alarm is switched off E 4 SUISO D pue Suluado Y NN OO t O Sliding SunTOOfme eee eee Cargo compartment ee Side windows ea e a restores DOOMS 2 55 ee Vehicle equipment 005 SmartKey 2 ceevseeer eee ere
476. t may not feature all functions described particles of dust and completely filters out here This also refers to safety related pollen A clogged filter reduces the amount systems and functions of air supplied to the vehicle interior For this reason you should always observe the z s interval for replacing the filter which is specified in the Service Booklet As it Important safety notes depends on environmental conditions e g heavy air pollution the interval may be A Warning shorter than stated in the Service Booklet Severe conditions e g strong air pollution may require replacement of the filter before its scheduled replacement interval A clogged filter will reduce the air volume to the interior and the windows could fog up impairing visibility and endangering you and others Have a clogged filter replaced as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Climate control E A Warning Follow the recommended settings for heating and cooling given on the following pages Otherwise the windows could fog up impairing visibility and endangering you and others Dual zone automatic climate control multi zone automatic climate control controls the temperature and the humidity of the vehicle interior and filters out undesirable substances from the air Dual zone automatic climate control multi zone automatic climate control is only operational when the engine is running Optimum operation is only achieved
477. t press the R reset button a second time After approximately five seconds the OFF road Level 3 AUTO c SU Food N Max 12 MPH Example display for vehicles with the Off Road Pro On board computer and displays engineering package Settings menu appears again gt Press or CP to select a different c menu Settings menu Introduction Instrument cluster Selecting the unit of measurement for Settings distance O This function is only available in Canada Time Date The Display Unit Speedometer eer Odometer function allows you to choose i ey whether certain displays appear in km h or mph The Settings menu allows you to e Restoring the factory settings e Changing the instrument cluster settings The selected unit of measurement for distance applies to e the analog speedometer e the odometer and the trip odometer e the trip computer e the navigation instruction in the e Changing the time date settings e Changing the lighting settings e Changing the vehicle settings e Changing the convenience settings Navigation menu EERE ttings e DISTRONIC esetting to factory settin amp y E gt Press or ZF on the steering wheel For safety reasons the Daytime Running to select the Settings menu Lamps function in the Lighting submenu is K EN gt Press to call up the selection of only reset if the vehicle is stationary submenus
478. t drive along the side of a slope The vehicle might otherwise rollover If in doing so the vehicle begins to show a tendency to roll immediately steer into a line of gravity straight up or downhill Never let the vehicle roll backwards in idle You may lose control of the vehicle if you use only the service brake For information on driving downhill see Driving downhill Driving and parking Driving tips ER Driving and parking Z Warning Please be aware that by raising the vehicle level the center of gravity also rises Therefore always ensure that the vehicle level is as low as possible With higher ride height the ESP may activate earlier in certain situations Z Warning Do not reduce the tire inflation pressure before driving through sand However if you do so remember to correct the tire inflation pressure before continuing your trip Driving with reduced tire inflation pressure increases the risk of losing control of the vehicle and rolling over General information Read this section before driving your vehicle off road Practice by traveling over more gentle off road terrain first Familiarize yourself with the characteristics of your vehicle and the gear change process before driving through difficult terrain The following driving systems are specially adapted to off road driving e off road drive program vehicles without the Off Road Pro engineering package gt page 204 e LO
479. t temperatures below freezing fill the washer fluid reservoir with a mix of water and MB SummerFit windshield washer concentrate For information on the mixing ratio see gt page 370 or use the premixed windshield washer solution with antifreeze available in specialist stores E Service gt To open pull cap 1 upwards by the tab gt Add the premixed washer fluid gt To close press cap Q onto the filler neck until it engages Brake fluid level H If you discover that the brake fluid level in the brake fluid reservoir has fallen to the MIN mark or below check the brake system for leaks immediately Also check the brake lining thickness Contact a qualified specialist workshop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately Do not top up the brake fluid This will not rectify the malfunction Only check the brake fluid level when the vehicle is stationary and on a level surface The brake fluid level is correct if it is between MIN marking and MAX marking on the brake fluid reservoir Service Service messages Information on the type of service and service intervals see separate Service Booklet You can obtain more information at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or at www mbusa com USA only The service interval display informs you of the next service due date If a service due date has been exceeded you also hear an acoustic signal The multifunction display shows a service m
480. t the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if underinflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure warning lamp Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure warning lamp When the system detects a malfunction the warning lamp will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indicator is lit the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of incompatible replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction warning lamp after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly gt a 5 pe o me 5 2 O a 5 2 O 3 s n e pue Suimo s Supeo a t ON Oo ON NNN 264 264 Features 3222 2
481. tal parts for example could become very hot and the child could be burned on these parts A Warning Do not carry heavy or hard objects in the passenger compartment or trunk unless they are firmly secured in place Unsecured or improperly positioned cargo increases a child s risk of injury in the event of e strong braking maneuvers e sudden changes of direction e an accident Children in the vehicle EA If an infant or child is traveling in the vehicle gt Secure the child using an infant or child restraint system appropriate to the age and weight of the child gt Make sure that the infant or child is properly secured at all times while the vehicle is in motion A oO Ge N Child restraint systems Important safety notes A Warning Observe Important safety instructions gt page 59 We recommend all infants and children be properly restrained using the child restraint systems at all times while the vehicle is in motion The use of infant or child restraints is required by law in all 50 states the District of Columbia the U S territories and all Canadian provinces Infants and small children should always be seated in an infant or child seat restraint system appropriate for the size and weight of the child They must be properly secured in accordance with the manufacturer s installation instructions for the infant or child seat restraint system All infant and child seat restraint systems
482. tch off the engine gt Wait at least 10 seconds before restarting the engine gt Shift the transmission to position D or R If D is selected the transmission shifts into 2nd gear if R is selected the transmission shifts into reverse gear gt Have the transmission checked at a qualified specialist workshop immediately Transfer case The vehicle has permanent 4 wheel drive 4MATIC Power is always transmitted to both axles H Performance tests may only be carried out on a 2 axle dynamometer The brake system or transfer case could otherwise be damaged Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for a performance test Mercedes Benz recommends that you use an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for this purpose H If the parking brake is being tested on a brake dynamometer the ignition must be switched off SmartKey or Start Stop button in position 0 or 1 as ESP will otherwise automatically intervene The test must last a maximum of 10 seconds The brake system could otherwise be damaged LOW RANGE off road gear The LOW RANGE off road gear is only available in vehicles with the Off Road Pro Engineering package Use the LOW RANGE off road gear e when driving off road e when fording e when towing on uphill or downhill gradients When LOW RANGE is engaged the engine s performance characteristics and the gearshifting characteristics of the automatic transmission are adapted for this purpose In addition
483. te location if they receive an automatic SOS signal and cannot make voice contact with the vehicle occupants Features Roadside Assistance call button gt Open the stowage compartment under the armrest gt page 265 D NS gt Press and hold Roadside Assistance button Q for more than two seconds A call to a Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance Representative is initiated The indicator lamp in Roadside Assistance button Q flashes while the call is active The Connecting Call message appears in the multifunction display and COMAND is muted If a connection can be established the Cal Connected message appears in the multifunction display If a mobile phone network is available and there is sufficient GPS reception the mbrace system transmits data to the Response Center for example e current location of the vehicle e vehicle identification number e vehicle model e vehicle color The COMAND display shows that an mbrace call is active You can switch to the navigation menu by pressing the NAVI button on COMAND during the call Spoken commands are not available A voice connection is established between the Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance Representative and the vehicle occupants gt Describe the type of assistance needed Loading stowing and features A Features The Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance Representative either sends a qualified Mercedes Benz technician or organizes for your
484. ted for certain systems and are intentionally not very detailed The malfunction and warning messages are simply a reminder with respect to the operation of certain systems They do not replace the owner s and or driver s responsibility to maintain the vehicle s operating safety Have all required maintenance and safety checks performed on the vehicle Bring the vehicle to an authorized Mercedes Benz Center to address the malfunction and warning messages Displays and operation Tachometer The red band in the tachometer indicates the engine s overrewving range H Do not drive in the overrewving range as this could damage the engine The fuel supply is interrupted to protect the engine when the red band is reached Outside temperature display The outside temperature display is in the multifunction display A Warning The outside temperature indicator is not designed to serve as an ice warning device and is therefore unsuitable for that purpose Indicated temperatures just above the freezing point do not guarantee that the road surface is free of ice The road may still be icy especially in wooded areas or on bridges Changes in the outside temperature are displayed after a short delay Displays and operation ae Speedometer with segments The segments in the speedometer indicate which speed range is available DISTRONIC mode One or two segments around the stored speed light up Operating the on board c
485. ter grip e traction control is still activated ESP still provides support when you brake If ESP is deactivated and one or more wheels start to spin the A warning lamp in the instrument cluster flashes In such situations Safety gt To deactivate press button Q The A warning lamp in the instrument cluster lights up A Warning When the A ESP warning lamp is illuminated continuously the ESP is switched off or is not operational due to a malfunction Vehicle stability in standard driving maneuvers is reduced Adapt your speed and driving style to the prevailing road conditions and to the non operating status of the ESP H Avoid spinning a drive wheel for an extended period with ESP switched off This could cause serious damage to the drive train gt To activate press button Q The A warning lamp in the instrument cluster goes out Off road ESP An ESP system specifically suited to off road terrain is activated automatically if the off road drive program is activated gt page 204 or if the LOW RANGE off road gear gt page 157 is selected It intervenes with a delay if there is oversteering or understeering thus improving traction ESP trailer stabilization If your trailer begins to lurch you can only stabilize the vehicle trailer combination by depressing the brake firmly In this situation ESP assists
486. ter vents Switches cooling with air dehumidification on off Switches the residual heat function on off Sets the temperature right Switches rear compartment climate control on off Directs the airflow through the center and side air vents Directs the airflow to the footwells and side air vents Displays the airflow level Reduces the airflow Switches the rear window heating on off Activates deactivates air recirculation mode Interior temperature sensor Switches climate control on off Rear control panel Increases the airflow Notes tips Only use the defrosting function briefly until the windshield is clear again Activate climate control using the auto and 4 buttons The indicator lamps in the auro and 4 buttons light up Use the residual heat function if you want to heat or ventilate the vehicle interior when the ignition is switched off The residual heat function can only be activated or deactivated with the ignition switched off Set the temperature to 72 F 22 C Only use air recirculation mode briefly e g if there are unpleasant outside odors or when in a tunnel The windows could otherwise fog up as in air recirculation mode no fresh air is drawn into the vehicle Activate climate control using the auto and 4 buttons The indicator lamps in the auro and 4 buttons light up
487. th vehicle equipment that can be operated even if the SmartKey is removed from the ignition lock or removed from the vehicle such as seat adjustment steering wheel adjustment or the memory function If children open a door they could injure other persons or get out of the vehicle and injure themselves or be injured by following traffic Do not expose the child restraint system to direct sunlight The child restraint system s metal parts for example could become very hot and the child could be burned on these parts A Warning Never touch the heating element or sides of the lighter they are extremely hot Hold the knob only Make sure any children traveling with you do not injure themselves or start a fire with the hot cigarette lighter H The 12 V socket in the cigarette lighter can be used for accessories up to a maximum of 180 W as long as they have the standard socket type for cigarette lighters Note that the socket in the cigarette lighter can be damaged when connecting accessories for example by frequent insertion and removal or by sockets that do not fit correctly A damaged socket can cause the cigarette lighter to stop working Center console front gt Turn the key to position 2 in the ignition lock gt Press marking Ashtray Q opens gt Press in cigarette lighter Cigarette lighter will pop out automatically when the heating element is red hot Features eee 12 V sock
488. the 8 rass ar sasaa indicator lamp will illuminate and not go out Z Warning If the B rass wr sac indicator lamp does not illuminate the system is not functioning You must contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center before seating any child on the front passenger seat Safety For more information see Problems with the occupant classification system gt page 47 A Warning Never place anything between seat cushion and child seat e g a pillow since it reduces the effectiveness of the OCS The underside and rear side child restraint system must be placed entirely on the seat cushion and the backrest of the front passenger seat backrest If necessary adjust the tilt of the passenger seat backrest Anincorrectly mounted child seat could cause injuries to the child in case of an accident instead of increasing protection for the child Follow the manufacturer s instructions for installation of child restraint systems Occupant safety Problems with the occupant classification system Problem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions USA only The The OCS is malfunctioning B l EA pisanem gt Have the OCS checked as soon as possible at an authorized gt indicator lamp Mercedes Benz Center D luminates ame gt Read and observe the additional display messages in the remains illuminated mierda multifunction displ
489. the SmartKey in the ignition lock if necessary The KEYLESS GO key cannot be detected at present Key Not Detected gt Change the location of the SmartKey with the KEYLESS GO mi On board computer and displays functions in the vehicle white display message If the KEYLESS GO key is still not detected gt Change the location of the SmartKey with the KEYLESS GO functions in the vehicle gt Operate the vehicle with the key in the ignition lock if necessary The KEYLESS GO key has been detected inside the vehicle during locking Key Mevecved Tn gt Remove the KEYLESS GO key from the vehicle Vehicle The KEYLESS GO key can continuously not be detected Pull starting gt Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock and turn it to the Decon ome en desired position insert key gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop He Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster On board computer and displays Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Brakes Problem erare USA only Canada only The red brake system warning lamp comes on while the vehicle is moving A warning tone also sounds erare USA only Canada only The red brake system warning lamp comes on while the engine is running A warning tone also sounds A Warning Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions You are driving with the parking brake engaged gt Release the parking brake
490. the Tire and Loading Information placard TIRE ADING INFORMATION RENSEIGNEMENTS OR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT 7 SRONT z MDOE 3 EAR MILIEU SEE OWNERS MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATIONS 255 40 ZRWOOYXL 200 KPA 29 P51 205 35 ZR 101Y XL 200 KPA 20 PS1 175 85 1895P 420 KPA 60 PSI P40 00 2132 31 Maximum number of seats Q determines the maximum number of occupants allowed to travel in the vehicle This information can be found on Tire and Loading Information placard p Tires and wheels Tires and wheels Loading the vehicle Steps for determining the maximum cargo The following steps have been developed as required of all manufacturers under Title 49 Code of U S Federal Regulations Part 575 pursuant to the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966 gt Step 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX Ibs on your vehicle s Tire and Loading Information placard gt Step 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be traveling in your vehicle gt Step 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kilograms or XXX Ibs gt Step 4 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 Ibs and there will be five 150 lbs passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load
491. the hydraulic brake system of the towing vehicle as the latter is equipped with an anti lock brake system Doing so will result in a loss of function of the brake systems of both the vehicle and the trailer The vehicle s wiring harness features a line to the brake indicator lamp fe Towing a trailer B Driving and parking gt Make sure that the automatic transmission is set to position P gt Apply the vehicle s parking brake gt Start the engine gt Select highway level gt Vehicles with the adaptive damping system set ADS to AUTO or COMF gt Switch off the engine gt Close all doors and the tailgate gt Couple up the trailer gt Establish all electrical connections Vehicles with the AIRMATIC package with a trailer attached the vehicle will always remain at highway level When coupling up a trailer please observe the following e if highway level has not been set manually the vehicle will automatically sink to highway level as soon as it reaches a speed of 5 mph 8 km h e high speed level is not available These restrictions apply to all accessories powered through a connection to the trailer power socket of your vehicle e g a bicycle carrier Towing a trailer There are numerous legal requirements concerning the towing of a trailer e g speed restrictions Make sure that your vehicle trailer combination complies with the local requirements not only in your area of residence
492. the left seat the seat can no longer be folded up or down when viewed in the direction of travel R for fully The seat could be damaged the right seat when viewed in the direction of Only drive with the panel completely travel installed If the right hand rear door is open gt To open fold the corresponding seat up or gt To fold up fold the right hand outer seat down gt page 100 in the second row of seats forwards gt page 101 lock the backrest manually gt When the seat is halfway folded up or down gt Briefly press switch gt Grasp the panel recess The seat folds up gt Pull the panel in the direction of the arrow gt To fold down briefly press switch and remove it The seat folds down gt Toclose fold the corresponding seat up or down gt page 100 gt When the seat is halfway folded up or down lock the backrest manually gt Attach the panel using the guide pins gt Push the panel downwards until it engages gt Fold the seat up and down fully to check that the panel is seated correctly Seats steering wheel and mirrors EASY ENTRY EXIT feature third row If the tailgate is open of seats gt To fold up briefly press switch Warning The seat folds up To help avoid personal injury the second row gt To fold down briefly press switch seat backrests must be properly locked either The seat folds down in the upright position or when using the expa
493. the load on the brake system and prevents the brakes from overheating and wearing too quickly Use cruise control only if road and traffic conditions make it appropriate to maintain a steady speed for a prolonged period You can store any road speed above 20 mph 30 km h A Warning The cruise control is a convenience system designed to assist the driver during vehicle operation The driver is and must always remain responsible for the vehicle s speed and for safe brake operation Only use the cruise control if the road traffic and weather conditions make it advisable to travel at a constant speed e The use of the cruise control can be dangerous on winding roads or in heavy traffic because conditions do not allow safe driving at a constant speed e The use of the cruise control can be dangerous on slippery roads Rapid changes in tire traction can result in wheel spin and loss of control e Deactivate the cruise control when driving in fog The Resume function should only be operated if the driver is fully aware of the previously set speed and wishes to resume this particular preset speed A Warning When cruise control brakes the brake pedal is pulled back i e operated automatically The area around the pedal must not be blocked by obstacles e Do not place any objects in the footwell e Ensure that floormats and carpets are fixed securely In particular do not place several floormats on top of one another
494. the modified conditions e Do not exceed a speed of 12 mph 20 km h e Avoid extreme quick steering movements e Keep in mind the vehicle s driving characteristics are modified You should therefore drive in off road level 3 with particular caution as it could otherwise lead to an accident and or serious injury to you or others If you are driving too fast in off road level 3 the Reduce speed to under 12 mph 20 Km h message appears in the multifunction display You also hear a warning The vehicle is lowered You cannot clear these messages Only select an off road level when this is appropriate for road conditions Otherwise fuel consumption increases and handling may be affected Your selection remains stored even if you remove the key from the ignition lock rA Driving systems E Driving and parking gt Start the engine gt Turn the selector wheel clockwise Q The vehicle is raised or gt Turn the selector wheel counter clockwise 2 The vehicle is lowered Indicator lamps for the desired off road level flash e Off road level 1 the lower indicator lamp flashes e Off road level 2 the lower and center indicator lamps flash e Off road level 3 all three indicator lamps flash The vehicle adjusts to the off road level selected As soon as an off road level is reached the corresponding indicator lamp stops flashing and lights up constantly While the adjustment is taking p
495. the service interval indicator has been inadvertently reset this setting can be corrected at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Have the service work carried out as described in the Service Booklet There may otherwise be increased wear resulting in damage to the vehicle or to the major assemblies Care Notes on care Regular care of your vehicle is a condition for retaining the quality in the long term Use care products and cleaning agents recommended and approved by Mercedes Benz A Warning Many cleaning products can be hazardous Some are poisonous others are flammable Always follow the instructions on the particular container Always open your vehicle s doors or windows when cleaning the inside Never use fluids or solvents that are not designed for cleaning your vehicle Always lock away cleaning products and keep them out of reach of children H For cleaning your vehicle do not use any of the following e dry rough or hard cloths e abrasive cleaning agents Maintenance and care hed Maintenance and care e solvents e cleaning agents containing solvents Do not scrub Do not touch the surfaces or protective films with hard objects e g a ring or ice scraper You could otherwise scratch or damage the surfaces and protective film Environmental note Dispose of empty packaging and cleaning cloths in an environmentally responsible manner H Do not park the vehicle for an extended peri
496. the vehicle around on steep inclines The vehicle might roll over If the vehicle cannot complete the attempted climb back it down in reverse gear Hill start assist will aid you when pulling away on a hill For more information see Hill start assist gt page 150 Maximum gradient climbing ability On good road surfaces the maximum gradient climbing capability of your vehicle is 100 which corresponds to an approach departure angle of 45 Note that the vehicle s gradient climbing capability depends on the off road conditions Accelerate carefully and make sure that the wheels do not spin when driving on steep terrain If the load on the front axle is reduced when pulling away on a steep uphill slope the front wheels have a tendency to spin 4ETS recognizes this and brakes the wheels accordingly The rear wheel torque is increased and it is easier to pull away Vehicles with an Advanced Off road package have a differential lock for the transfer case and a differential lock for the rear axle to improve vehicle traction Hilltops When driving up an uphill gradient slightly reduce pressure on the accelerator immediately before reaching the brow of the hill Make use of the vehicle s own impetus to travel over the brow This style of driving prevents e the vehicle from lifting off the ground on the brow of a hill e loss of traction e the vehicle from traveling too quickly down the other side Driving down
497. the vehicle checked at a qualified specialist workshop You have exceeded the maximum speed for the gearshift process gt Drive slower The gearshift process is carried out You have exceeded the maximum speed for the gearshift process gt Drive slower The gearshift process is carried out On board computer and displays zA Display messages i On board computer and displays Display messages Go Shift briefly into N LA To Shifting Process Canceled Reactivate ra Inoperative Blind Spot Assist Currently Unavailable See Operator s Manual Blind Spot Assist Inoperative Cruise Control Inoperative Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions You have reduced the vehicle speed but the automatic transmission is not in position N gt Briefly shift the automatic transmission to position N The gearshift process has been canceled gt Repeat the gearshift process DSR Downhill Speed Regulation is deactivated due to a malfunction gt Have DSR checked at a qualified specialist workshop Blind Spot Assist is temporarily inoperative if e the sensors are dirty e its function is impaired due to heavy rain or snow e the radar sensor system is outside the operating temperature range e the radar sensor system is temporarily inoperative e g due to electromagnetic radiation emitted by nearby TV or radio stations or other sources of electromagnetic radiation e the on board voltage
498. the wheel Mounting a new wheel A Warning Always replace wheel bolts that are damaged or rusted Never apply oil or grease to wheel bolts Damaged wheel hub threads should be repaired immediately Do not continue to drive under these circumstances Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance Incorrect wheel bolts or improperly tightened wheel bolts can cause the wheel to come off This could cause an accident Make sure to use the correct wheel bolts A Warning Only use genuine Mercedes Benz wheel bolts Other wheel bolts may come loose b gt Roadside assistance Roadside assistance Do not tighten the wheel bolts when the vehicle is raised Otherwise the vehicle could fall off the jack P40 10 5354 31 Wheel bolts for 19 20 and 21 wheels Wheel bolts for the Minispare emergency spare wheel H Always use wheel bolts to mount the Minispare emergency spare wheel Using other wheel bolts to mount the Minispare emergency spare wheel could damage the brake system A Warning Make sure to use the original length wheel bolts when remounting the original wheel after it has been repaired gt Clean the wheel and wheel hub contact surfaces H To prevent damage to the paintwork hold the wheel securely against the wheel hub while screwing in the first wheel bolt P40 10 5355 31 gt Slide the emergency spare wheel onto the alignment bolt and push it o
499. those when operating the vehicle without a carrier loaded A Warning Do not use accessories which have not been approved by Mercedes Benz for use in conjunction with these crossbars If non approved accessories are used these accessories and or the objects attached to them could come loose from the vehicle thereby injuring you and other persons and or causing damage to property including damage to your vehicle H Have a second person assist you when installing the crossbars Otherwise the vehicle could be damaged H Objects that are attached to crossbar system accessories must not limit or obstruct the movement of the sliding sunroof Otherwise the tilt sliding sunroof could be damaged when it is raised P77 40 2113 31 Key Protective cap FRONT or REAR sticker Bolt for the clamping claw Clamping claw The front and rear crossbars differ in length For this reason pay attention to FRONT or REAR sticker 8 on the crossbars gt Unlock protective cap 2 using key gt Remove protective cap Sticker for identifying the installation location FRONT or REAR becomes visible gt Turn bolt counter clockwise using the Allen key until clamping claw is wide open Stowage areas 275 Front crossbar Rear crossbar Recesses Markings Roof rails gt Position front crossbar between marks Q on roof rails G0 There are marks on the inner edge of the roof rail th
500. tial function is necessary when driving on paved roads and that the differentials must never be locked on paved roads Otherwise the vehicle can no longer be steered The differential locks must therefore only be activated when driving off road and then only if activating the other driving systems 4ETS ESP and LOW RANGE off road gear is no longer sufficient Engaging the differential locks H Drive off slowly when the differential locks are engaged Function or performance tests may only be performed on a 2 axle dynamometer If you wish to operate the vehicle on such a dynamometer please consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Center beforehand You could otherwise damage the drive train or the brake system Driving and parking A Off road driving systems E Driving and parking Automatic mode Use automatic mode for all driving situations including driving off road or when fording In automatic mode the differential locks are engaged and disengaged according to driving requirements This guarantees sufficient traction for most driving situations with unrestricted vehicle steerability gt Start the engine The differential locks are in automatic mode The indicator lamp in selector wheel lights up above symbol for automatic mode Engaging manually Z Warning Never drive on a paved surface with the center and rear axle differential locks manually engaged Ability to steer the vehicle is gre
501. til the system has been repaired A child in a rear facing child restraint on the passenger seat will be seriously injured or even killed if the passenger front air bag inflates e If you place a child in a forward facing child restraint on the passenger seat move the seat as far back as possible use the proper child restraint recommended for the age size and weight of the child secure child restraint with the vehicle s seat belt according to the child seat manufacturer s instructions e For children larger than the typical 12 month old child the passenger front air bag may or may not be activated A Warning Infants and small children should never share a seat belt with another occupant During an accident they could be crushed between the occupant and seat belt A child s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restraints are not properly secured in the vehicle and or the child is not properly secured in the child restraint Children too big for a toddler restraint must ride in seats using regular seat belts Position the shoulder belt across the chest and shoulder not face or neck A booster seat may be necessary to achieve proper seat belt positioning for children over 41 Ib 18 kg until they reach a height where a lap shoulder belt fits properly without a booster When the child restraint is not in use remove it from the vehicle or secure it with the seat belt to prevent the child r
502. tings menu gt Press 4 to call up the selection of submenus gt Press the or Lighting submenu button to select the gt Press the A button to select Ambient Light gt Press or to adjust the brightness to any level from Level 0 off to Level 5 bright gt Press the Al or select a different display button to CF Activating deactivating the exterior lighting delayed switch off When you activate the Headlamp Delayed Shut off function and the light switch is set to auto the exterior lighting remains on for another 15 seconds after closing the doors when it is dark If the engine is switched off and then none of the doors are opened or if an open door is not closed the exterior lighting goes out after 60 seconds If you have activated the delayed switch off function the light switch is set to auto and ery On board computer and displays FA Menus and submenus i On board computer and displays you switch off the engine the following remain lit e the parking lamps e the license plate lamp e the tail lamps the fog lamps e the low beam headlamps e the side marker lamps gt Press or CEI on the steering wheel to select the Settings menu gt Press 4 to call up the selection of submenus gt Pressthe or Lighting subme
503. tion display e g Rising oto Compass NE ie If you press the Sean ee jor button on the multifunction steering wheel the message will disappear 26 Ground clearance 8 5 in 217 mm Once the raised level has been reached you will see a message in the multifunction display for example Raised Level Gd Compass NE ls you CEE not previously selected the off road menu gt page 220 in the on board computer the message disappears after about five seconds Highway high speed level H Make sure that there is enough ground clearance when the vehicle is being lowered It could otherwise hit the ground damaging the eles gt Start the engine If indicator lamp is lit gt Press button Q The vehicle adjusts to highway level While the adjustment is taking place a message appears in the multifunction display e g Being lowered Compass Driving systems et If you press the Ce 2 or button on the multifunction steering wheel the message will disappear Once highway level has been reached all indicator lamps go out You will see a message in the multifunction display for example AIRMATIC Compass G o NE a i If you have not ERTIES selected the off road menu gt page 220 in the on board computer the message disappears after about five seconds The vehicl
504. tion power supply for all consumers and drive position 3 To start the engine As soon as the ignition is switched on all the indicator lamps in the instrument cluster light up The indicator lamps of the low beam headlamps high beam headlamps or the turn signal lamps only light up if the low beam headlamps high beam headlamps or turn signal lamps are switched on If an indicator lamp does not light up when the ignition is switched on check it and replace it if necessary If an indicator lamp does not go out after the engine is started or if it lights up while the vehicle is in motion see gt page 254 gt Remove the SmartKey when the engine is switched off The battery may otherwise discharge If you cannot turn the SmartKey in the ignition lock the vehicle battery may not be charged sufficiently gt Check the vehicle battery and charge if necessary gt page 323 or gt Jump start the vehicle gt page 325 The SmartKey can be turned in the ignition lock even if it is not the correct SmartKey for the vehicle The ignition is not switched on The engine cannot be started KEYLESS GO Vehicles with KEYLESS GO are equipped with a SmartKey with an integrated KEYLESS GO function and a detachable Start Stop button The Start Stop button must be inserted in the ignition lock and the SmartKey must be in the vehicle Pressing the Start Stop button several times in succession corre
505. tions when installing special child restraint systems Pa oO ee N Special child restraint systems which are compatible with BabySmart are necessary for deactivating the front passenger front air bag When the special child restraint system which is compatible with BabySmart is installed correctly and is recognized by the sensor system in the front passenger seat the front passenger front air bag is deactivated In this case indicator lampQ illuminates If you have any questions regarding the special child restraint systems which are compatible with BabySmart consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If the key has been removed from the ignition lock or is in position 0 indicator lamp By pass ar eaa does not light up The system does not disable PASS AIR BAG Q3 e the side impact air bag e the window curtain air bag e the Emergency Tensioning Device belt buckle tensioner ETD 5 Occupant safety System self test The By pass ar sasaa indicator lamp illuminates when you e turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock e on vehicles with KEYLESS GO press the Start Stop button once or twice The Xj pass ar sasaa indicator lamp goes out again after approximately six seconds If the Xj Pass air easan indicator lamp does not illuminate or is lit continuously the system is malfunctioning Before
506. tivate the KEYLESS GO function e If the KEYLESS GO key is removed from the vehicle the system may not be able to recognize the SmartKey anymore The vehicle can then no longer be locked or started with KEYLESS GO e If the KEYLESS GO key has been removed from the vehicle e g when another vehicle occupant with a KEYLESS GO key leaves the vehicle when the Start Stop button is pressed or when trying to lock the vehicle using the locking button on the outside door handle the Key Not Detected message appears in the multifunction display when the engine is running the red Key Not Detected message appears in the multifunction display as you pull away Look for the KEYLESS GO key and place it somewhere else in the vehicle Place the KEYLESS GO key on the front passenger seat for example or in your shirt pocket e If you have switched on the engine with the Start Stop button you can switch it off again by pressing the Start Stop button inserting the KEYLESS GO key into the ignition lock while the vehicle is at a standstill and the automatic transmission is in park position P e You may inadvertently unlock the vehicle if the KEYLESS GO key is less than 3 ft 1 m from the vehicle and an exterior door handle is hit by a jet of water or you clean an exterior door handle e Please note that any vehicle occupant can start the engine when there is a KEYLESS GO key in the vehicle Scenario 1 There is a KEYLE
507. tive or causing unintended air bag deployment Work on the SRS must therefore only be performed by qualified technicians Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center For your protection and the protection of others when scrapping the air bag unit or ETD our safety instructions must be followed These instructions are available from any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Given the considerable deployment speed required inflation volume and the material of the air bags there is the possibility of abrasions or other potentially more serious injuries resulting from air bag deployment If you sell your vehicle Mercedes Benz strongly recommends that you inform the subsequent owner that the vehicle is equipped with SRS Also refer them to the applicable section in the Operator s Manual Air bags Important safety notes A Warning Air bags are designed to reduce the incidence of injuries and fatalities in certain situations e frontal impacts driver s and front passenger front air bags and knee bag on the driver s side e side impacts side impact air bags and window curtain air bags e rollover window curtain air bags However no system available today can completely eliminate injuries and fatalities When the air bags are deployed a small amount of powder is released The powder generally does not constitute a health hazard and does not indicate that there is a fire in the vehicle In order to prevent potential b
508. tly at all times Have the headlamp setting checked regularly Other bulbs A Warning Bulbs and lamps can be very hot You should therefore allow them to cool down before you change them Otherwise you could be burned if you touch them Keep bulbs out of the reach of children Otherwise they could damage the bulbs for example and injure themselves Never use a bulb which has been dropped Such a bulb may break or even explode and injure you Halogen bulbs are pressurized and can explode when you change them particularly if they are very hot You should therefore wear eye protection and gloves when you are changing them There are bulbs other than the Xenon bulbs that you cannot replace Replace only the bulbs listed gt page 120 Have the bulbs that you cannot replace yourself changed at a qualified specialist workshop Mercedes Benz recommends that you use an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for this purpose In particular work relevant to safety or on safety related systems must be carried out at a qualified specialist workshop If you require assistance changing bulbs consult a qualified specialist workshop Do not touch the glass tube of new bulbs with your bare hands Even minor contamination can burn into the glass surface and reduce the service life of the bulbs Always use a lint free cloth or only touch the base of the bulb when installing Only use bulbs of the correct type If the new bulb still does n
509. to AdBlue and do not thin AdBlue with water This could destroy the BlueTEC exhaust gas aftertreatment H Rinse surfaces that have come into contact with AdBlue immediately with water or remove AdBlue using a damp cloth and cold water If the AdBlue has already crystallized use a sponge and cold water to clean it AdBlue residues crystallize after time and contaminate the affected surfaces Driving and parking Refueling H AcBlue is not a additive and must not be added to the diesel tank If AdBlue is added to the diesel tank this could damage the engine If you are adding between maintenance intervals add approximately 1 gallon 3 8 I of AdBlue to the AdBlue tank 1 gallon 3 8 1 of AdBlue is approximately 2 AdBlue refill bottles Further information about LE Driving and parking AdBlue gt page 367 gt ae Me covering cap from AdBlue The AdBlue filler neck is under the luggage pene compartment floor gt Place AdBlue refill bottle on the filler gt Switch off the ignition neck as shown and screw on clockwise i hand tight gt Open the tailgate gt Lift the luggage compartment floor H Only screw on the AdBlue refill bottle gt page 310 hand tight It could otherwise be damaged gt Press AdBlue refill bottle down The AdBlue tank is filled This may take up to one minute If the AdBlue refill bottle is no longer pressed down the filling proce
510. to stationary objects in the roadway e g a stopped vehicle in a traffic jam or a disabled vehicle The Distronic will also not respond to oncoming vehicles Switch off the Distronic e when changing from the left to the right lane if vehicles are moving more slowly in the left lane e when entering a turn lane or highway off ramp e in complex driving situations such as in highway construction zones In these situations the Distronic will continue to maintain the set speed unless deactivated The Distronic is designed and intended only to maintain a set speed and keep a set distance from moving objects in front of it USA only This device has been approved by the FCC as a Vehicular Radar System The radar sensor is intended for use in an automotive radar system only Removing tampering with or altering the device will void any warranties and is forbidden by the FCC Do not tamper with alter or use in any non approved way Any unauthorized modification to this device may invalidate the vehicle s general operating permit Cruise control lever To store the current speed or a higher speed To store the current speed or a lower speed To deactivate DISTRONIC To store the current speed or to call up the last stored speed Activating DISTRONIC storing and maintaining the current speed A Warning The vehicle can be braked when DISTRONIC is activated For this reason deactivate DISTRONIC if th
511. transporting a child on the front passenger seat have the BabySmart system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center For more information see Problems with the air bag deactivation system section gt page 51 Z Warning Do not place powered on laptops mobile phones electronic tags such as those used in ski passes and like electronic devices on the front passenger seat Signals from such devices may interfere with the BabySmart air bag deactivation system Such signal interference may cause the 8 Pass ar sacci indicator lamp not to come on during self test The SRS indicator lamp srs and or the Zi ass ar sasaa indicator lamp could be continuously lit indicating that the system is not functioning The front passenger front air bag could deploy inadvertently or fail to deploy in an accident Safety Oo Occupant safety Lee Problems with the air bag deactivation system Problem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Canada only The A special BabySmart compatible child restraint system is E Zj Pass air saca installed on the front passenger seat gt indicator lamp is The front passenger front air bag is thus deactivated D illuminated constantly 3 A BabySmart compatible child restraint system is not installed gy on the front passenger seat The BabySmart system is mal
512. tration the reading may rise to 248 F 120 C H if the coolant temperature exceeds 248 F 120 C do not continue driving The engine will otherwise be damaged Displaying the digital speedometer or outside temperature If you have selected the digital speedometer for the status line gt page 222 the outside temperature will be displayed here gt Press or CEI on the steering wheel to select the standard display gt Press the 4 or 7 button to select digital speedometer or the outside temperature NE Digital speedometer NE Outside temperature Selecting a radio station SIRIUS XM satellite radio acts like a normal radio For more information on satellite radio operation see the separate operating instructions You can only change the waveband and store new stations using COMAND APS gt Switch on COMAND APS and select Radio see the separate operating instructions gt Press or CEI on the steering wheel to select the Audio menu FM 1 A SWR IQ V Waveband Current channel i gt To select a stored channel briefly press the 4 or lt button gt To select a channel from the channel list press and briefly hold the 4 or button gt To select a station using the station search2 press and briefly hold the 5 or X7 button
513. ts the rear compartment climate control to automatic Directs the airflow through the rear air vents Directs the airflow through the footwell vents Switches rear compartment climate control on off Reduces the airflow Operating the control systems Switching the control on off Important information A Warning When the climate control system is deactivated the outside air supply and circulation are also deactivated Only choose this setting for a short time Otherwise the windows could fog up impairing visibility and endangering you and others Activate climate control primarily using the auto button gt page 138 Set the temperature to 72 F 22 C Activating deactivating the front climate control using the front control panel gt Turn the key to position 2 in the ignition lock gt To activate press the auto button The indicator lamp in the auto button lights up Airflow and air distribution are set to automatic mode or gt Press the OFF button The indicator lamp in the OFF button goes out The previously selected settings come into effect again gt To deactivate press the OFF button The indicator lamp in the OFF button lights up Operating the control systems Activating deactivating the rear compartment climate control using the front control panel dual zone
514. tting in 5 mph Canada 10 km h increments gt Briefly press the cruise control lever beyond the pressure point up Q for a higher speed or down for a lower speed The last speed stored is increased or reduced Driving systems re Storing the current speed or calling up the last speed stored A Warning The set speed stored in memory should only be set again if prevailing road conditions and legal speed limits permit Possible acceleration or deceleration differences arising from returning to the preset speed could cause an accident and or serious injury to you and others gt To increase turn thumbwheel 2 towards gt Briefly pull the cruise control lever towards you DISTRONIC then maintains a greater gt Remove your foot from the accelerator distance between your vehicle and the pedal vehicle in front DISTRONIC is activated and accepts the gue i gt To decrease turn thumbwheel current speed if it is activated for the first towards time or adjusts the vehicle s speed to the HISTRONIC than maintains a shorter last speed stored distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front oo a ge bo p m Setting the specified minimum distance Make sure that you maintain the minimum distance to the vehicle in front as required by law Adjust the distance to the vehicle in front if necessary You can set the specified minimum distance for DIS
515. ture characteristics of engine oils can deteriorate significantly e g by aging soot and fuel deposits It is therefore recommended that you carry out oil changes regularly using an approved engine oil with the appropriate SAE classification P18 00 2287 31 Refrigerant of the air conditioning system The air conditioning system is filled with R134a refrigerant and a special PAG lubricant H Never use refrigerant R 12 CFC or mineral lubricants Otherwise you could damage the air conditioning system Brake fluid A Warning The brake fluid constantly absorbs moisture from the air this lowers its boiling point If the boiling point of the brake fluid is too low vapor pockets may form in the brake system when the brakes are applied hard e g when driving downhill This would impair braking efficiency You should have the brake fluid renewed at regular intervals The brake fluid change intervals can be found in the Service Booklet Only use brake fluid approved by Mercedes Benz Information about approved brake fluids can be obtained from any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Coolant a Technical data Important safety notes The coolant is a mixture of water and antifreeze corrosion inhibitor It performs the following tasks anti corrosion protection e antifreeze protection e raising the boiling point The cooling system is filled with coolant at the factory which contains antifreeze corrosion i
516. type equipment This could damage the vehicle Towing and tow starting H When towing vehicles with KEYLESS GO use the key instead of the Start Stop button Otherwise the automatic transmission may shift to position P when the driver s or front passenger door are opened which could lead to damage to the transmission H Vehicles with differential locks make sure that the differential locks are in automatic mode When towing the differential locks must not be switched on by hand This could otherwise damage the transmission H Vehicles with automatic transmission must not be started by tow starting This could otherwise damage the transmission H Vehicles with 4MATIC must not be towed with the front or rear axle raised This could otherwise damage the transmission If the vehicle has suffered transmission damage have it carried away on a transporter or trailer The automatic transmission must be in position N when the vehicle is being towed Make sure that the battery is connected and charged You will otherwise not be able to e turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock e shift the automatic transmission to position N Switch off the automatic locking feature before the vehicle is towed gt page 79 Otherwise you could lock yourself out of the vehicle when pushing or towing the vehicle Installing removing the towing eye Installing the towing eye Vehicles with a trailer tow hitch if possible
517. uction ra Limited Warranty H Follow the instructions in this manual about the proper operation of your vehicle as well as about possible vehicle damage Damage to your vehicle that arises from culpable contraventions against these instructions are not covered either by Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty or by the New or Used Vehicle Warranty of Daimler AG Data stored in the vehicle Information regarding electronic recording devices Including California Code Supplement 9951 Please note that your vehicle is equipped with devices that can record vehicle systems data If your vehicle is equipped with mbrace data is transmitted in the event of an accident This information serves for example to test vehicle systems after an accident and to continually improve vehicle safety Daimler AG can access this data and submit it e for safety research or vehicle diagnosis purposes e with the consent of the vehicle owner or lessee e in response to an official request by law enforcement or other government agency e for use in arbitration of disputes that involve Daimler AG its subsidiaries or its sales and service organizations e as otherwise required or permitted by law Please observe the mbrace order agreement regarding further details on data that this system records and transmits Exterior VieWiic c ese cre erec eee recess oss 26 Cock pit n a eater ai 27 Instrument cluster i 28 Multifunction steering wheel
518. uding interference which could cause unwanted functions Unapproved modifications to this device may lead to withdrawal of permission to operate it Canada only This device complies with Industry Canada s RSS 210 regulations Operation is subject to the following conditions 1 This device must not cause any harmful interference and 2 This device must be able to accommodate interference that is received including interference which could cause unwanted functions Unapproved modifications to this device may lead to withdrawal of permission to operate it SmartKey Opening and closing 4 SmartKey Opening and closing Important information about using KEYLESS GO e You can use the KEYLESS GO key as a conventional SmartKey e You can combine KEYLESS GO functions with those of a conventional SmartKey e g you can open the vehicle with KEYLESS GO and close it with the button e Always carry your KEYLESS GO key on your person e Never store the KEYLESS GO key together with electronic devices such as a mobile phone or other SmartKey metal objects such as coins or metal foil Doing so may impair the function of KEYLESS GO e To open or close the vehicle the KEYLESS GO key should not be more than 3 ft 1 m from the door or tailgate e If the vehicle is parked for more than 72 hours the KEYLESS GO function is deactivated Pull an outer door handle and switch on the ignition to reac
519. uel the vehicle with at least 5 3 US qt 5 liters of diesel gt Turn the ignition on for at least 10 seconds Turn the SmartKey to position 2 gt page 147 in the ignition lock gt Start the engine continuously for up to 10 seconds until it runs smoothly If the engine does not start gt Turn the ignition on again for approximately 10 seconds Turn the SmartKey to position 2 gt page 147 in the ignition lock gt Start the engine again continuously for up to 10 seconds until it runs smoothly If the engine does not start after three attempts gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop AdBlue Important notes on use BlueTEC exhaust gas aftertreatment must be operated with AdBlue reducing agent in order to function properly Adding AdBlue is one of the tasks performed during maintenance Under normal operating conditions a tank of AdBlue lasts until the next service due date When the AdBlue supply has almost run out the Check Additive See Operator s Manual message is shown in the multifunction display When the AdBlue supply sinks to a minimum level the Remaining Starts 20 message is shown in the multifunction display When the Remaining Starts 20 message is shown in the multifunction display you can start the engine 20 more times If AdBlue is not topped up it is then not possible to start the engine again Top up the AdBlue tank with approximately 1 gallon 3 8 I of AdBlue or ha
520. ues to function normally but without the functions listed above gt Carefully drive a short distance making slight steering movements at a speed above 12 mph 20 km h If the display message disappears the functions mentioned above are available again If the display message continues to be displayed gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop ESP and therefore also BAS and PRE SAFE are not available due to undervoltage The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately If the display message is shown during the journey and the A warning lamp is flashing then 4ETS Electronic Traction System is deactivated The brakes on the drive wheels could otherwise overheat gt Let the brakes cool down until the display message disappears and the A warning lamp goes out AETS is activated again A Risk of accident ESP and therefore also Brake Assist and PRE SAFE are not available due to a malfunction The A warning lamp also lights up in the instrument cluster The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately Display messages Eat Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions QSOS USA onl
521. uld also apply too much force to the ribs or abdomen which could severely injure internal organs such as your liver or spleen Adjust the seat belt so that the shoulder section is located as close as possible to the middle of the shoulder It should not touch the neck Never pass the shoulder portion of the seat belt under your arm For this purpose you can adjust the height of the seat belt outlet e Position the lap belt as low as possible on your hips and not across the abdomen If the lap belt is positioned across your abdomen it could cause serious injuries in a crash Never wear seat belts over rigid or breakable objects in or on your clothing such as eyeglasses pens keys etc as these might cause injuries Make sure the seat belt is always routed snugly Take special care of this when wearing loose clothing Never use a seat belt for more than one person at a time Do not fasten a seat belt around a person and another person or other objects at the same time Seat belts should not be worn twisted In a crash you would not have the full width of the seat belt to distribute impact forces The twisted seat belt against your body could cause injuries Pregnant women should also always use a lap shoulder belt The lap belt portion should be positioned as low as possible on the hips to avoid any possible pressure on the abdomen Place the seat backrest in a position that is as upright as possible Check your seat b
522. ultifunction display with the Off message DSR switches off automatically when you drive at speeds over 21 mph Canada 35 km h The DSR symbol appears in the multifunction display with the Off message You also hear a warning tone Changing the set speed while the vehicle is in motion When DSR is switched on you can change the set speed to a value between 3 mph and 7A Off road driving systems 10 mph Canada between 4 km h and 18 km h while the vehicle is in motion gt To increase or reduce the set speed in 1 mph Canada 1 km h increments briefly press the cruise control lever to the pressure point up 1 for a higher set speed or down for a lower set speed The set value appears in the multifunction display gt To increase or reduce the set speed in 5 mph Canada 10 km h increments briefly press the cruise control lever past the pressure point up Q for a higher set speed or down 2 for a lower set speed The set value appears in the multifunction display The off road drive program is only available on vehicles without the Off Road Pro Engineering package The off road drive program assists you when driving off road The engine s performance characteristics and the gearshifting characteristics of the automatic transmission are adapted for this purpose ABS ESP and AETS programs especially adapted to off road driving are also activated Do not use the off road drive program on road
523. ument cluster A Warning Never switch off the ESP when you see the A warning lamp flashing in the instrument cluster In this case proceed as follows e When driving off apply as little throttle as possible e While driving ease up on the accelerator pedal e Adapt your speed and driving style to the prevailing road conditions Failure to observe these guidelines could cause the vehicle to skid The ESP cannot prevent accidents resulting from excessive speed H Only operate the vehicle for a maximum of ten seconds on a brake test dynamometer Switch off the ignition Application of the brakes by ESP may otherwise destroy the brake system H Function or performance tests may only be performed on a 2 axle dynamometer If you wish to operate the vehicle on such a dynamometer please consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Center beforehand You could otherwise damage the drive train or the brake system Only use wheels with the recommended tire sizes Only then will ESP function properly 4ETS Electronic Traction System A Warning Observe Important safety instructions gt page 65 Traction control is part of ESP Traction control brakes the drive wheels individually if they spin This enables you to Driving safety systems pull away and accelerate on slippery surfaces for example if the road surface is slippery on one side In addition more drive torque is transferr
524. utions e only fill the fuel tank to half full with regular unleaded gasoline and add the rest as soon as possible with premium grade unleaded gasoline e do not drive at the maximum speed e avoid sudden acceleration e when the vehicle is carrying a light cargo e g two passengers without luggage do not allow the engine to rev above 3000 rpm e when the vehicle is fully loaded or being operated in mountainous terrain do not depress the accelerator pedal further than 2 of the pedal travel Fuel requirements Gasoline engines Use only premium grade unleaded gasoline The octane number should be at least 91 Details can be found on the gas pump The octane number is the average value of the Research Octane Number RON and Motor Octane Number MON RON MON 2 also known as knock resistance Reformulated Gasoline RFG and or unleaded gasoline with additives can be used if the concentration of the additives in the fuel does not exceed 10 e g e Ethanol e TAME e ETBE e IPA e TBA For MTBE the concentration should not exceed 15 The concentration of methanol in gasoline including other additives must not exceed 3 Using mixtures of methanol and ethanol is not permitted Gasohol a mixture of 10 ethanol and 90 unleaded petrol can be used All of these mix fuels must fulfill the fuel requirements e g e knock resistance e boiling point e vapor pressure Diesel engines important safety inform
525. ve the AdBlue tank refilled at a qualified specialist workshop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Use the special AdBlue refill bottle when adding between maintenance intervals For more information please contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or Roadside Assistance if applicable gt page 20 Further information about BlueTEC exhaust gas aftertreatment and AdBlue is available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center 24 Only on BlueTEC vehicles Refueling Adding AdBlue A Warning Make sure e AdBlue does not come into contact with skin eyes or clothing e to keep AdBlue out of the reach of children If you and or others have come into contact with AdBlue If AdBlue has gotten into contact with eyes flush with plenty of water immediately and seek medical help e Clean affected skin immediately with plenty of water e If AdBlue was swallowed rinse mouth immediately with plenty of water and drink plenty of water Consult a physician A Warning When opening the filler cap of the AdBlue tank ammonia gas vapors may escape Refill AdBlue in a well ventilated area only Ammonia gas vapors have a pungent odor and are particularly irritating for your skin mucous membranes and eyes Inhaling ammonia gas vapors will cause burning eyes nose and throat as well as coughing and watering eyes H Only use AdBlue that complies with ISO 22241 Do not add any special additives
526. ve times while the lights are on and the engine is running gt page 125 When you switch off the ignition the automatic headlamp cleaning system is reset and counting is resumed from 0 Active light function A P8240 5940 31 The active light function is a system that moves the headlamps according to the steering movements of the front wheels In this way relevant areas remain illuminated while driving This allows you to recognize pedestrians cyclists and animals Active when the lights are switched on Headlamps fogged up on the inside The headlamps may fog up on the inside if there is high atmospheric humidity gt Drive with the headlamps switched on The headlamps clear up after a short distance If the moisture does not disappear the headlamp casing is not sealed correctly and moisture has been able to enter gt Have the headlamps checked at a qualified specialist workshop P54 25 8227 31 Overhead control panel L To switch the left hand front reading lamp on off To switch the rear interior lighting on off a To switch the automatic interior lighting control on off To switch the front interior lighting on off L To switch the right hand front reading lamp on off Front interior lighting Front reading lamps Front interior lighting P82 10 5737 31 Rear overhead control panel second row of seats
527. vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle The engine can be started by anyone with a valid SmartKey that is left inside the vehicle gt To activate with the SmartKey remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock gt To activate with KEYLESS GO switch the ignition off and open the driver s door gt To deactivate switch on the ignition The immobilizer is always deactivated when you start the engine In the event that the engine cannot be started when the starter battery is fully charged the immobilizer may be faulty Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call 1 800 FOR MERCedes in USA or 1 800 387 0 100 in Canada ATA Anti Theft Alarm system A visual and audible alarm is triggered if the alarm system is armed and you open e a door e the vehicle with the mechanical key e the tailgate e the hood Anti theft systems lake Safety gt Safety The alarm is not switched off even if you close the open door that has triggered it for example If the alarm stays on for more than 30 seconds the emergency call system mbrace USA only or Tele Aid Canada only initiates a call to the Customer Assistance Center automatically The emergency call system initiates the call provided that e you have subscribed to the mbrace Tele Aid service e the mbrace Tele Aid service has been activated properly e the mobile phone power supply and GPS H OFF PASS AIR BAQ g
528. vehicle with the TIREFIT kit if you mount tires that do not feature run flat properties e g winter tires You can obtain a TIREFIT kit from an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for example Battery Important safety notes In order for the battery to achieve the maximum possible service life it must always be sufficiently charged H Have the battery checked regularly at a qualified specialist workshop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Observe the service intervals in the Service Booklet or for further information consult a qualified specialist workshop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Have the battery charge checked more frequently if you use the vehicle mainly for short trips or if you leave it standing idle for a lengthy period To prevent damage from corrosion only replace the battery with one that has a central ventilation cover Only replace a battery with a battery that has been recommended by Mercedes Benz Consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Center if you wish to leave your vehicle parked for a long period of time A Warning Comply with safety precautions and take protective measures when handling batteries Risk of explosion Fire naked flames and smoking are prohibited when handling the battery Avoid creating sparks Battery acid is caustic Avoid contact with the skin eyes or clothing Wear suitable protective clothing in particular gloves an apron and a face mask Immedi
529. vents v4 directs the airflow through the footwell and side air vents s directs the airflow through the center and side air vents directs the airflow through the center and side air vents A Rear control panel 14 directs the airflow through the rear compartment air vents r directs the airflow through the footwell air vents gt Turn the key to position 2 in the ignition lock gt Press the 4 wor A Wil w ti button Setting the airflow gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock gt To increase reduce press the 8 or button Vehicles with Voice Control System when voice control is started the airflow is restricted to 50 After voice control is 18 Canada only 19 Canada only 20 Depending on the outside temperature a Operating the control systems finished the airflow is adjusted back to the previous setting Switching the MONO function on off Only multi zone automatic climate control features the MONO function You can use the MONO function to adopt the settings configured for temperature air distribution and airflow on the driver s side for the front passenger side and the rear compartment gt Press the mono button The indicator lamp in the mono button lights up or goes out
530. vice has been approved by the FCC as a Vehicular Radar System The radar sensor is intended for use in an automotive radar system only Removing tampering with or altering the device will void any warranties and is not permitted by the FCC Do not tamper with alter or use in any non approved way Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment For Blind Spot Assist to assist you when driving the radar sensor system must be switched on gt page 224 and operational Monitoring range of the sensors Blind Spot Assist monitors the area up to 10 ft 3 m behind your vehicle and directly next to your vehicle as shown in the diagram 118 in 300 cm 19 7 in 50 cm 19 7 in 50 cm 118 in 300 cm P54 70 2546 31 Driving systems ete A Warning Blind Spot Assist monitors certain areas in the immediate vicinity of your vehicle Vehicles that approach and drive past at high speeds are not detected There is no display and no warning If the lanes are very wide it may not be possible to monitor the complete width of the neighboring lane For this reason vehicles in the next lane may not be detected especially if they are driving in a staggered formation This may be the case if vehicles are driving at that edge of their lane which is furthest away from your vehicle Always pay attention to traffic conditions and your surroundings Otherwise you may fai
531. ween the garage door s remote control and the transmitter buttons in the rear view mirror If the garage door system works with a rolling code you must synchronize the remote control integrated into the rear view mirror with the garage door system receiver after programming You will find further information in the garage door opening system s operating instructions e g the sections on Synchronizing the transmitter or Registering a new transmitter You can also call the hotline mentioned above Notes on programming the remote control Canadian radio frequency laws require transmitter signals to time out or quit after several seconds of transmission This may not be long enough for the integrated signal transmitter to pick up the signal during programming Similar to this Canadian law is Features some U S gate operators are designed to time out in the same manner If you live in Canada or have difficulties programming the garage door opener regardless of where you live when using the programming steps see above proceed as follows gt Press transmitter button or and hold it down during the following steps until the setup has been completed successfully gt At the same time press transmitter button of the garage door remote control for two seconds then release it for two seconds then press it again for two seconds gt Repeat this sequence on transmitter button of the garage d
532. wheel are not equipped at the factory with the tools needed to change a wheel e g a jack or lug wrench Some tools for changing a wheel are specific to the vehicle To obtain tools approved for your vehicle visit a qualified specialist workshop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Folding the cargo compartment floor up gt Press release handle in the direction of the arrow gt Lift cargo compartment floor up by release handle gt Fold out hook 3 on the underside of the cargo compartment floor gt Attach hook to upper seal in the cargo compartment Vehicles with a TIREFIT kit gt Lift the cargo compartment floor up gt page 310 Jack Towing eye Ratchet ring spanner Alignment bolt Fuse allocation chart Folding wheel chock Lug wrench Vehicles with a Minispare emergency spare wheel gt Lift the cargo compartment floor up gt page 310 Flat tire gt Turn emergency spare wheel retainer counter clockwise and remove it gt Remove insert 3 gt Remove Minispare emergency spare wheel 2 For further information on changing a wheel and mounting the spare wheel see gt page 316 n an 10 E LLLI I ILAAN A Towing eye aE a ame Lug wrench Preparing the vehicle Ratchet ring spanner Your vehicle could be equipped with a Minispare emergency spare wheel or the Velcro fastener MOExtended run flat system
533. with the memory function Please contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for more information Related topics e Cargo compartment enlargement folding the second and third rows of seats forwards gt page 266 Adjusting the seats Vehicles without the memory function the seats can be adjusted within five minutes of opening a front door The time span starts over if within these five minutes you e open or close a front door e insert the key into or remove the key from the ignition lock e switch the ignition on or off If the key is in position 2 in the ignition you can adjust the seats at any time Head restraint height Backrest angle Seat fore and aft adjustment Seat cushion angle Seat height Vehicles with the memory function if PRE SAFE is triggered the front passenger seat will be moved to a better position if it was previously in an unfavorable position You can store the seat settings using the memory function gt page 110 Adjusting the head restraints Adjusting the head restraints manually Adjusting the head restraint height H The head restraints may only be removed in a qualified specialist workshop Mercedes Benz recommends that you go to an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt If the head restraint is fully lowered it is necessary to press release catch Q gt To raise pull the head restraint up to the desired position gt To lower
534. y FUNCtION NOTES eeeeseeccesesteeeeeeeee 75 Memory card on board computer 219 Memory function cc eeeeeeeeeeeee 110 Menu on board computer Additional functions sssri 226 AUGIO vi cisissteesicccsdeeatdinessdeesiecee 219 DISTRONIG i atssissiese ete eeeetionieets 186 DVD secvecssstvssvescesaccesenstussvescestesazestes 220 Message MEMOS ceeeseeeeeseeeeees 229 Navigatio cecceciee seh dezcsveedaveeseseaiens gt 220 Offroad renani EE 220 Overview of MENUS eeeeeeeeee 217 Resetting to factory settings 221 SENES ccstccsssecrcsieesecddestetscennescoasd 221 Standard display s es 218 Telephone sciiicet ressas 227 Trip COmpUtET sssisiiissisineeresis 227 Messages see Display messages Mirrors SUM VISOM iceri sorier 278 see Exterior mirrors or Rear view mirror MOExtended run flat system 321 MP3 Operating on board computer 219 see separate operating instructions Multicontour seat c ceeeeeeee 103 Multifunction display 215 Multifunction steering wheel Operating the on board computer 215 OVEIVIOW saccisetactsicesiclsecsinetcostatensaaders 30 C Navigation On board Computer ee eeeeeeeee 220 see separate operating instructions NECK PRO head restraints OP Gr atl OM esanaren 52 Resetting triggered seeen 52 NECK PRO luxury head restraints Resetting triggered oo eee eeeeeeeees 52 Notes on breaking in a new E Le NEE
535. y one or more main functions in the mbrace system are malfunctioning Tele Aid Parr I Canada only one or more main functions in the Tele Aid system noperative are malfunctioning gt USA only have the mbrace system checked at a qualified specialist workshop gt Canada only have the Tele Aid system checked at a qualified specialist workshop PRE SAFE A Risk of injury Inoperative See Important functions of PRE SAFE have failed All other occupant Operator s Manual safety systems e g air bags remain available gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately A Risk of injury Restraint Sys The restraint systems are malfunctioning Malfunction gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately Service Required A Warning In the event a malfunction of the SRS is indicated as outlined above the SRS may not be operational For your safety we strongly recommend that you contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately to have the system checked Otherwise the SRS may not be activated when needed in an accident which could result in serious or fatal injury or it might deploy unexpectedly and unnecessarily which could also result in injury On board computer and displays EA Display messages On board computer and displays Display messages Front Passenger Airbag Enabled See Operator s Manua Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The front passenger air bag
536. y turn the light switch to 2D before you start your journey Otherwise your vehicle may not be visible and you could endanger yourself and others A Warning In low ambient lighting or foggy conditions only switch from position auto to 2 with the vehicle at a standstill in a safe location Switching from auro to 2 will briefly switch off the headlamps Doing so while driving in low ambient lighting conditions may result in an accident gt To switch on the front fog lamps turn the key in the ignition lock to position 2 or start the engine gt Turn the light switch to 2 or 500 If the light switch is set to auto you cannot switch on the fog lamps gt Pull the light switch out to the first detent The green 4 indicator lamp on the light switch lights up gt To switch off the front fog lamps press the light switch in as far as it will go The green 40 indicator lamp on the light switch goes out Rear fog lamp gt To switch on vehicles with front fog lamps turn the key in the ignition lock to position 2 or start the engine gt Turn the light switch to 2 or 300 When the light switch is set to auto you cannot switch on the rear fog lamp gt Pull the light switch out to the second stop The yellow o indicator lamp on the light switch lights up gt To switch o
537. y of DISTRONIC to detect vehicles when cornering is limited Your vehicle may brake unexpectedly or late Vehicles traveling on a different line P54 70 2425 31 DISTRONIC may not detect vehicles traveling on a different line The distance to the vehicle in front will be too short Other vehicles changing lane P54 70 2426 31 DISTRONIC has not detected the vehicle cutting in yet The distance to this vehicle will be too short Narrow vehicles ETS P54 70 2427 31 DISTRONIC has not yet detected the vehicle in front on the edge of the road because of its narrow width The distance to the vehicle in front will be too short Obstructions and stationary vehicles 4 70 2450 31 DISTRONIC does not brake for obstructions or stationary vehicles If for example the detected vehicle turns a corner and reveals an obstacle or stationary vehicle DISTRONIC will not brake for these Crossing vehicles 8 P54 70 2451 31 DISTRONIC may detect vehicles that are crossing your lane by mistake Activating DISTRONIC at for example a traffic light with crossing traffic could cause your vehicle to pull away at the wrong time Level control Important safety guidelines Level control automatically adapts the vehicle level to the current operating and driving situation This results in reduced fuel consumption and improved handling Vehicles with ADS when you are driving in ADS COMF or ADS AUTO gt page
538. y part of your body up against the window pane when opening a window The downward motion of the pane may pull that part of your body down between the window pane and the door frame and trap it there If there is a risk of entrapment release the switch and pull it to close the window Opening and closing the side windows Front left this chapter for details The closing of a door window can be Front right immediately halted by releasing the switchor Rear right if the switch was pulled past the resistance Rear left point and released by either pressing or sive Windows 05 Opening and closing 4 The switches for all side windows are located on the driver s door There is also a switch on each door for the corresponding side window pulling the respective switch The closing of the hinged quarter windows can be immediately halted by pressing or pulling the switch If a window encounters an obstruction that blocks its path in a circumstance where you are closing the windows by pressing and holding button on the SmartKey or by pressing and holding the lock button vehicles with KEYLESS GO on an outside door handle the automatic reversal function will not operate It is not possible to operate the door windows from the rear compartment when the override feature is activated for the door windows gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock gt To open press the corr
539. y touch those components described in the Operator s Manual and observe the relevant safety notes A Warning To help prevent personal injury stay clear of moving parts when the hood is open and the engine is running The radiator fan may continue to run for approximately 30 seconds or may even restart after the engine has been turned off Stay clear of fan blades Z Warning Vehicles with gasoline engine The engine is equipped with a transistorized ignition system Because of the high voltage it is dangerous to touch any components ignition coils spark plug sockets diagnostic socket of the ignition system e with the engine running e while starting the engine e when the ignition is switched on and the engine is turned manually A Warning Vehicles with diesel engine The engine is equipped with a high voltage electronic control unit for the injection system Because of the high voltage it is dangerous to touch any components of the injection system injectors electrical wires e with the engine running e while starting the engine e when the ignition is switched on gt Make sure that the windshield wipers are switched off A Warning The windshield wipers and wiper linkage could be set in motion When the hood is open you or others could be injured by the wiper linkage Make sure that the windshield wipers are switched off Remove the SmartKey or make sure that no ignition position has been selected w
540. ys do the following before turning off the engine and leaving the vehicle e Keep right foot on the brake pedal e Engage the parking brake e Shift the automatic transmission into park position P e Slowly release the brake pedal e When parked on an incline always turn the front wheels towards the road curb e Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 0 and remove the SmartKey from the starter switch or press the KEYLESS GO start stop button e Take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle when leaving Switching off the engine Important safety instructions A Warning Do not turn off the engine before the vehicle has come to a complete stop With the engine not running there is no power assistance for the brake and steering systems In this case it is important to keep in mind that a considerably higher degree of effort is necessary to brake and steer the vehicle bo a To bo p m If you cannot turn off the engine as described here see Emergency engine shut down gt page 331 Vehicles with automatic transmission A Warning Keep in mind that turning off the engine alone only will shift the automatic transmission into neutral position N automatically Always shift the automatic transmission into park position P before turning off the engine Otherwise the vehicle could roll away which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury gt

Channel Vision 6106 Camera Accessories User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents